《相应部》显示巴利原文
Saṃyuttanikāye
《六处品》注疏显示巴利原文
Saḷāyatanavagga-aṭṭhakathā
1. 六处相应显示巴利原文
1. Saḷāyatanasaṃyuttaṃ
1. 无常品显示巴利原文
1. Aniccavaggo
1. 《内无常经》解说显示巴利原文
1. Ajjhattāniccasuttavaṇṇanā
1 在《六处品》的第一品中,「眼」(cakkhu):有两种眼——智眼和肉眼。其中,智眼有五种:佛眼、法眼、普眼、天眼、慧眼。其中,「佛眼」是指对随眠与习性的智,以及对根之胜劣的智,即如经中所说:“以佛眼观察世间”(《大品》9;《中部》1.283; 2.338)。「法眼」指较低的三道与三果,即如经中所说:“远离尘垢,法眼生起”(《大品》16;《中部》2.395)。「普眼」指一切知智,即如经所说:“登楼台而普观”(《大品》8;《中部》1.282; 2.338)。「天眼」指由遍满光而生起的智,即如经所说:“以超人间、清净天眼”(《律藏·波罗夷》13;《中部》2.341)。「慧眼」指能决断四谛的智,即如经所说:“眼生起了”(《相应部》5.1081;《大品》15)。显示巴利原文
1. Saḷāyatanavaggassa paṭhame cakkhunti dve cakkhūni – ñāṇacakkhu ceva maṃsacakkhu ca. Tattha ñāṇacakkhu pañcavidhaṃ – buddhacakkhu, dhammacakkhu, samantacakkhu, dibbacakkhu, paññācakkhūti. Tesu buddhacakkhu nāma āsayānusayañāṇañceva indriyaparopariyattañāṇañca, yaṃ – ‘‘buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento’’ti (mahāva. 9; ma. ni. 1.283; 2.338) āgataṃ . Dhammacakkhu nāma heṭṭhimā tayo maggā tīṇi ca phalāni, yaṃ – ‘‘virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādī’’ti (mahāva. 16; ma. ni. 2.395) āgataṃ. Samantacakkhu nāma sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, yaṃ – ‘‘pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhū’’ti (mahāva. 8; ma. ni. 1.282; 2.338) āgataṃ. Dibbacakkhu nāma ālokapharaṇena uppannaṃ ñāṇaṃ, yaṃ – ‘‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhenā’’ti (pārā. 13; ma. ni. 2.341) āgataṃ. Paññācakkhu nāma catusaccaparicchedakañāṇaṃ, yaṃ – ‘‘cakkhuṃ udapādī’’ti (sa. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 15) āgataṃ.
肉眼又分两种:具成分之肉眼和净色眼。其中,具成分之肉眼,即位于眼眶内、被眼膜包裹的肉团;其内含有四界、色、香、味、食素、生、命根、性根、眼净色、身净色——概略而言有十三种成分。若广分别:四界、色、香、味、食素、生这九种,依四种等起而成三十六种;命根、性根、眼净色、身净色这四种唯业等起,如此共有四十种成分。这便称为具成分之肉眼。而净色眼,是指在白圈所限定、黑圈所环绕的视域中,能见色、唯是净色的那一部分。关于此眼及耳等其他诸根的详细说明,在《清净道论》中已说。显示巴利原文
Maṃsacakkhupi duvidhaṃ – sasambhāracakkhu, pasādacakkhūti. Tesu yvāyaṃ akkhikūpake akkhipaṭalehi parivārito maṃsapiṇḍo, yattha catasso dhātuyo vaṇṇagandharasojā sambhavo jīvitaṃ bhāvo cakkhupasādo kāyapasādoti saṅkhepato terasa sambhārā honti. Vitthārato pana catasso dhātuyo vaṇṇagandharasojā sambhavoti ime nava catusamuṭṭhānavasena chattiṃsa, jīvitaṃ bhāvo cakkhupasādo kāyapasādoti ime kammasamuṭṭhānā tāva cattāroti cattārīsa sambhārā honti. Idaṃ sasambhāracakkhu nāma. Yaṃ panettha setamaṇḍalaparicchinnena kaṇhamaṇḍalena parivārite diṭṭhimaṇḍale sanniviṭṭhaṃ rūpadassanasamatthaṃ pasādamattaṃ, idaṃ pasādacakkhu nāma. Tassa tato paresañca sotādīnaṃ vitthārakathā visuddhimagge vuttāva.
这其中,就净色眼,世尊开示:“诸比丘!眼是无常……”等。其中,依四因说无常,如“有生灭之特性故”等理趣,其广解已如前所示。“耳”亦指净色耳,“鼻”“舌”“身”亦然。“意”则指三界内的观照心。如此,此经是在六内处上显示了无常、苦、无我三种相而说,是随顺能觉悟者的意乐而说。显示巴利原文
Tattha yadidaṃ pasādacakkhu, taṃ gahetvā bhagavā – cakkhuṃ, bhikkhave, aniccantiādimāha. Tattha – ‘‘catūhi kāraṇehi aniccaṃ udayabbayavantatāyā’’tiādinā nayena vitthārakathā heṭṭhā pakāsitāyeva. Sotampi pasādasotameva adhippetaṃ, tathā ghānajivhākāyā. Manoti tebhūmakasammasanacāracittaṃ. Iti idaṃ suttaṃ chasu ajjhattikāyatanesu tīṇi lakkhaṇāni dassetvā kathite bujjhanakānaṃ ajjhāsayena vuttaṃ.
2-3. 对第二、第三经《内苦经》等的注释显示巴利原文
2-3. Ajjhattadukkhasuttādivaṇṇanā
2-3 第二经是显示了两种相而说,第三经是显示了单一相而说,这也是随顺能觉悟者的意乐而说。其余诸经,或是由于依这些相已能辨明,或是由于仅凭此即能辨明的缘故。显示巴利原文
2-3. Dutiyaṃ dve lakkhaṇāni, tatiyaṃ ekalakkhaṇaṃ dassetvā kathite bujjhanakānaṃ ajjhāsayena vuttaṃ. Sesāni pana tehi sallakkhitāni vā ettakeneva vā sallakkhessantīti.
4-6. 对外无常经等的注释显示巴利原文
4-6. Bāhirāniccasuttādivaṇṇanā
4-6 在第四经中,色、香、味、触由四种缘生起,声由两种缘生起,「法」是指三地之法的所缘。这也是为显示外六处的三相,顺应能觉悟者的角度而说的。第五经和第六经的解说方式,与第二、第三经中所说的相似。显示巴利原文
4-6. Catutthe rūpagandharasaphoṭṭhabbā catusamuṭṭhānā, saddo dvisamuṭṭhāno, dhammāti tebhūmakadhammārammaṇaṃ. Idampi bāhiresu chasu āyatanesu tilakkhaṇaṃ dassetvā kathite bujjhanakānaṃ vasena vuttaṃ. Pañcame chaṭṭhe ca dutiyatatiyesu vuttasadisova nayo.
7-12. 对内无常过去未来等经的注释显示巴利原文
7-12. Ajjhattāniccātītānāgatasuttādivaṇṇanā
7-12 从第七经开始的一系列经典,是为那些观察过去、未来的眼等无常相之后,因对现在诸法强力执取而心生疲倦的人所说的。其余一切,都完全如同前面所说的方法。显示巴利原文
7-12. Sattamādīni atītānāgatesu cakkhādīsu aniccalakkhaṇādīni sallakkhetvā paccuppannesu balavagāhena kilamantānaṃ vasena vuttāni. Sesaṃ sabbattha heṭṭhā vuttanayamevāti.
第二品 双品显示巴利原文
2. Yamakavaggo
1-4. 第一前正觉经等的注释显示巴利原文
1-4. Paṭhamapubbesambodhasuttādivaṇṇanā
13-16 「内」:这是从“内在”与“极内的”角度来指称那些内处。然而,它们之所以被称为“内”,应理解为对它们的欲贪力量特别强大、坚固。对于人们而言,六内处好比家中的内室,六外处则好比院落周边。正如人们对那充满儿女、妻子、财富、谷物的内室,欲贪极其牢固强烈,不许任何外人进入,哪怕只听到器皿轻微的碰撞声,也会立刻追问:“什么声音?”同样地,对六内处的欲贪力量就是这样强大。正因为这种欲贪力量如此强大,它们才被称为「内」。然而,对于院落周边,人们的欲贪就没有这样强。对在那里走动的人乃至四足众生,并不会立刻去拦阻;即便不去拦阻,若不想给予,也一丁点都不会让人拿走。因此,人们对院落的欲贪并非如此强烈。对于色等外处,情形也是如此,欲贪并非那么强烈,所以它们被称为「外」。至于更详细的内外处讨论,在《清净道论》中已说。这两部经中其余经文,应依前面讲过的思路来理解。第三和第四部经也同样如此。显示巴利原文
13-16. Yamakavaggassa paṭhamadutiyesu ajjhattikānanti ajjhattajjhattavasena ajjhattikānaṃ. So pana nesaṃ ajjhattikabhāvo chandarāgassa adhimattabalavatāya veditabbo. Manussānañhi antogharaṃ viya cha ajjhattikāyatanāni, gharūpacāraṃ viya cha bāhirāyatanāni. Yathā nesaṃ puttadāradhanadhaññapuṇṇe antoghare chandarāgo adhimattabalavā hoti, tattha kassaci pavisituṃ na denti, appamattena bhājanasaddamattenāpi ‘‘kiṃ eta’’nti? Vattāro bhavanti. Evamevaṃ chasu ajjhattikesu āyatanesu adhimattabalavachandarāgoti. Iti imāya chandarāgabalavatāya tāni ‘‘ajjhattikānī’’ti vuttāni. Gharūpacāre pana no tathā balavā hoti, tattha carante manussepi catuppadānipi na sahasā nivārenti. Kiñcāpi na nivārenti, anicchantā pana pasupacchimattampi gahituṃ na denti. Iti nesaṃ tattha na adhimattabalavachandarāgo hoti. Rūpādīsupi tatheva na adhimattabalavachandarāgo, tasmā tāni ‘‘bāhirānī’’ti vuttāni. Vitthārato pana ajjhattikabāhirakathā visuddhimagge vuttāva. Sesaṃ dvīsupi suttesu heṭṭhā vuttanayameva. Tathā tatiyacatutthesu.
5-6. 第一无味经等的注释显示巴利原文
5-6. Paṭhamanoceassādasuttādivaṇṇanā
17-18 第五部经中,「出离」指已脱离、已出离。「离系」指不再相连。「解脱」指不再倾向,即“以无界限的心”——不被界限所局限的心。若某种烦恼或轮回未被断除,有学之心即为它所限制;若已断除,心则不被限制。而在此处,由于一切烦恼与轮回皆已彻底断除,故其义为:他们以无界限、超越烦恼与轮回界限的心而安住。第六部经也是如此。当知,这六部经中所说皆为四圣谛。显示巴利原文
17-18. Pañcame nissaṭāti nikkhantā. Visaññuttāti nosaṃyuttā. Vippamuttāti no adhimuttā vimariyādīkatena cetasāti nimmariyādīkatena cetasā. Yañhi kilesajātaṃ vā vaṭṭaṃ vā appahīnaṃ hoti, tena sekhānaṃ cittaṃ samariyādīkataṃ nāma. Yaṃ pahīnaṃ, tena vimariyādīkataṃ. Idha pana sabbaso kilesānañceva vaṭṭassa ca pahīnattā vimariyādīkatena kilesavaṭṭamariyādaṃ atikkantena cittena vihariṃsūti attho. Chaṭṭhepi eseva nayo. Chasupi panetesu suttesu catusaccameva kathitanti veditabbaṃ.
7-10. 第一喜悦经等的注释显示巴利原文
7-10. Paṭhamābhinandasuttādivaṇṇanā
19-22 从第七经起的四部经中,所说唯有轮回与还灭。其中渐次解说的方式,应依前文所述之理来理解。显示巴利原文
19-22. Sattamādīsu catūsu vaṭṭavivaṭṭameva kathitaṃ. Anupubbakathā pana nesaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbāti.
3. 一切品显示巴利原文
3. Sabbavaggo
1. 一切经注释显示巴利原文
1. Sabbasuttavaṇṇanā
23 《一切品》的第一经中:「诸比丘,我将为你们说一切」——这里的「一切」有四种:一切一切、处一切、有身一切、部分一切。其中——显示巴利原文
23. Sabbavaggassa paṭhame sabbaṃ vo, bhikkhaveti sabbaṃ nāma catubbidhaṃ – sabbasabbaṃ, āyatanasabbaṃ, sakkāyasabbaṃ, padesasabbanti. Tattha –
「于他而言,世间无有未见之物」:
亦无任何事,未知或不应知;
他完全了知一切可被了知之法,
因此,如来是具一切眼者。」(《大义释》156;《小义释·陶他咖青年问经释》32;《无碍解道》1.121)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na tassa addiṭṭhamidhaatthi kiñci, Atho aviññātamajānitabbaṃ; Sabbaṃ abhiññāsi yadatthi neyyaṃ, Tathāgato tena samantacakkhū’’ti. (mahāni. 156; cūḷani. dhotakamāṇavapucchāniddeso 32; paṭi. ma. 1.121) –
以上所述,即是“一切一切”。“比丘们,我将为你们开示一切,你们要谛听”(《相应部》4.24)这段开示所指的,即是“处一切”。“比丘们,我将为你们开示一切法根本理趣”(《中部》1.1)这段开示所指的,即是“有身一切”。至于“或者,于一切法中,第一个转向生起的是心、意、意所……乃至相应的意界”这段开示所指的,即是“部分一切”。如此,仅以五种所缘为范围者,即是“部分一切”。三地法为“有身一切”。四地法为“处一切”。凡是可被了知的一切事物,则称为“一切一切”。“部分一切”不达“有身一切”,“有身一切”不达“处一切”,“处一切”不达“一切一切”。何以故?因为绝无“有一法非一切知智的所缘”这种情况。不过,在这部经中,所指的乃是“处一切”。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ sabbasabbaṃ nāma. ‘‘Sabbaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi, taṃ suṇāthā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.24) idaṃ āyatanasabbaṃ nāma. ‘‘Sabbadhammamūlapariyāyaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.1) idaṃ sakkāyasabbaṃ nāma. ‘‘Sabbadhammesu vā pana paṭhamasamannāhāro uppajjati cittaṃ mano mānasaṃ…pe… tajjāmanodhātū’’ti idaṃ padesasabbaṃ nāma. Iti pañcārammaṇamattaṃ padesasabbaṃ. Tebhūmakadhammā sakkāyasabbaṃ. Catubhūmakadhammā āyatanasabbaṃ. Yaṃkiñci neyyaṃ sabbasabbaṃ. Padesasabbaṃ sakkāyasabbaṃ na pāpuṇāti, sakkāyasabbaṃ āyatanasabbaṃ na pāpuṇāti, āyatanasabbaṃ sabbasabbaṃ na pāpuṇāti. Kasmā? Sabbaññutaññāṇassa ayaṃ nāma dhammo ārammaṇaṃ na hotīti natthitāya. Imasmiṃ pana sutte āyatanasabbaṃ adhippetaṃ.
「Paccakkhāya」意思是「拒绝、摒弃之后」。「Vācāvatthukamevassa」的意思是:那也只是以言语为谈论对象而已,只会停留在言语能表达的事相上。如果超越了这十二处,他根本无法指出「另有一个叫某某名字、具有真实自性的法存在」这件事。而且,如果被人问「所谓其他的一切又是什么呢?」,被这么一问,他没办法用「就是这个」的言语清楚地说明,就会「陷入苦恼」。「Yathā taṃ, bhikkhave, avisayasmiṃ」这句话里,「taṃ」只是一个不参与句义的助词。「yathā」是表示原因的词,整句的意思是「因为他是在自己不擅长的领域被提问」。对于众生来说,在自己能力范围之外行事就只有苦恼:比如用头顶起像尖顶屋那么大的石头在深水里渡水,这就是能力范围之外的事;又比如想把日月从天上拉下来、拽下来,在那种超出自己能力范围的领域努力,只会给自己带来苦恼。同样地,在这个他不了解的领域里,他也只会给自己带来苦恼,这就是经文的深层意涵。显示巴利原文
Paccakkhāyāti paṭikkhipitvā. Vācāvatthukamevassāti, vācāya vattabbavatthumattakameva bhaveyya. Imāni pana dvādasāyatanāni atikkamitvā ayaṃ nāma añño sabhāvadhammo atthīti dassetuṃ na sakkuṇeyya. Puṭṭho ca na sampāyeyyāti, ‘‘katamaṃ aññaṃ sabbaṃ nāmā’’ti? Pucchito, ‘‘idaṃ nāmā’’ti vacanena sampādetuṃ na sakkuṇeyya. Vighātaṃ āpajjeyyāti dukkhaṃ āpajjeyya. Yathā taṃ, bhikkhave, avisayasminti ettha tanti nipātamattaṃ. Yathāti kāraṇavacanaṃ, yasmā avisaye puṭṭhoti attho. Avisayasmiñhi sattānaṃ vighātova hoti, kūṭāgāramattaṃ silaṃ sīsena ukkhipitvā gambhīre udake taraṇaṃ avisayo, tathā candimasūriyānaṃ ākaḍḍhitvā pātanaṃ, tasmiṃ avisaye vāyamanto vighātameva āpajjati, evaṃ imasmimpi avisaye vighātameva āpajjeyyāti adhippāyo.
第二《断弃经》的注释显示巴利原文
2. Pahānasuttavaṇṇanā
24 24. 第二经中,「为了断弃一切」意思是:为了断弃一切。「由眼触为缘而生起的感受」:指以眼触为根本缘而生起的领受、推度、确定、速行阶段的受。至于与眼识相应的受,这里就不再说了。对于耳门等以受为缘的情况,也按照同样的道理理解。在这里,「意」指有分心;「法」指所缘;「意识」指伴随转向的速行心;「意触」指与有分一同生起的触;「感受」指伴随转向受的速行阶段的受。与有分相应的受,同样不再说。不把转向心从有分中分离出来,「意」应被视为伴随转向的有分心。「法」是所缘,「意识」是速行识,「意触」是与有分一同生起的触,「感受」是与速行一同生起的受。伴随转向的有分心一同生起的受也是可以的。而在此处,这段开示、教导、教诫,即称为「施设」。显示巴利原文
24. Dutiye sabbappahānāyāti sabbassa pahānāya. Cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitanti cakkhusamphassaṃ mūlapaccayaṃ katvā uppannā sampaṭicchanasantīraṇavoṭṭhabbanajavanavedanā. Cakkhuviññāṇasampayuttāya pana vattabbameva natthi. Sotadvārādivedanāpaccayādīsupi eseva nayo. Ettha pana manoti bhavaṅgacittaṃ. Dhammāti ārammaṇaṃ. Manoviññāṇanti sahāvajjanakajavanaṃ. Manosamphassoti bhavaṅgasahajāto samphasso. Vedayitanti sahāvajjanavedanāya javanavedanā. Bhavaṅgasampayuttāya pana vattabbameva natthi. Āvajjanaṃ bhavaṅgato amocetvā manoti sahāvajjanena bhavaṅgaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Dhammāti ārammaṇaṃ. Manoviññāṇanti javanaviññāṇaṃ. Manosamphassoti bhavaṅgasahajāto samphasso. Vedayitanti javanasahajātā vedanā. Sahāvajjanena bhavaṅgasahajātāpi vaṭṭatiyeva. Yā panettha desanā anusiṭṭhiāṇā, ayaṃ paṇṇatti nāmāti.
第三《自证遍知断弃经》的注释显示巴利原文
3. Abhiññāpariññāpahānasuttavaṇṇanā
25 第三经中,「为了自证、遍知、断弃一切」:意为为自证、遍知一切之后而将其断弃。「应当自证、遍知而断弃」:指应自证、遍知而后断弃。其余内容,可依前文所说之理了知。显示巴利原文
25. Tatiye sabbaṃ abhiññā pariññā pahānāyāti sabbaṃ abhijānitvā parijānitvā pajahanatthāya. Abhiññā pariññā pahātabbanti abhijānitvā parijānitvā pahātabbaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
第四《第一不解了经》的注释显示巴利原文
4. Paṭhamaaparijānanasuttavaṇṇanā
26 第四经中,「不自证、不遍知、不离染、不断弃」:指那些不自证、不遍知、不离染、不断弃者。此处,「不离染者」意为不让(烦恼)远离。如此,这部经中宣说了三种遍知:以「自证」一词表示「知遍知」;以「遍知」一词表示「度遍知」;以「离染」和「断弃」二词表示「断遍知」。显示巴利原文
26. Catutthe anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appajahanti anabhijānanto aparijānanto avirājento appajahanto. Ettha ca avirājentoti avigacchāpento. Iti imasmiṃ sutte tissopi pariññā kathitā honti. ‘‘Abhijāna’’nti hi vacanena ñātapariññā kathitā, ‘‘parijāna’’nti vacanena tīraṇapariññā, ‘‘virājayaṃ pajaha’’nti dvīhi pahānapariññāti.
第五《第二不解了经》的注释显示巴利原文
5. Dutiyaaparijānanasuttavaṇṇanā
27 第五经中,「眼识所识知的法」:这是将前面已取的色法拿来显示。或者说,前面是取已进入眼门范围的,而此处是指未进入范围的。然此处之定论为:前面其实已通取无论进入范围或未进入范围之色,而此处则特指与眼识相应的三蕴。因这三蕴与眼识俱为所识知,故称「眼识所识知的」。其余类似语句,亦当依此理理解。显示巴利原文
27. Pañcame cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammāti heṭṭhā gahitarūpameva gahetvā dasseti. Heṭṭhā vā āpāthagataṃ gahitaṃ, idha anāpāthagataṃ. Idaṃ panettha sanniṭṭhānaṃ – heṭṭhā āpāthagatampi anāpāthagatampi gahitameva, idha pana cakkhuviññāṇasampayuttā tayo khandhā. Te hi cakkhuviññāṇena saha viññātabbattā ‘‘cakkhuviññāṇaviññātabbā’’ti vuttā. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo.
第六《燃烧经》的注释显示巴利原文
6. Ādittasuttavaṇṇanā
28 第六经中,“在伽耶山”:伽耶村不远处,有一名为“伽耶”的池塘,亦有一河;更有石山名伽耶山,形如象额,可容纳千位比丘,世尊即住于此处,故说“在伽耶山”。“比丘们”:世尊为拣择适宜他们之法教,将予开示,而召唤诸比丘。显示巴利原文
28. Chaṭṭhe gayāsīseti gayāgāmassa hi avidūre gayāti ekā pokkharaṇīpi atthi nadīpi, gayāsīsanāmako hatthikumbhasadiso piṭṭhipāsāṇopi, yattha bhikkhusahassassapi okāso pahoti, bhagavā tattha viharati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘gayāsīse’’ti. Bhikkhū āmantesīti tesaṃ sappāyadhammadesanaṃ vicinitvā taṃ desessāmīti āmantesi.
此处有一段次第叙述:据说,于九十二劫前,有一国王名玛欣德。其长子名弗沙,圆满波罗蜜,为最后生之有情,智慧成熟之时,登菩提座,证悟一切知智。国王的幼子成为彼佛之上首弟子,国师之子为第二弟子。国王思惟:“我长子出家成佛,幼子为上首弟子,国师之子为第二弟子。” 便称:“我等之佛陀,我等之法,我等之僧伽!” 即建造精舍,从精舍门房直至自宅门前,沿道两侧围以竹墙小屋,顶上张挂交织着金钱星纹的花鬘天盖,地面铺以银沙,散撒鲜花,循此道路迎奉世尊。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – ito kira dvānavutikappe mahindo nāma rājā ahosi. Tassa jeṭṭhaputto phusso nāma. So pūritapāramī pacchimabhavikasatto, paripākagate ñāṇe bodhimaṇḍaṃ āruyha sabbaññutaṃ paṭivijjhi . Rañño kaniṭṭhaputto tassa aggasāvako ahosi, purohitaputto dutiyasāvako. Rājā cintesi – ‘‘mayhaṃ jeṭṭhaputto nikkhamitvā buddho jāto, kaniṭṭhaputto aggasāvako, purohitaputto dutiyasāvako’’ti. So ‘‘amhākaṃyeva buddho, amhākaṃ dhammo, amhākaṃ saṅgho’’ti vihāraṃ kāretvā vihāradvārakoṭṭhakato yāva attano gharadvārā ubhato veḷubhittikuṭikāhi parikkhipitvā matthake suvaṇṇatārakakhacitasamosaritagandhadāmamālādāmavitānaṃ bandhāpetvā heṭṭhā rajatavaṇṇaṃ vālukaṃ santharitvā pupphāni vikirāpetvā tena maggena bhagavato āgamanaṃ kāresi.
导师就住在精舍里,穿着袈裟,与比丘僧团一起,经由内衬布帘前往国王的家。用完饭后,又经由内衬布帘回去。没有任何人能拿到一勺之食的布施。于是市民们议论纷纷:‘佛陀出世了,我们却无法种福。就像日月为所有人带来光明,诸佛也是为了利益一切众生而出世,可这国王却将大家的所有善思惟都只纳入了自己那里。’显示巴利原文
Satthā vihārasmiṃyeva ṭhito cīvaraṃ pārupitvā antosāṇiyāva saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena rājagehaṃ āgacchati, katabhattakicco antosāṇiyāva gacchati. Koci kaṭacchubhikkhāmattampi dātuṃ na labhati. Tato nāgarā ujjhāyiṃsu, ‘‘buddho loke uppanno, na ca mayaṃ puññāni kātuṃ labhāma. Yathā hi candimasūriyā sabbesaṃ ālokaṃ karonti, evaṃ buddhā nāma sabbesaṃ hitatthāya uppajjanti, ayaṃ pana rājā sabbesaṃ puññacetanaṃ attanoyeva anto pavesetī’’ti.
国王还有另外三个儿子。市民们与这三个儿子一起商量说:“我们与王室并无嫌隙,想个办法吧。”他们在边境煽动盗贼,又让人传话说“几个村庄遭到袭击”,并禀告了国王。国王召来王子们说:“孩儿们,我年老了,你们去平息盗贼吧。”便派遣了他们。那些被煽动的盗贼并未四处流窜,而是径直来到王子们面前。王子们让盗贼住进已无人烟的村庄,然后回来禀报“盗贼已平息”,礼敬国王后,站于一旁。显示巴利原文
Tassa ca rañño aññe tayo puttā atthi. Nāgarā tehi saddhiṃ ekato hutvā sammantayiṃsu, ‘‘rājakulehi saddhiṃ aṭṭo nāma natthi, ekaṃ upāyaṃ karomā’’ti. Te paccante core uṭṭhāpetvā, ‘‘katipayā gāmā pahaṭā’’ti sāsanaṃ āharāpetvā rañño ārocayiṃsu. Rājā putte pakkosāpetvā‘‘tātā, ahaṃ mahallako, gacchatha core vūpasamethā’’ti pesesi. Payuttacorā ito cito ca avippakiritvā tesaṃ santikameva āgacchiṃsu. Te anāvāse gāme vāsetvā ‘‘vūpasamitā corā’’ti āgantvā rājānaṃ vanditvā aṭṭhaṃsu.
国王欢喜地说:“孩儿们,我赐予你们一个恩惠。”他们答应后,便退下与市民们商议:“国王给了我们恩惠,我们该要什么?”市民们说:“王子们,你们不缺象、马等物,但佛宝却是难得的,并非时时出现于世。你们应请求照顾你们兄长弗沙佛的恩惠。”他们说:“就这样吧。”答应市民后,便洗漱沐浴,涂香,来到国王面前说:“大王,请赐予我们恩惠吧。”国王问:“你们想要什么,孩子们?”他们说:“大王,我们不需要象马等物,请将照顾我们兄长弗沙佛的恩惠赐予我们。”国王说:“这个恩惠,我在世时不能给你们。”说着便捂住了双耳。王子们说:“大王,并非我们强迫您给予恩惠,是您自己欣然自愿给的。大王,难道王室可以言而无信吗?”他们以正直的话语如此说道。显示巴利原文
Rājā tuṭṭho ‘‘tātā, varaṃ vo demī’’ti āha. Te adhivāsetvā gantvā nāgarehi saddhiṃ mantayiṃsu, ‘‘raññā amhākaṃ varo dinno. Kiṃ gaṇhāmā’’ti? Ayyaputtā, tumhākaṃ hatthiassādayo na dullabhā , buddharatanaṃ pana dullabhaṃ, na sabbakālaṃ uppajjati, tumhākaṃ jeṭṭhabhātikassa phussabuddhassa paṭijagganavaraṃ gaṇhathāti. Te ‘‘evaṃ karissāmā’’ti nāgarānaṃ paṭissuṇitvā katamassukammā sunhātā suvilittā rañño santikaṃ gantvā, ‘‘deva, no varaṃ dethā’’ti yāciṃsu. Kiṃ gaṇhissatha tātāti? Deva, amhākaṃ hatthiassādīhi attho natthi, jeṭṭhabhātikassa no phussabuddhassa paṭijagganavaraṃ dethāti. ‘‘Ayaṃ varo na sakkā mayā jīvamānena dātu’’nti dve kaṇṇe pidahi. ‘‘Deva, na tumhe amhehi balakkārena varaṃ dāpitā, tumhehi attano ruciyā tuṭṭhehi dinno. Kiṃ, deva, rājakulassa dve kathā vaṭṭantī’’ti? Saccavāditāya bhaṇiṃsu.
国王无法推脱,说:“孩儿们,你们先照顾七年七个月零七天,之后我便将佛陀交给你们。”“甚好,大王,请给予我们保证。”“什么保证,孩子们?”“请保证在此期间您不会死去,大王。”“孩儿们,你们要求的是不合理的保证,这不可能。众生的生命犹如草尖上的露珠。”他们说道:“如果不给保证,大王,假若我们在这期间死去,又能做什么善业呢?”国王说:“那么,孩子们,就六年吧。”“不行,大王。”“那么五年、四年、三年、二年、一年。”“七年、六个月……乃至半个月。”“既然如此,那就七天吧。”“好的,大王。”他们接受了七天。国王便将七年七个月零七天中应作的供养,全部在七天之内完成了。显示巴利原文
Rājā vinivattituṃ alabhanto – ‘‘tātā, satta saṃvacchare satta māse satta ca divase upaṭṭhahitvā tumhākaṃ dassāmī’’ti āha. ‘‘Sundaraṃ, deva, pāṭibhogaṃ dethā’’ti. ‘‘Kissa pāṭibhogaṃ tātā’’ti? ‘‘Ettakaṃ kālaṃ amaraṇapāṭibhogaṃ devā’’ti. ‘‘Tātā, ayuttaṃ pāṭibhogaṃ dāpetha, na sakkā evaṃ pāṭibhogaṃ dātuṃ, tiṇagge ussāvabindusadisaṃ sattānaṃ jīvita’’nti. ‘‘No ce, deva, pāṭibhogaṃ detha, mayaṃ antarā matā kiṃ kusalaṃ karissāmā’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi, tātā, cha saṃvaccharāni dethā’’ti. ‘‘Na sakkā, devā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi pañca, cattāri, tīṇi, dve, ekaṃ saṃvaccharaṃ detha’’. ‘‘Satta, cha māse detha…pe… māsaḍḍhamattaṃ dethā’’ti. ‘‘Na sakkā, devā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi sattadivasamattaṃ dethā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, devāti satta divase sampaṭicchiṃsu’’. Rājā satta saṃvacchare satta māse satta divase kattabbasakkāraṃ sattasuyeva divasesu akāsi.
随后,为了让世尊前往儿子们的住处,国王命人装饰了一条八乌沙巴宽的大道。在中央,用象踏平了一块约四乌沙巴见方的地块,使之如同遍作圆相一般,铺上沙子,撒满鲜花;到处安置芭蕉树和满水罐,竖起旗帜与幡。他又在每乌沙巴间隔之处挖一口池塘,于后方两侧开设了香店、花鬘店和花店。在中央那条四乌沙巴宽的华丽大道两旁,又各开了一条二乌沙巴宽的路,除去残桩与荆棘,竖起立柱灯。王子们也在各自管辖的区域,同样装饰了一条十六乌沙巴宽的大道。显示巴利原文
Tato puttānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ satthāraṃ pesetuṃ aṭṭhausabhavitthataṃ maggaṃ alaṅkārāpesi, majjhaṭṭhāne catuusabhappamāṇaṃ padesaṃ hatthīhi maddāpetvā kasiṇamaṇḍalasadisaṃ katvā vālukāya santharāpetvā pupphābhikiṇṇamakāsi, tattha tattha kadaliyo ca puṇṇaghaṭe ca ṭhapāpetvā dhajapaṭākā ukkhipāpesi. Usabhe usabhe pokkharaṇiṃ khaṇāpesi, aparabhāge dvīsu passesu gandhamālāpupphāpaṇe pasārāpesi. Majjhaṭṭhāne catuusabhavitthārassa alaṅkatamaggassa ubhosu passesu dve dve usabhavitthāre magge khāṇukaṇṭake harāpetvā daṇḍadīpikāyo kārāpesi. Rājaputtāpi attano āṇāpavattiṭṭhāne soḷasausabhamaggaṃ tatheva alaṅkārāpesuṃ.
国王来到自己辖区的田界,礼敬世尊后,悲叹道:“孩子们啊,你们就像挖走我的右眼一样地离去。既然带走了世尊,你们就应当行与诸佛相称之事,切莫像醉汉那般放逸而行。”他们回答:“大王,我们会明白的。”便带着世尊离开了。他们建造了精舍,供养给世尊,并在那里照料世尊,时而站在长老的座位旁,时而站在中座,时而又站在僧团新人的座位处。他们三人的布施完全等同。临近雨安居时,他们心想:“如何才能领会世尊的心意呢?”接着他们想到:“诸佛尊重的是法,而非看重物质供养。倘若我们安住于戒,便能领会世尊的心意。”于是他们召集负责布施事务的人,吩咐道:“你们就照这样准备粥、饭、嚼食等,继续行布施吧。”这样,他们便摆脱了筹办布施事务的牵绊。显示巴利原文
Rājā attano āṇāpavattiṭṭhānassa kedārasīmaṃ gantvā satthāraṃ vanditvā paridevamāno, ‘‘tātā, mayhaṃ dakkhiṇakkhiṃ uppāṭetvā gaṇhantā viya gacchatha, evaṃ gaṇhitvā gatā pana buddhānaṃ anucchavikaṃ kareyyātha. Mā surāsoṇḍā viya pamattā vicaritthā’’ti āha. Te ‘‘jānissāma mayaṃ, devā’’ti satthāraṃ gahetvā gatā, vihāraṃ kāretvā satthu niyyātetvā tattha satthāraṃ paṭijaggantā kālena therāsane, kālena majjhimāsane, kālena saṅghanavakāsane tiṭṭhanti. Dānaṃ upaparikkhamānānaṃ tiṇṇampi janānaṃ ekasadisameva ahosi. Te upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya cintayiṃsu – ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho satthu ajjhāsayaṃ gaṇheyyāmā’’ti? Atha nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘buddhā nāma dhammagaruno, na āmisagaruno, sīle patiṭṭhamānā mayaṃ satthu ajjhāsayaṃ gahetuṃ sakkhissāmā’’ti dānasaṃvidhāyake manusse pakkosāpetvā, ‘‘tātā, imināva nīhārena yāgubhattakhādanīyādīni sampādentā dānaṃ pavattethā’’ti vatvā dānasaṃvidahanapalibodhaṃ chindiṃsu.
于是,他们中的长兄带着五百人,安住于十戒,身穿两件袈裟,饮用如法的水,安度了雨安居。中弟带着三百人,幼弟带着二百人,也如此修行。他们毕生都在照顾世尊。世尊便在他们身边般涅槃。显示巴利原文
Atha nesaṃ jeṭṭhabhātā pañcasate purise ādāya dasasu sīlesu patiṭṭhāya dve kāsāyāni acchādetvā kappiyaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjamāno vāsaṃ kappesi. Majjhimo tīhi, kaniṭṭho dvīhi purisasatehi saddhiṃ tatheva paṭipajji. Te yāvajīvaṃ satthāraṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu. Satthā tesaṃyeva santike parinibbāyi.
他们命终之后,从那时起,在九十二劫中,从人界流转天界,又从天界流转人界。到我们导师的时代,他们从天界舍报,投生人界。他们中负责司掌布施的大臣,后来转生为央伽摩揭陀国的频婆娑罗王。他们自己则生于那个国王疆域内的婆罗门大富豪之家。长兄仍作为兄长出生,中弟与幼弟也仍作为次第相续的兄弟出生。往昔那些眷属,也依然生为他们的眷属。随着年龄增长,这三人带领那一千位眷属,离家出家,成为苦行者,住在乌汝韦喇的河边。那时,央伽摩揭陀的居民每月都向他们呈献盛大的供养与尊敬。显示巴利原文
Tepi kālaṃ katvā tato paṭṭhāya dvānavutikappe manussalokato devalokaṃ, devalokato ca manussalokaṃ saṃsarantā amhākaṃ satthukāle devalokā cavitvā manussaloke nibbattiṃsu. Tesaṃ dānagge byāvaṭo mahāamacco aṅgamagadhānaṃ rājā bimbisāro hutvā nibbatti. Te tasseva rañño raṭṭhe brāhmaṇamahāsālakule nibbattiṃsu. Jeṭṭhabhātā jeṭṭhova jāto, majjhimakaniṭṭhā majjhimakaniṭṭhāyeva. Yepi tesaṃ parivāramanussā, te parivāramanussāva jātā. Te vuddhimanvāya tayopi janā taṃ purisasahassaṃ ādāya nikkhamitvā tāpasā hutvā uruvelāyaṃ nadītīreyeva vasiṃsu. Aṅgamagadhavāsino māse māse tesaṃ mahāsakkāraṃ abhiharanti.
那时,我们的菩萨已然出家,次第证得一切知智,转动了无上法轮。在调伏了耶舍等善男子后,他派遣六十位阿拉汉为宣说正法而前往各方,自己则持衣钵,心想:“我要调伏那三位结发者兄弟。”于是前往乌汝韦喇,以数百种神变摧破其邪见,度其出家。随后,世尊由那一千位具足神变力、持着衣钵的沙门围绕,前往象头山而坐,思惟道:“怎样的法谈才适合他们呢?”世尊断定:“这些人朝夕事奉火。我应当为他们开示十二处皆在燃烧、都在炽燃,如此他们便能证得阿拉汉果。”因此,为以如此方式为他们说法,世尊宣说了这部《燃烧法门》。所以,“世尊对诸比丘说”的意思就是:为了抉择适合他们的法谈,为了宣说那个法,而对他们说。在这里,“燃烧的”意指被点燃的、炽燃的。其余的解释一如所述的方法。如此,在此经中解说了苦相。显示巴利原文
Atha amhākaṃ bodhisatto katābhinikkhamano anupubbena sabbaññutaṃ patvā pavattitavaradhammacakko yasādayo kulaputte vinetvā saṭṭhi arahante dhammadesanatthāya disāsu uyyojetvā sayaṃ pattacīvaramādāya – ‘‘te tayo jaṭilabhātike damessāmī’’ti uruvelaṃ gantvā anekehi pāṭihāriyasatehi tesaṃ diṭṭhiṃ bhinditvā te pabbājesi. So taṃ iddhimayapattacīvaradharaṃ samaṇasahassaṃ ādāya gayāsīsaṃ gantvā tehi parivārito nisīditvā, – ‘‘katarā nu kho etesaṃ dhammakathā sappāyā’’ti cintento, ‘‘ime sāyaṃpātaṃ aggiṃ paricaranti. Imesaṃ dvādasāyatanāni ādittāni sampajjalitāni viya katvā desessāmi, evaṃ ime arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ sakkhissantī’’ti sanniṭṭhānamakāsi. Atha nesaṃ tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ imaṃ ādittapariyāyaṃ abhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘bhikkhū āmantesīti tesaṃ sappāyadhammadesanaṃ vicinitvā taṃ desessāmīti āmantesī’’ti. Tattha ādittanti padittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. Iti imasmiṃ sutte dukkhalakkhaṇaṃ kathitaṃ.
第七经,《被征服者经》的注释。显示巴利原文
7. Addhabhūtasuttavaṇṇanā
29 第二十九(经)。在第七经中,“被征服者”意为被压制、被笼罩的,也就是被逼迫、被折磨的意思。在此经中,同样解说了苦相。显示巴利原文
29. Sattame addhabhūtanti adhibhūtaṃ ajjhotthaṭaṃ, upaddutanti attho. Imasmimpi sutte dukkhalakkhaṇameva kathitaṃ.
第八经,《适合断除者经》的注释。显示巴利原文
8. Samugghātasāruppasuttavaṇṇanā
30 第三十(经)。在第八经中,“适宜断除一切认为”,意即适合将一切由爱、慢、见所生的“认为”全部断除。“在此”,指于这教法中。“不认为眼”,即不认为眼是我、眼是我的、眼是他人或眼是他人的。“不认为在眼中”,即不这样想:我在眼中、我的某种系缚在眼中、他人在眼中或他人的某种系缚在眼中。“不从眼认为”,亦不这样想:我从眼而出、我的某种系缚从眼而出、他人从眼而出或他人的某种系缚从眼而出。意思是,对于由爱、慢、见所生的任何“认为”,一种也不生起。“不认为眼是我的”,即不生起“我的眼”这样的认为,也就是不生起执为“我所”的爱之认为。其余内容显而易见。在此经中,于四十四个处所证得阿拉汉果之后,解说了观。显示巴利原文
30. Aṭṭhame sabbamaññitasamugghātasāruppanti sabbesaṃ taṇhāmānadiṭṭhimaññitānaṃ samugghātāya anucchavikaṃ. Idhāti imasmiṃ sāsane. Cakkhuṃ na maññatīti cakkhuṃ ahanti vā mamanti vā paroti vā parassāti vā na maññati. Cakkhusmiṃ na maññatīti ahaṃ cakkhusmiṃ, mama kiñcanapalibodho cakkhusmiṃ paro cakkhusmiṃ, parassa kiñcanapalibodho cakkhusminti na maññati. Cakkhuto na maññatīti ahaṃ cakkhuto niggato, mama kiñcanapalibodho cakkhuto niggato, paro cakkhuto niggato, parassa kiñcanapalibodho cakkhuto niggatoti evampi na maññati, taṇhāmānadiṭṭhimaññanānaṃ ekampi na uppādetīti attho. Cakkhuṃ meti na maññatīti mama cakkhūti na maññati, mamattabhūtaṃ taṇhāmaññanaṃ na uppādetīti attho. Sesaṃ uttānamevāti. Imasmiṃ sutte catucattālīsāya ṭhānesu arahattaṃ pāpetvā vipassanā kathitā.
第九经——《第一适合断除者经》的解释。显示巴利原文
9. Paṭhamasamugghātasappāyasuttavaṇṇanā
31 第三十一(经)。在第九经中,“适合断除”指对断除有助益。“由此,它成为异样”意为:基于那个,它以另一种方式存在。“具有变异性、执着于有的世间,只欣喜于有”意为:这个世间,因走向变异而具有变异性,却仍执取有、粘着有、系缚于有、障碍于有,只对有感到欣喜。“诸比丘,凡所有的蕴、界、处”意为:比丘们,所谓蕴、界、处,即所有那些蕴、界、处。“连那个也不认为”是将前面已包含的内容总括起来,再阐明为:一切都不认为。在此经中,于四十八个处所证得阿拉汉果之后,解说了观。显示巴利原文
31. Navame samugghātasappāyāti samugghātassa upakārabhūtā. Tato taṃ hoti aññathāti tato taṃ aññenākārena hoti. Aññathābhāvī bhavasatto loko bhavamevābhinandatīti aññathābhāvaṃ vipariṇāmaṃ upagamanena aññathābhāvī hutvāpi bhavesu satto laggo lagito palibuddho ayaṃ loko bhavaṃyeva abhinandati. Yāvatā, bhikkhave, khandhadhātuāyatananti, bhikkhave, yattakaṃ idaṃ khandhā ca dhātuyo ca āyatanāni cāti khandhadhātuāyatanaṃ. Tampi na maññatīti sabbampi na maññatīti heṭṭhā gahitameva saṃkaḍḍhitvā puna dasseti. Imasmiṃ sutte aṭṭhacattālīsāya ṭhānesu arahattaṃ pāpetvā vipassanā kathitā.
第十经——《第二适合断除者经》的解释。显示巴利原文
10. Dutiyasamugghātasappāyasuttavaṇṇanā
32 第三十二(经)。在第十经中,以“这是我的”等每三句,指出爱、慢、见的执取之后,依三转的方式作了开示。然而,若将这三部经次第合观,便说明了连同观在内的四种道。显示巴利原文
32. Dasame etaṃ mamātiādīhi tīhi tīhi padehi taṇhāmānadiṭṭhigāhe dassetvā tiparivaṭṭanayena desanā katā. Paṭipāṭiyā pana tīsupi imesu suttesu saha vipassanāya cattāropi maggā kathitāti.
4. 生法品注释显示巴利原文
4. Jātidhammavaggavaṇṇanā
33-42 33-42. 在生法品中,“生法”指具有生起之自性、会生起的法。“老法”指具有衰老之自性的法。“病法”指作为病生起之缘而具病之自性的法。“死法”指具有死亡之自性的法。“愁法”指作为愁生起之缘而具愁之自性的法。“杂染法”指具有杂染之自性的法。“灭尽法”指具有灭尽之自性的法。对于“灭法”等,道理亦同。显示巴利原文
33-42. Jātidhammavagge jātidhammanti jāyanadhammaṃ nibbattanasabhāvaṃ. Jarādhammanti jīraṇasabhāvaṃ. Byādhidhammanti byādhino uppattipaccayabhāvena byādhisabhāvaṃ. Maraṇadhammanti maraṇasabhāvaṃ . Sokadhammanti sokassa uppattipaccayabhāvena sokasabhāvaṃ. Saṃkilesikadhammanti saṃkilesikasabhāvaṃ. Khayadhammanti khayagamanasabhāvaṃ. Vayadhammādīsupi eseva nayoti.
5. 一切无常品注释显示巴利原文
5. Sabbaaniccavaggavaṇṇanā
43-52 在《无常品》中,说到「应证知」一词时,所指为「知遍知」,但应当知道,其余两种遍知——度遍知与断遍知——也已包含其中。而在说到「应遍知」、「应断」等词时,分别直接出现的是「度遍知」与「断遍知」,然而也应了知,另外两种遍知同样被包含在内。「应作证」是指应当现证。对于「应证知遍知」的说法,此处虽未明说「断遍知」,也应知其已包含其中。「压迫」是指被种种苦聚集所逼恼之义。「困扰」是指被损害之义。余处义皆明了。显示巴利原文
43-52. Aniccavagge abhiññeyyanti pade ñātapariññā āgatā, itarā pana dve gahitāyevāti veditabbā. Pariññeyyapahātabbapadesupi tīraṇapahānapariññāva āgatā, itarāpi pana dve gahitāyevāti veditabbā. Sacchikātabbanti paccakkhaṃ kātabbaṃ. Abhiññāpariññeyyanti idhāpi pahānapariññā avuttāpi gahitāyevāti veditabbā. Upaddutanti anekaggaṭṭhena. Upassaṭṭhanti upahataṭṭhena. Sesaṃ uttānamevāti.
《无明品》注释显示巴利原文
6. Avijjāvaggavaṇṇanā
53-62 在《无明品》中,「无明」是指对四圣谛的不了知。「明」是指阿拉汉道的智慧。对于「以无常了知、以无常见者」:即使以苦、无我的方式去知见,烦恼也必定会被断除;然而,此处是依说法者以无常为主题而开示时,所应度化的补特伽罗的意乐而说的。一切处皆是如此。此外,在此处,「结」是指十种结。「漏」是指四种漏。「随眠」是指七种随眠。「为遍知一切取」,即透过三种遍知完全了知所有的四种取。「为遍尽」,即为了彻底断除与舍弃。其余各处意思清晰。显示巴利原文
53-62. Avijjāvagge avijjāti catūsu saccesu aññāṇaṃ. Vijjāti arahattamaggavijjā. Aniccato jānato passatoti dukkhānattavasenāpi jānato passato pahīyatiyeva, idaṃ pana aniccavasena kathite bujjhanakapuggalassa ajjhāsayena vuttaṃ. Eseva nayo sabbattha. Api cettha saṃyojanāti dasa saṃyojanāni. Āsavāti cattāro āsavā. Anusayāti satta anusayā. Sabbupādānapariññāyāti sabbesaṃ catunnampi upādānānaṃ tīhi pariññāhi parijānanatthāya. Pariyādānāyāti khepanatthāya. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
第七 弥嘎加喇品显示巴利原文
7. Migajālavaggo
关于《弥嘎加喇经》第一的注释。显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamamigajālasuttavaṇṇanā
63 《弥嘎加喇品》的第一经中,“眼所识”指能被眼识看见的。对“耳所识”等,也依此类推。“可爱的”:无论是否被追求,皆以成为可爱所缘为义。“可喜的”:令人喜爱。“满意的”:能使心增长。“可意的形态”:属于可爱种类之物。“与欲相应的”:以彼为所缘而生起欲贪,故与欲相伴随;“诱骗的”:能诱骗人,意即成为贪欲生起之因。“喜”指渴爱的喜。“结”指束缚。“喜结相应”:被喜的束缚所绑缚。“阿兰若与林野的”:指阿兰若和林野。对此,虽然阿毗达摩中直接说“出到门槛以外,这一切都是阿兰若”(《分别论》529),但应知,此处意指为了成就森林支的坐卧具而说的“西侧五百弓的坐卧具”(《律藏·波罗夷》654)。“林野”:指越过村落边界之后,人们不靠近的地方,那里既不耕作也不播种。对此也有这样的说法:显示巴利原文
63. Migajālavaggassa paṭhame cakkhuviññeyyāti cakkhuviññāṇena passitabbā. Sotaviññeyyādīsupi eseva nayo. Iṭṭhāti pariyiṭṭhā vā hontu mā vā, iṭṭhārammaṇabhūtāti attho. Kantāti kamanīyā. Manāpāti manavaḍḍhanakā. Piyarūpāti piyajātikā. Kāmūpasaṃhitāti ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppajjamānena kāmena upasaṃhitā rajanīyāti rañjanīyā, rāguppattikāraṇabhūtāti attho. Nandīti taṇhānandī. Saṃyogoti saṃyojanaṃ. Nandisaṃyojanasaṃyuttoti nandībandhanena baddho. Araññavanapatthānīti araññāni ca vanapatthāni ca. Tattha kiñcāpi abhidhamme nippariyāyena ‘‘nikkhamitvā bahi indakhīlā sabbametaṃ arañña’’nti (vibha. 529) vuttaṃ, tathāpi yaṃ taṃ ‘‘pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchima’’nti (pārā. 654) araññakaṅganipphādakaṃ senāsanaṃ vuttaṃ, tadeva adhippetanti veditabbaṃ. Vanapatthanti gāmantaṃ atikkamitvā manussānaṃ anupacāraṭṭhānaṃ, yattha na kasīyati na vapīyati. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
“林野”是那些远处的坐卧具的别名。“林野”是那些森林丛林的名称,“林野”是那些令人恐怖之处的名称,“林野”是那些令人毛发竖立之处的名称,“林野”是那些边鄙之处的名称,“林野”是非人靠近的坐卧具的别名。(《分别论》531)显示巴利原文
‘‘Vanapatthanti dūrānametaṃ senāsanānaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vanapatthanti vanasaṇḍānametaṃ, vanapatthanti bhiṃsanakānametaṃ, vanapatthanti salomahaṃsānametaṃ, vanapatthanti pariyantānametaṃ, vanapatthanti amanussūpacārānaṃ senāsanānametaṃ adhivacana’’nti (vibha. 531).
这里,除了“边地”这一说法,其余的说法都应理解为“林野”。“边远的”:即边地的、极其遥远的。“少有声音的”:因为没有杵臼、棍棒、儿童等声音,所以少有声音。“少喧杂的”:因为没有那些回荡的大音声,所以少喧杂。“无人风处的”:指没有来往行人的气息。“适合人隐密的”:适合人们行隐密之事。“适合隐居的”:适合隐居。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca pariyantānanti imaṃ ekaṃ pariyāyaṃ ṭhapetvā sesapariyāyehi vanapatthāni veditabbāni. Pantānīti pariyantāni atidūrāni. Appasaddānīti udukkhalamusaladārakasaddādīnaṃ abhāvena appasaddāni. Appanigghosānīti tesaṃ tesaṃ ninnādamahānigghosassa abhāvena appanigghosāni. Vijanavātānīti sañcaraṇajanassa sarīravātavirahitāni. Manussarāhasseyyakānīti manussānaṃ rahokammassa anucchavikāni. Paṭisallānasāruppānīti nilīyanasāruppāni.
第二《弥嘎加喇经》的注释。显示巴利原文
2. Dutiyamigajālasuttavaṇṇanā
64 第二经中,“以喜的灭尽而有苦的灭尽”:由于渴爱之喜的灭尽,而有轮回之苦的灭尽。显示巴利原文
64. Dutiye nandinirodhā dukkhanirodhoti taṇhānandiyā nirodhena vaṭṭadukkhassa nirodho.
第三至第五经:关于《三弥提魔问经》第一等经的注释。显示巴利原文
3-5. Paṭhamasamiddhimārapañhāsuttādivaṇṇanā
65-67 第三经中,“三弥提”是由于有身的圆满而得此名的。据说,那位长老的身体极为俊美、庄严,犹如被高高举起的花簇,又像装饰过的花房,具足一切形相的圆满,因此便以“三弥提”(圆满)著称。“魔”是指问及死亡。“魔的施设”指名为“魔”的施设、名称、称号。“那里有魔或魔的施设”意为:那里有死亡,或者有“死亡”这一名称。第四经的意义明显,第五经也是如此。显示巴利原文
65-67. Tatiye samiddhīti attabhāvassa samiddhatāya evaṃ laddhanāmo. Tassa kira therassa attabhāvo abhirūpo ahosi pāsādiko, ukkhittamālāpuṭo viya alaṅkatamālāgabbho viya ca sabbākārapāripūriyā samiddho. Tasmā samiddhitveva saṅkhaṃ gato. Māroti maraṇaṃ pucchati. Mārapaññattīti māroti paññatti nāmaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ. Atthi tattha māro vā mārapaññatti vāti tattha maraṇaṃ vā maraṇanti idaṃ nāmaṃ vā atthīti dasseti. Catutthaṃ uttānameva, tathā pañcamaṃ.
第六 《三弥提世间问经》注疏显示巴利原文
6. Samiddhilokapañhāsuttavaṇṇanā
68 第六经中,「世间」(loko):因具破坏、毁坏之义,故称世间。如是,从弥嘎加喇长老所请之经开始,这五部经所阐明的,都只是流转与还灭(涅槃)。显示巴利原文
68. Chaṭṭhe lokoti lujjanapalujjanaṭṭhena loko. Iti migajālattherassa āyācanasuttato paṭṭhāya pañcasupi suttesu vaṭṭavivaṭṭameva kathitaṃ.
第七 《优波先那毒蛇经》注疏显示巴利原文
7. Upasenaāsīvisasuttavaṇṇanā
69 第七经中,「清凉林」(sītavana):指那片名为清凉林的冢墓林。「蛇首窟」(Sappasoṇḍikapabbhāra):因其形状颇似蛇颈,故得此名。「优波先那」(Upasena):是法将(舍利弗尊者)的弟弟优波先那长老。关于毒蛇跌落之事:据说长老用完斋饭后,手持大袈裟,在石窟阴凉处坐着,微风轻拂,便在双层僧衣上做起针线活。那时,石窟顶上正好有两条小毒蛇在嬉戏,其中一条掉落下来,正落在长老肩头。那条蛇本身极具剧毒,就从落下之处开始,长老全身如同芯被火焰吞噬一般,毒液迅速蔓延。长老见毒液如此蔓延——虽自跌落处便逐渐扩散——便以神通力决意道:“莫让此身坏于窟中。”于是对比丘们说:“趁此身尚在这里、还未散坏时,你们把它抬出去。”意思是:在它未散坏时,抬到外面去。又,「异离」(aññathatta):指异离状态(aññathābhāva),即变得与原先不同。「诸根的转变」(indriyānaṃ vā vipariṇāma):指眼、耳等诸根的变异。显示巴利原文
69. Sattame sītavaneti evaṃnāmake susānavane. Sappasoṇḍikapabbhāreti sappaphaṇasadisatāya evaṃladdhanāme pabbhāre. Upasenassāti dhammasenāpatino kaniṭṭhabhātikaupasenattherassa. Āsīviso patito hotīti thero kira katabhattakicco mahācīvaraṃ gahetvā leṇacchāyāya mandamandena vātapānavātena bījiyamāno nisīditvā dupaṭṭanivāsane sūcikammaṃ karoti. Tasmiṃ khaṇe leṇacchadane dve āsīvisapotakā kīḷanti. Tesu eko patitvā therassa aṃsakūṭe avatthāsi. So ca phuṭṭhaviso hoti. Tasmā patitaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya therassa kāye dīpasikhā viya vaṭṭiṃ pariyādiyamānamevassa visaṃ otiṇṇaṃ. Thero visassa tathāgamanaṃ disvā kiñcāpi taṃ patitamattameva yathāparicchedena gataṃ, attano pana iddhibalena ‘‘ayaṃ attabhāvo leṇe mā vinassatū’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā bhikkhū āmantesi. Purāyaṃ kāyo idheva vikiratīti yāva na vikirati, tāva naṃ bahiddhā nīharathāti attho. Aññathattanti aññathābhāvaṃ. Indriyānaṃ vā vipariṇāmanti cakkhusotādīnaṃ indriyānaṃ pakativijahanabhāvaṃ. Tattheva vikirīti bahi nīharitvā ṭhapitaṭṭhāne mañcakasmiṃyeva vikiri.
第八 《优波婆那现见经》注疏显示巴利原文
8. Upavāṇasandiṭṭhikasuttavaṇṇanā
70 第八经中,「觉知色者」(rūpappaṭisaṃvedī):指能确定青、黄等种种所缘,从而觉知了色,因此称为「觉知色者」。「觉知色贪者」(rūparāgappaṭisaṃvedī):因烦恼尚存,他觉知了色贪,故称「觉知色贪者」。「现见」(sandiṭṭhika)等词的意义,正如《清净道论》中所说。「非觉知色贪者」(no ca rūparāgappaṭisaṃvedī):由于已无烦恼,他不再觉知色贪,故说「非觉知色贪者」。此经中,讲述了有学与无学之省察。显示巴利原文
70. Aṭṭhame rūpappaṭisaṃvedīti nīlapītādibhedaṃ ārammaṇaṃ vavatthāpento rūpaṃ paṭisaṃviditaṃ karoti, tasmā rūpappaṭisaṃvedī nāma hoti. Rūparāgappaṭisaṃvedīti kilesassa atthibhāveneva pana rūparāgaṃ paṭisaṃviditaṃ karoti nāma, tasmā rūparāgappaṭisaṃvedīti vuccati. Sandiṭṭhikotiādīni visuddhimagge vuttatthāneva. Noca rūparāgappaṭisaṃvedīti kilesassa natthibhāveneva na rūparāgaṃ paṭisaṃviditaṃ karoti nāma, tasmā ‘‘no ca rūparāgappaṭisaṃvedī’’ti vuccati. Imasmiṃ sutte sekhāsekhānaṃ paccavekkhaṇā kathitā.
第九 《第一六触处经》注疏显示巴利原文
9. Paṭhamachaphassāyatanasuttavaṇṇanā
71 第九经中,「触处」(phassāyatanānaṃ):意为产生触的地方。「未住」(avusita):指未能圆满安住。「远离」(ārakā):意指遥远。那位比丘说:“尊者,我在此处已消失,名为灭亡。”世尊心想:“这位比丘声称‘我于此教法中名为已亡’,莫非他正勤修其他的界业处、遍业处等?”当看不到他那样精勤后,又思惟:“到底何种业处才适合他?”随后发现唯有“处业处”才适合,于是宣说此经时便问道:“比丘,你对此怎么想?”等等。“善哉”是对他回答的随喜赞叹。‘这就是苦的尽头’:这便是生死轮回苦的尽头与边际,亦即涅槃。显示巴利原文
71. Navame phassāyatanānanti phassākarānaṃ. Avusitanti avuṭṭhaṃ. Ārakāti dūre. Etthāhaṃ, bhante, anassasanti, bhante, ahaṃ ettha anassasiṃ, naṭṭho nāma ahanti vadati. Bhagavā – ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhu ‘ahaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sāsane naṭṭho’ti vadati, kinnu khvassa aññesu dhātukammaṭṭhāna-kasiṇakammaṭṭhānādīsu abhiyogo atthī’’ti cintetvā, tampi apassanto – ‘‘kataraṃ nu kho kammaṭṭhānaṃ imassa sappāyaṃ bhavissatī’’ti cintesi. Tato ‘‘āyatanakammaṭṭhānameva sappāya’’nti disvā taṃ kathento taṃ kiṃ maññasi bhikkhūtiādimāha. Sādhūti tassa byākaraṇe sampahaṃsanaṃ. Esevanto dukkhassāti ayameva vaṭṭadukkhassanto paricchedo, nibbānanti attho.
第十 《第二六触处经》注释显示巴利原文
10. Dutiyachaphassāyatanasuttavaṇṇanā
72 第十经中,「我已消失」(anassasanti)便是‘已灭尽’、‘名为已亡’的意思。「为未来不再有生」(āyatiṃ apunabbhavāya)中,“未来不再有生”即指涅槃。整句的意思是:为证涅槃而舍弃,便会成就如此。显示巴利原文
72. Dasame anassasanti nassasiṃ, naṭṭho nāmamhi icceva attho. Āyatiṃ apunabbhavāyāti ettha āyatiṃ apunabbhavo nāma nibbānaṃ, nibbānatthāya pahīnaṃ bhavissatīti attho.
11. 《第三六触处经》注释显示巴利原文
11. Tatiyachaphassāyatanasuttavaṇṇanā
73 第十一经中,「anassasanti」指‘灭去’,「panassasanti」指‘极度灭去’。其余内容可依前述方式了知。显示巴利原文
73. Ekādasame anassasanti naṭṭho, panassasanti atinaṭṭho. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
8. 病品显示巴利原文
8. Gilānavaggo
1-5. 《第一病经》等的注释显示巴利原文
1-5. Paṭhamagilānasuttādivaṇṇanā
74-78 在《病品》的第一经中,“amukasmiṃ”意指“在某个地方”,这里采用的正是这一读法。而“appaññāto”意为“不为人知”“不知名”。即使是新出家的比丘,有些人也为人所知,比如罗睺罗长老和善意沙弥;但这位比丘却既是新出家的,又不知名。此处其余内容,依前已说的方法即可了知。此后的四经也是如此。显示巴利原文
74-78. Gilānavaggassa paṭhame amukasminti asukasmiṃ. Ayameva vā pāṭho. Appaññātoti aññāto apākaṭo. Navopi hi koci paññāto hoti rāhulatthero viya sumanasāmaṇero viya ca, ayaṃ pana navo ceva apaññāto ca. Sesamettha vuttanayamevāti. Tathā ito paresu catūsu.
6. 《第一无明断尽经》注疏显示巴利原文
6. Paṭhamaavijjāpahānasuttavaṇṇanā
79 79. 在第六经中,“以无常了知”:即使是以苦或无我的方式了知,也必定能够断除;但这里是开示了无常相之后,为随顺觉悟者的意乐而说。显示巴利原文
79. Chaṭṭhe aniccato jānatoti dukkhānattavasena jānatopi pahīyatiyeva, idaṃ pana aniccalakkhaṇaṃ dassetvā vutte bujjhanakassa ajjhāsayena vuttaṃ.
7. 《第二无明断尽经》注疏显示巴利原文
7. Dutiyaavijjāpahānasuttavaṇṇanā
80 第七经中,“一切法”指一切三地之法。“不足以执取”:不应以执取与邪执取的方式去执取。“一切相”指一切诸行的相。“以其他方式看待”:如同尚未遍知执取的人那样看待后,便从此以不同的方式看待。尚未遍知执取的人将一切相都看作是我;而已遍知执取的人则把它看作无我,不看作是我。因此,在这部经中只阐述了无我相。显示巴利原文
80. Sattame sabbe dhammāti sabbe tebhūmakadhammā. Nālaṃ abhinivesāyāti abhinivesaparāmāsaggāhena gaṇhituṃ na yuttā. Sabbanimittānīti sabbāni saṅkhāranimittāni. Aññato passatīti yathā apariññātābhiniveso jano passati, tato aññato passati. Apariññātābhiniveso hi jano sabbanimittānipi attato passati. Pariññātābhiniveso pana anattato passati, no attatoti evaṃ imasmiṃ sutte anattalakkhaṇameva kathitaṃ.
8. 《众多比丘经》注疏显示巴利原文
8. Sambahulabhikkhusuttavaṇṇanā
81 第八经中,“idha no”(此处不)的“no”只是不变词,其余含义都很浅显。这里应当知道所说的是苦相。显示巴利原文
81. Aṭṭhame idha noti ettha no-kāro nipātamattameva. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva. Kevalaṃ idha dukkhalakkhaṇaṃ kathitanti veditabbaṃ.
9. 《世间问经》注疏显示巴利原文
9. Lokapañhāsuttavaṇṇanā
82 第九经中,“lujjati”(坏灭)即是瓦解、破坏。这里所说的是无常相。显示巴利原文
82. Navame lujjatīti palujjati bhijjati. Idha aniccalakkhaṇaṃ kathitaṃ.
10. 颇求那问经注疏显示巴利原文
10. Phaggunapañhāsuttavaṇṇanā
83 83. 第十经中,“断戏论者”:因渴爱的戏论已断,故称断戏论者。“断网者”:因渴爱的网已断,故称断网者。他问:“我问什么?”他问:“我问过去诸佛所护持的眼、耳等。”或者,他这样问:“即使未来修习了道,如果眼、耳等的轮回还会增长,那我请问此事。”他是以这种方式发问。显示巴利原文
83. Dasame chinnapapañceti taṇhāpapañcassa chinnattā chinnapapañce. Chinnavaṭumeti taṇhāvaṭumasseva chinnattā chinnavaṭume. Kiṃ pucchāmīti pucchati? Atikkantabuddhehi pariharitāni cakkhusotādīni pucchāmīti pucchati. Atha vā sace magge bhāvitepi anāgate cakkhusotādivaṭṭaṃ vaḍḍheyya, taṃ pucchāmīti pucchatīti.
9. 车匿品显示巴利原文
9. Channavaggo
1. 坏灭法经注疏显示巴利原文
1. Palokadhammasuttavaṇṇanā
84 84. 车匿品第一中,“坏灭法”:指坏灭的本性。如此,此处仅开示无常相。显示巴利原文
84. Channavaggassa paṭhame palokadhammanti bhijjanakasabhāvaṃ. Evamettha aniccalakkhaṇameva kathitaṃ.
2. 空世间经注显示巴利原文
2. Suññatalokasuttavaṇṇanā
85 第二经中,「我所」指属于自己的资具。由此,此处只是开示了无我相。显示巴利原文
85. Dutiye attaniyenāti attano santakena parikkhārena. Evamettha anattalakkhaṇameva kathitaṃ.
3. 《略说法经》注释显示巴利原文
3. Saṃkhittadhammasuttavaṇṇanā
86 第三经应依《蕴品·阿难教诫》(《相应部》3.83)所述的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
86. Tatiyaṃ khandhiyavagge ānandovāde (saṃ. ni. 3.83) vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
4. 《车匿经》注释显示巴利原文
4. Channasuttavaṇṇanā
87 第四经中,「车匿」:这是该长老的名字,并非指那位在出家时便已离去的长老。「隐居」:指从果等至中出来。「病问者」:即看护病人的人。看护病人是佛陀所赞扬、所表彰的,因此这样说。「应给予头巾」:指应给予缠头的布。「刀」:指夺命之刀。「我不期望」:即我不想要。「承事已毕」:指服侍已圆满。「以可意者」:指以令心喜悦的身业等。在这里,七位有学称为「奉侍者」,阿拉汉称为「承事者」,世尊称为「所承事者」。显示巴利原文
87. Catutthe channoti evaṃnāmako thero, na abhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhantathero. Paṭisallānāti phalasamāpattito. Gilānapucchakāti gilānupaṭṭhākā. Gilānupaṭṭhānaṃ nāma buddhapasatthaṃ buddhavaṇṇitaṃ, tasmā evamāha. Sīsaveṭhaṃ dadeyyāti sīse veṭhanaṃ sīsaveṭhaṃ, tañca dadeyya. Satthanti jīvitahārakasatthaṃ. Nāvakaṅkhāmīti na icchāmi. Pariciṇṇoti paricarito. Manāpenāti manavaḍḍhanakena kāyakammādinā. Ettha ca satta sekhā paricaranti nāma, arahā paricārī nāma, bhagavā pariciṇṇo nāma.
“尊者,这才是声闻所应行的”:尊者,对于声闻来说,这才是合宜的。“无可非难”:指不再延续,不再结生。“尊者舍利弗,请发问,我听闻后即当了知”,这便是所谓“声闻请法”。“这是我所有的”等语句,是依于渴爱、慢、见这些执取而说。“见灭尽后”:指了知了灭尽。“我观察‘这不是我的,这我不是,这也不是我的自我’”:即观察“这是无常、苦、无我的”。在这些地方,车匿长老将舍利弗长老所问的问题归结为阿拉汉果而作解说。但舍利弗长老虽知他是凡夫,也未说他是“凡夫”或“诸漏尽者”,只是保持沉默。而纯陀长老心想:“我要让他了知自己是凡夫”,便给予他教诫。显示巴利原文
Etañhi, āvuso, sāvakassa patirūpanti, āvuso, sāvakassa nāma etaṃ anucchavikaṃ. Anupavajjanti appavattikaṃ appaṭisandhikaṃ. Pucchāvuso sāriputta, sutvā vedissāmāti ayaṃ sāvakapavāraṇā nāma. Etaṃmamātiādīni taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiggāhavasena vuttāni. Nirodhaṃ disvāti khayavayaṃ ñatvā. Netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti samanupassāmīti aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattāti samanupassāmi. Ettakesu ṭhānesu channatthero sāriputtattherena pucchitaṃ pañhaṃ arahatte pakkhipitvā kathesi. Sāriputtatthero pana tassa puthujjanabhāvaṃ ñatvāpi taṃ ‘‘puthujjano’’ti vā ‘‘khīṇāsavo’’ti vā avatvā tuṇhīyeva ahosi. Cundatthero panassa puthujjanabhāvaṃ saññāpessāmīti cintetvā ovādaṃ adāsi.
其中,“因此”:由于你无法忍受临终的感受,而说“我将举刀自尽”,所以,尊者,你是凡夫。这便明示了“因此,你应对此作意”。又或,“因为你声称‘见到六处灭尽后,我不再以三种执取来观察眼等诸处’,所以,尊者,你也应当对世尊的教法于此要点作意”,这也是在指出他是凡夫。“恒常持”:意为于一切时。“所依止者”:指为渴爱、慢、见所依止的人。“动摇”:即是扰动。正如现在,尊者你不能忍受生起的感受,以未断除的执取,坚执“我在感受,这是我的感受”,因而现起扰动。他正是以此告诉你:“你是凡夫。”显示巴利原文
Tattha tasmāti yasmā māraṇantikaṃ vedanaṃ adhivāsetuṃ asakkonto satthaṃ āharāmīti vadati, tasmā puthujjano āyasmā, tena idampi manasikarohīti dīpeti. Yasmā vā channaṃ āyatanānaṃ nirodhaṃ disvā cakkhādīni tiṇṇaṃ gāhānaṃ vasena na samanupassāmīti vadasi. Tasmā idampi tassa bhagavato sāsanaṃ āyasmatā manasikātabbantipi puthujjanabhāvameva dīpento vadati. Niccakappanti niccakālaṃ. Nissitassāti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhīhi nissitassa. Calitanti vipphanditaṃ hoti. Yathayidaṃ āyasmato uppannaṃ vedanaṃ adhivāsetuṃ asakkontassa ‘‘ahaṃ vedayāmi, mama vedanā’’ti appahīnaggāhassa idāni vipphanditaṃ hoti, imināpi naṃ ‘‘puthujjanova tva’’nti vadati.
“轻安”:指身轻安与心轻安,也就是烦恼的轻安。“倾向”:指渴爱的倾向。“无有”:当对于“有”的希求、爱乐与现起皆不存在时。“无来去”:以结生为义的“来”与以死为义的“去”皆不存在。“死没与再生”:以死亡为因的死没,以再生为因的再生。“非在此处,非在彼处,亦非在二者之间”:不于此世间,不于他世间,亦不于二者之间。“这就是苦的终结”:即轮回之苦与烦恼之苦的终点、边际、究竟。此处正是此义。而那些执取“二者之间”一词而主张有“中有”的人,其说无义。因为“中有”的存在在阿毗达摩中已被明确遮遣。而“其间”一词,则显示了另一种解释。因此,这里的意思即是:“不在此处,不在彼处”,另一种解释便是“不在两者之间”。显示巴利原文
Passaddhīti kāyacittapassaddhi, kilesapassaddhi nāma hotīti attho. Natiyāti taṇhānatiyā. Asatīti bhavatthāya ālayanikantipariyuṭṭhāne asati. Āgatigati na hotīti paṭisandhivasena āgati nāma, cutivasena gamanaṃ nāma na hoti. Cutūpapātoti cavanavasena cuti, upapajjanavasena upapāto. Nevidha na huraṃ na ubhayamantarenāti na idhaloke na paraloke na ubhayattha hoti. Esevanto dukkhassāti vaṭṭadukkhakilesadukkhassa ayameva anto ayaṃ paricchedo parivaṭumabhāvo hoti. Ayameva hi ettha attho. Ye pana ‘‘ubhayamantarenā’’ti vacanaṃ gahetvā antarābhavaṃ icchanti, tesaṃ vacanaṃ niratthakaṃ. Antarābhavassa hi bhāvo abhidhamme paṭikkhittoyeva. ‘‘Antarenā’’ti vacanaṃ pana vikappantaradīpanaṃ. Tasmā ayamettha attho – neva idha na huraṃ, aparo vikappo na ubhayanti.
“持刀”:他拿起夺命之刀,拿起后割断了喉咙。就在那一刹那,死亡恐惧降临于他,趣相现前。他认识到自己仍是凡夫,内心悚惧,于是建立观修,把握诸行,证得阿罗汉果,成为等首者,而后般涅槃。(世尊说)“当面记说为无可非难”:虽然这是长老尚在凡夫位时所作的记说,但凭此记说,他无碍地般涅槃了。因此,世尊只是选取了那个记说来宣说。显示巴利原文
Satthaṃ āharesīti jīvitahārakasatthaṃ āhari, āharitvā kaṇṭhanāḷaṃ chindi. Athassa tasmiṃ khaṇe maraṇabhayaṃ okkami, gatinimittaṃ upaṭṭhāsi. So attano puthujjanabhāvaṃ ñatvā, saṃviggacitto vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā, saṅkhāre pariggaṇhanto arahattaṃ patvā, samasīsī hutvā parinibbuto. Sammukhāyeva anupavajjatā byākatāti kiñcāpi idaṃ therassa puthujjanakāle byākaraṇaṃ hoti; etena pana byākaraṇena anantarāyamassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi. Tasmā bhagavā tadeva byākaraṇaṃ gahetvā kathesi.
“Upavajjakulāni”指应被拜访的家庭。借此,长老问道:“尊者,在这样有男护持者和女护持者存在的情况下,那位比丘会在您的教法中般涅槃吗?”这是在前行阶段中,显示与家庭交往的过失。于是,世尊为了指出他并没有与那些家庭交往,便说:“舍利弗,这些……存在”等等。据说,在这个节骨眼上,长老与家庭没有交往这一点变得很明显。其余各处意义清楚。显示巴利原文
Upavajjakulānīti upasaṅkamitabbakulāni. Iminā thero, ‘‘bhante, evaṃ upaṭṭhākesu ca upaṭṭhāyikāsu ca vijjamānāsu so bhikkhu tumhākaṃ sāsane parinibbāyissatī’’ti pubbabhāgapaṭipattiyaṃ kulasaṃsaggadosaṃ dassento pucchati. Athassa bhagavā kulesu saṃsaggābhāvaṃ dīpento honti hete sāriputtātiādimāha. Imasmiṃ kira ṭhāne therassa kulesu asaṃsaṭṭhabhāvo pākaṭo ahosi. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānameva.
5-6. 《普无经》等注释显示巴利原文
5-6. Puṇṇasuttādivaṇṇanā
88-89 88-89. 第五项中,“tañca”指的是那个眼与那个色。“喜贪集起则苦集起”,意思是由于渴爱的汇集,便有了五取蕴之苦的汇集。如此,在六根门中,通过“喜贪集起则苦集起”这句话,借助二谛,展示了流转的顶端。在第二种方式中,则通过“灭为道”,借助二谛,展示了还灭的顶端。而“以此,普无”(iminā tvaṃ puṇṇāti)则是一个单独的连结。如此,先通过流转与还灭,把说法引导至阿罗汉果,现在为了让普无长老在七个场合发出狮子吼,于是开始说“以此你……”等等。显示巴利原文
88-89. Pañcame tañceti taṃ cakkhuñceva rūpañca. Nandisamudayā dukkhasamudayoti taṇhāya samodhānena pañcakkhandhadukkhassa samodhānaṃ hoti. Iti chasu dvāresu ‘‘nandisamudayā dukkhasamudayo’’ti iminā dvinnaṃ saccānaṃ vasena vaṭṭaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā dassesi. Dutiyanaye nirodho maggoti dvinnaṃ saccānaṃ vasena vivaṭṭaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā dassesi. Iminā tvaṃ puṇṇāti pāṭiyekko anusandhi. Evaṃ tāva vaṭṭavivaṭṭavasena desanaṃ arahatte pakkhipitvā idāni puṇṇattheraṃ sattasu ṭhānesu sīhanādaṃ nadāpetuṃ iminā tvantiādimāha.
「Caṇḍā」意为凶恶、有罪过。「Pharusā」意为粗鲁、粗恶,即他们将以十种骂詈的根据加以辱骂。「Paribhāsissantī」意为他们将威胁道:“你到底算哪门子沙门?我们必将如此这般地收拾你。”「Evametthā」意为:于我此处,这便会如是发生。「以杖」指以四肘杖、金合欢木杖或以槌杵。「以刀」指单刃刀等一类刀具。「寻找持刀者」意为寻觅能够夺命的持刀者。长老此言,是针对在第三波罗夷事中,比丘们听闻不净的教说后厌患己身,因而寻找持刀者一事而说。在“以调伏与寂止”一句中,「调伏」是根律仪等的名称。显示巴利原文
Caṇḍāti duṭṭhā kibbisā. Pharusāti kakkhaḷā akkosissantīti dasahi akkosavatthūhi akkosissanti. Paribhāsissantīti ‘‘kiṃ samaṇo nāma tvaṃ, idañcidañca te karissāmā’’ti tajjessanti. Evametthāti evaṃ mayhaṃ ettha bhavissati. Daṇḍenāti catuhatthadaṇḍena vā khadiradaṇḍena vā ghaṭikamuggarena vā. Satthenāti ekatodhārādinā satthena. Satthahārakaṃ pariyesantīti jīvitahārakasatthaṃ pariyesanti. Idaṃ thero tatiyapārājikavatthusmiṃ asubhakathaṃ sutvā attabhāvena jigucchantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ satthahārakapariyesanaṃ sandhāyāha. Damūpasamenāti ettha damoti indriyasaṃvarādīnaṃ etaṃ nāmaṃ.
依真谛调伏,以调御而达致,
已到吠陀之终极,已住于梵行。”(相应部1.195;经集467)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saccena danto damasā upeto, Vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.195; su. ni. 467) –
此处,根律仪确实被说为“调伏”。在“若由真实、调伏、布施,及以忍耐,更有殊胜”(经集191;相应部1.246)一句中,智慧被说为“调伏”。在“以布施、调伏、自制、说真实语”(长部1.165;中部2.226)一句中,布萨羯磨被说为“调伏”。然而,在这部经中,忍耐应被理解为“调伏”。“寂止”正是它的同义词。显示巴利原文
Ettha hi indriyasaṃvaro damoti vutto. ‘‘Yadi saccā damā cāgā, khantyā bhiyyodha vijjatī’’ti (su. ni. 191; saṃ. ni. 1.246) ettha paññā damoti vuttā. ‘‘Dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjenā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.165; ma. ni. 2.226) ettha uposathakammaṃ damoti vuttaṃ. Imasmiṃ pana sutte khanti damoti veditabbo. Upasamoti tasseva vevacanaṃ.
尊者富楼那:这位富楼那是谁?他又为何想去那里呢?他本是苏那巴兰答的居民,在舍卫城察觉住处并不适宜,因此想去那里。显示巴利原文
Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇoti ko panesa puṇṇo, kasmā ca panettha gantukāmo ahosīti? Sunāparantavāsiko eva esa, sāvatthiyaṃ pana asappāyavihāraṃ sallakkhetvā tattha gantukāmo ahosi.
关于此事,有这样的渐次因缘:据说,在苏那巴兰答地区的一个商贾村中,有两兄弟。他们当中,有时是兄长带五百辆车,前往乡间各地贩卖货物,有时是弟弟。而这一次,弟弟留在家中,兄长带了五百辆车,周游各地经商,次第来到舍卫城。他将商队安顿在离祇园不远的地方,吃过早餐后,由随从围绕,坐在舒适之处。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ anuppubbikathā – sunāparantaraṭṭhe kira ekasmiṃ vāṇijagāme ete dve bhātaro. Tesu kadāci jeṭṭho pañca sakaṭasatāni gahetvā janapadaṃ gantvā bhaṇḍaṃ āharati, kadāci kaniṭṭho. Imasmiṃ pana samaye kaniṭṭhaṃ ghare ṭhapetvā, jeṭṭhabhātiko pañca sakaṭasatāni gahetvā, janapadacārikaṃ caranto anupubbena sāvatthiṃ patvā, jetavanassa nātidūre sakaṭasatthaṃ nivesetvā bhuttapātarāso parijanaparivuto phāsukaṭṭhāne nisīdi.
当时,舍卫城的居民吃过早餐,受持了布萨日的学处,穿着洁净的郁多罗僧,手持香、花等供养物,一心朝向佛、朝向法、朝向僧伽,归向、倾向、趋向。他们从城南门出城,前往祇园。他看见这些人,便问其中一人:“他们要去哪里?”那人回答:“贤者,您难道不知吗?世间已出现了名为佛、法、僧的珍宝。这些大众,都是前往导师座前听法的。”当“佛陀”一词传入耳中,这名称仿佛穿透皮肤、肌肉,直入骨髓,令他肃然起敬。他于是在随从的簇拥下,随那群人一起进入精舍,站在听闻导师甜美法音的大众边缘。听法之后,他生起了出家的念头。如来知道时机已到,便遣散了大众。于是他走近导师,顶礼之后邀请世尊明日接受午前供养。第二天,他搭起帐篷,铺设座位,对以佛陀为首的僧团作了盛大的布施供养。进食之后,他受持了布萨日的学处,唤来管家,清晰地交代:“这些财物已经布施,这些财物还未布施。”他把一切都嘱托清楚,说:“所有这些财产,都交给我弟弟。”随后他便在显示巴利原文
Tena ca samayena sāvatthivāsino bhuttapātarāsā uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya suddhuttarāsaṅgā gandhapupphādihatthā yena buddho, yena dhammo, yena saṅgho, tanninnā tappoṇā tappabbhārā hutvā, dakkhiṇadvārena nikkhamitvā jetavanaṃ gacchanti. So te disvā ‘‘kahaṃ ime gacchantī’’ti ekaṃ manussaṃ pucchi. Kiṃ tvaṃ, ayyo, na jānāsi? Loke buddhadhammasaṅgharatanāni nāma uppannāni, icceso mahājano satthu santikaṃ dhammakathaṃ sotuṃ gacchatīti. Tassa ‘‘buddho’’ti vacanaṃ chavicammādīni chinditvā aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca aṭṭhāsi. So attano parijanaparivuto tāya parisāya saddhiṃ vihāraṃ gantvā, satthu madhurassarena dhammaṃ desentassa parisapariyante ṭhito, dhammaṃ sutvā pabbajjāya cittaṃ uppādesi. Atha tathāgatena kālaṃ viditvā parisāya uyyojitāya satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā, vanditvā, svātanāya nimantetvā, dutiyadivase maṇḍapaṃ kāretvā, āsanāni paññāpetvā, buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa mahādānaṃ datvā, bhuttapātarāso uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya bhaṇḍāgārikaṃ pakkosāpetvā, ‘‘ettakaṃ dhanaṃ vissajjitaṃ, ettakaṃ dhanaṃ na vissajjita’’nti sabbaṃ ācikkhitvā, ‘‘imaṃ sāpateyyaṃ mayhaṃ kaniṭṭhassa dehī’’ti sabbaṃ niyyātetvā, satthu santike pabbajitvā, kammaṭṭhānaparāyaṇo ahosi.
然而,当他作意业处时,业处并未显现。他便心想:“这个地区于我不适,我何不前往导师座前领受业处,然后返回自己的国家呢?”于是,他在上午托钵乞食,傍晚从独处禅修中出定后,来到世尊处,请求世尊开示业处,发出七种狮子吼后便离去。因此经中说:“那时具寿富楼那……居住。”显示巴利原文
Athassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ na upaṭṭhāti. Tato cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ janapado mayhaṃ asappāyo, yaṃnūnāhaṃ satthu santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā sakaraṭṭhameva gaccheyya’’nti. Atha pubbaṇhasamaye piṇḍāya caritvā, sāyanhe paṭisallānā vuṭṭhahitvā, bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā, kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathāpetvā, satta sīhanāde naditvā, pakkāmi. Tena vuttaṃ, ‘‘atha kho āyasmā puṇṇo…pe… viharatī’’ti.
那么他住于何处呢?他曾在四个地方居住。首先,他进入苏那巴兰答国后,到达一处名为阿布哈塔山的地方,进入商人村乞食。那时,他的亲弟弟认出了他,供养食物后请求说:“尊者,请勿去往他处,就住在这里吧。”得到他的同意后,便让他在那里安住下来。显示巴利原文
Kattha panāyaṃ vihāsīti? Catūsu ṭhānesu vihāsi. Sunāparantaraṭṭhaṃ tāva pavisitvā ca abbuhatthapabbataṃ nāma patvā vāṇijagāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Atha naṃ kaniṭṭhabhātā sañjānitvā bhikkhaṃ datvā, ‘‘bhante, aññattha agantvā idheva vasathā’’ti paṭiññaṃ kāretvā tattheva vasāpesi.
之后,他去了一座名为“海山寺”的寺院。那里有一条以磁石围砌而成的经行道,无人能在上面行走。海浪拍涌而来,击打在磁石上,发出巨大声响。长老心想:“愿此处成为修习业处者安住轻安之所。”便决意让大海归于寂静。显示巴利原文
Tato samuddagirivihāraṃ nāma agamāsi. Tattha ayakantapāsāṇehi paricchinditvā katacaṅkamo atthi, koci taṃ caṅkamituṃ samattho nāma natthi. Tattha samuddavīciyo āgantvā ayakantapāsāṇesu paharitvā mahāsaddaṃ karonti. Thero ‘‘kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontānaṃ phāsuvihāro hotū’’ti samuddaṃ nissaddaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi.
后来,他又去了一处名为“舅父山”的地方。那里也是鸟群众多,日夜鸣叫不绝。长老觉得此处不适,于是又去了一处名为“花苞园寺”的寺院。那地方离商贾村不远不近,便于往来,僻静且少喧杂。长老觉得此处惬意,便在那里修建了夜宿处、日住处和经行道等,安住下来入雨安居。如此,他曾在四个地方居住。显示巴利原文
Tato mātulagiriṃ nāma agamāsi. Tatthapi sakuṇasaṅgho ussanno rattiñca divā ca saddo ekābaddhova ahosi. Thero ‘‘idaṃ ṭhānaṃ na phāsuka’’nti tato makulakārāmavihāraṃ nāma gato. So vāṇijagāmassa nātidūro naccāsanno gamanāgamanasampanno vivitto appasaddo. Thero ‘‘imaṃ ṭhānaṃ phāsuka’’nti tattha rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānacaṅkamanādīni kāretvā vassaṃ upagacchi. Evaṃ catūsu ṭhānesu vihāsi.
一日,正在那个雨安居期间,五百位商人为了“前往海外”,将货物装载上船。登船那天,长老的弟弟供养长老后,在长老跟前受持学处,顶礼后说道:“尊者,大海委实难信,多诸危难,恳请您垂念我们。”说罢便登上了船。船以最高速度航行,抵达一座岛屿。众人说:“我们吃早餐吧。”便登上了岛。那座岛上除了栴檀林,别无所有。显示巴利原文
Athekadivasaṃ tasmiṃyeva antovasse pañca vāṇijasatāni ‘‘parasamuddaṃ gacchāmā’’ti nāvāya bhaṇḍaṃ pakkhipiṃsu. Nāvārohanadivase therassa kaniṭṭhabhātā theraṃ bhojetvā, therassa santike sikkhāpadāni gahetvā, vanditvā, ‘‘bhante, samuddo nāma asaddheyyo anekantarāyo, amhe āvajjeyyāthā’’ti vatvā nāvaṃ āruhi. Nāvā uttamajavena gacchamānā aññataraṃ dīpakaṃ pāpuṇi. Manussā ‘‘pātarāsaṃ karissāmā’’ti dīpake uttiṇṇā. Tasmiṃ pana dīpake aññaṃ kiñci natthi, candanavanameva ahosi.
那时,有一人用斧头削木,辨出是赤栴檀后,说道:“诸位!我们为求利前往大海彼岸,再没有比这更大的利养了——四指宽的一小段就值十万。我们把该丢弃的货物丢掉,装满栴檀吧。”他们照此而行。守护栴檀林的非人心生愤怒:“这些人毁坏了我们的栴檀林,我们杀了他们吧。”转而又想:“若在此处杀掉他们,便会留下一堆尸体,不如让船在大海中央沉没。”于是非人上了船,船刚驶出不远,灾祸便起,非人还亲自现出恐怖形相。商人们惊怖万分,各各向自己依止的神明祈拜。长老的弟弟小富楼那居士心中念道:“愿我的兄长成为我的依怙!”一边忆念长老,一边站在那里。显示巴利原文
Atheko vāsiyā rukkhaṃ ākoṭetvā lohitacandanabhāvaṃ ñatvā āha – ‘‘bho, mayaṃ lābhatthāya parasamuddaṃ gacchāma, ito ca uttari lābho nāma natthi, caturaṅgulamattā ghaṭikā satasahassaṃ agghati. Hāretabbayuttakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ hāretvā candanassa pūressāmā’’ti te tathā kariṃsu . Candanavane adhivatthā amanussā kujjhitvā, ‘‘imehi amhākaṃ candanavanaṃ nāsitaṃ ghātessāma ne’’ti cintetvā – ‘‘idheva ghātitesu sabbaṃ ekakuṇapaṃ bhavissati, samuddamajjhe nesaṃ nāvaṃ osīdessāmā’’ti āhaṃsu. Atha nesaṃ nāvaṃ āruyha muhuttaṃ gatakāleyeva uppātikaṃ uṭṭhapetvā sayampi te amanussā bhayānakāni rūpāni dassayiṃsu. Bhītā manussā attano attano devatānaṃ namassanti. Therassa kaniṭṭho cūḷapuṇṇakuṭumbiko ‘‘mayhaṃ bhātā avassayo hotū’’ti therassa namassamāno aṭṭhāsi.
据说就在同一刹那,长老作意觉察到他们遭遇灾祸,便升騰到空中,面对他们而立。非人们一看见长老,便说:“圣者富楼那长老来了!”随即全部退去,灾祸也随之平息。长老安慰道:“莫要恐惧!”并问:“你们想去哪里?”“尊者,我们只想回到自己的地方。”长老踏在船甲板上,决意:“愿此船前往他们想去之处。”商人们回到家乡后,把这段遭遇告诉了妻子儿女,然后说:“来,我们皈依长老吧。”于是五百位商人连同五百位妻子都皈依了三宝,并宣言成为近事男、近事女。然后,他们卸下船上的货物,分出长老的那一份,说:“尊者,这是您的一份。”长老说:“我不需要单独的一份。不过,你们见过世尊吗?”“未曾见过,尊者。”“那么,就用这一份财物为世尊建造一座圆堂吧。这样你们就得以见到世尊了。”他们回答:“好的,尊者。”便用那一份财物以及各自捐出的份额,动手建造圆堂。显示巴利原文
Theropi kira tasmiṃyeva khaṇe āvajjetvā, tesaṃ byasanuppattiṃ ñatvā, vehāsaṃ uppatitvā, abhimukho aṭṭhāsi. Amanussā theraṃ disvāva ‘‘ayyo puṇṇatthero etī’’ti apakkamiṃsu, uppātikaṃ sannisīdi. Thero ‘‘mā bhāyathā’’ti te assāsetvā ‘‘kahaṃ gantukāmatthā’’ti pucchi. Bhante, amhākaṃ sakaṭṭhānameva gacchāmāti. Thero nāvaṅgaṇe akkamitvā ‘‘etesaṃ icchitaṭṭhānaṃ gacchatū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Vāṇijā sakaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā, taṃ pavattiṃ puttadārassa ārocetvā, ‘‘etha theraṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmā’’ti pañcasatāpi attano pañcahi mātugāmasatehi saddhiṃ tīsu saraṇesu patiṭṭhāya upāsakattaṃ paṭivedesuṃ. Tato nāvāya bhaṇḍaṃ otāretvā therassa ekaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ katvā, ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ koṭṭhāso’’ti āhaṃsu. Thero mayhaṃ visuṃ koṭṭhāsakiccaṃ natthi. Satthā pana tumhehi diṭṭhapubboti. Na diṭṭhapubbo, bhanteti. Tena hi iminā satthu maṇḍalamāḷaṃ karotha. Evaṃ satthāraṃ passissathāti. Te sādhu, bhanteti. Tena ca koṭṭhāsena attano ca koṭṭhāsehi maṇḍalamāḷaṃ kātuṃ ārabhiṃsu.
据说,世尊从圆堂开始建造之时起,便已受用。夜间巡护的人们见到光芒,心想:“有大威力的天神在此。”近事男们将圆堂与比丘僧团的住所建造完毕后,备办了布施的物资,便向长老报告:“尊者,我们该做的事已经完成,请您去邀请世尊。”长老于傍晚时分,以神通力到达舍卫城,向世尊请求:“世尊!商人村的居民渴望见到您,请您慈悯他们。”世尊默然应允。长老便返回了原来的住处。显示巴利原文
Satthāpi kira taṃ āraddhakālato paṭṭhāya paribhogaṃ akāsi. Ārakkhamanussā rattiṃ obhāsaṃ disvā, ‘‘mahesakkhā devatā atthī’’ti saññaṃ kariṃsu. Upāsakā maṇḍalamāḷañca bhikkhusaṅghassa ca senāsanāni niṭṭhāpetvā dānasambhāraṃ sajjetvā, ‘‘kataṃ, bhante, amhehi attano kiccaṃ, satthāraṃ pakkosathā’’ti therassa ārocesuṃ. Thero sāyanhasamaye iddhiyā sāvatthiṃ gantvā, ‘‘bhante, vāṇijagāmavāsino tumhe daṭṭhukāmā , tesaṃ anukampaṃ karothā’’ti bhagavantaṃ yāci. Bhagavā adhivāsesi. Thero sakaṭṭhānameva paccāgato.
世尊告诉阿难长老:“阿难,明天我去苏那巴兰答的商人村乞食,你给四百九十九位比丘分发筹。”长老回答:“好的,尊者。”于是向比丘僧团说明此事,说:“能行于空中的比丘请取筹。”那一天,军头丹长老最先取了筹。商人村的居民听说“导师明天要来”,便在村中搭起棚帐,准备布施之物。世尊清晨料理好身体,进入香室,入果定而坐。帝释天的黄色毛毯石座变得炽热,他想:“这是怎么回事?”遍察之后,知道世尊要去苏那巴兰答,便召来毗首羯磨说:“孩子,今天世尊要到约三千由旬外乞食。你化作五百座尖顶屋,安放在祇园门楼上,备好出行之事。”毗首羯磨依言照办。世尊的尖顶屋有四门,两位上首弟子的各有两门,其余比丘的则各有一门。世尊从香室出来,次第进入排好的尖顶屋,坐进最前头的尖顶屋。以两位上首弟子为首的四百九十九位比丘,也各自进入尖顶屋。剩下一间尖顶屋空着。于是五百座尖顶屋升到空中。显示巴利原文
Bhagavāpi ānandattheraṃ āmantesi, ‘‘ānanda, sve sunāparante vāṇijagāme piṇḍāya carissāma, tvaṃ ekūnapañcasatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ salākaṃ dehī’’ti. Thero ‘‘sādhu, bhante’’ti bhikkhusaṅghassa tamatthaṃ ārocetvā, ‘‘ākāsacārī bhikkhū salākaṃ gaṇhantū’’ti āha. Taṃdivasaṃ kuṇḍadhānatthero paṭhamaṃ salākaṃ aggahesi. Vāṇijagāmavāsinopi ‘‘sve kira satthā āgamissatī’’ti gāmamajjhe maṇḍapaṃ katvā dānaggaṃ sajjayiṃsu. Bhagavā pātova sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ katvā, gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā, phalasamāpattiṃ appetvā, nisīdi. Sakkassa paṇḍukambalasilāsanaṃ uṇhaṃ ahosi. So ‘‘kiṃ ida’’nti āvajjetvā satthu sunāparantagamanaṃ disvā, vissakammaṃ āmantesi, ‘‘tāta, ajja bhagavā tiṃsamattāni yojanasatāni piṇḍacāraṃ gamissati. Pañca kūṭāgārasatāni māpetvā jetavanadvārakoṭṭhakamatthake gamanasajjāni katvā ṭhapehī’’ti. So tathā akāsi. Bhagavato kūṭāgāraṃ catumukhaṃ ahosi, dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ dvimukhāni, sesāni ekamukhāni, satthā gandhakuṭito nikkhamitvā paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitakūṭāgāresu dhurakūṭāgāraṃ pāvisi. Dve aggasāvake ādiṃ katvā ekūnapañcabhikkhusatānipi kūṭāgāragatāni ahesuṃ. Ekaṃ tucchaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ ahosi, pañcapi kūṭāgārasatāni ākāse uppattiṃsu.
世尊抵达了名为真实缚的山,将尖顶屋停驻在空中。彼山有一位名为真实缚的邪见苦行者,教导大众邪见,获得了利养与名声,住在那里。但他内心之中,犹如瓶中灯焰般,证得阿拉汉果的亲依止缘正炽燃。世尊见到后,说:“我为他说法。”于是前去说法。在开示结束时,苦行者证得了阿拉汉果,神通也随道而生。他成为善来比丘,持着由神通所成的钵与衣,进入那间空着的尖顶屋。显示巴利原文
Satthā saccabandhapabbataṃ nāma patvā kūṭāgāraṃ ākāse ṭhapesi. Tasmiṃ pabbate saccabandho nāma micchādiṭṭhikatāpaso mahājanaṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ uggaṇhāpento lābhaggayasaggappatto hutvā vasati, abbhantare cassa antocāṭiyaṃ padīpo viya arahattaphalassa upanissayo jalati. Taṃ disvā ‘‘dhammamassa kathessāmī’’ti gantvā dhammaṃ desesi. Tāpaso desanāpariyosāne arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Maggenevassa abhiññā āgatā. So ehibhikkhu hutvā iddhimayapattacīvaradharo tucchakūṭāgāraṃ pāvisi.
世尊与住在尖顶屋中的五百比丘一同前往商人村。他令尖顶屋隐没不现,然后进入商人村。商人们向以佛为首的僧团作大供养,随后将世尊请至摩古拉园。世尊进入圆堂。在等待世尊消除食后疲乏的这段时间,大众各自用过早餐,受持布萨戒,手持许多香花,为了听法而回到园中。世尊宣讲了法,大众得以从束缚中解脱,据此兴起了巨大的“佛陀喧哗”。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā kūṭāgāragatehi pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ vāṇijagāmaṃ gantvā, kūṭāgārāni adissamānakāni katvā, vāṇijagāmaṃ pāvisi. Vāṇijā buddhappamukhassa saṅghassa mahādānaṃ datvā satthāraṃ makulakārāmaṃ nayiṃsu. Satthā maṇḍalamāḷaṃ pāvisi. Mahājano yāva satthā bhattadarathaṃ paṭippassambheti, tāva pātarāsaṃ katvā uposathaṅgāni samādāya bahuṃ gandhañca pupphañca ādāya dhammassavanatthāya ārāmaṃ paccāgamāsi. Satthā dhammaṃ desesi. Mahājanassa bandhanamokkho jāto, mahantaṃ buddhakolāhalaṃ ahosi.
为摄受大众,世尊便在那里住了七日,但仍只在大香室中迎来黎明。七日说法结束时,有八万四千众生获得了法现观。在那里住满七日后,世尊又到商人村托钵行乞,随后对满慈长老说:“你就住在这里吧。”便让他留在此处,自己则前往两地之间流淌的难陀河畔。龙王难陀前来迎接世尊,将世尊请入龙宫,供养三宝。世尊为他说法之后,走出龙宫。龙王请求道:“尊者,请赐予我一个可供供奉之物。”世尊便在难陀河畔示现了足印塔庙。波浪涌来,它便隐没;波浪退去,它便显现。这足印塔庙得到了广大的供奉。世尊从那里离去,来到真实缚山,对真实缚长老说:“你曾令许多众生堕入恶道。你就住在这里,让他们舍弃那些邪见,将他们安立于涅槃道上。”长老也请求一个可供供奉之物。世尊便在一块坚硬的石板上,犹如在湿泥团上按印一般,示现了足印塔庙。然后,世尊就返回了祇园。正是因为这层含义,才说“就在那个雨安居期间”等等。显示巴利原文
Satthā mahājanassa saṅgahatthāya sattāhaṃ tattheva vasi, aruṇaṃ pana mahāgandhakuṭiyaṃyeva uṭṭhapesi. Sattāhampi dhammadesanāpariyosāne caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tattha sattāhaṃ vasitvā, vāṇijagāme piṇḍāya caritvā, ‘‘tvaṃ idheva vasāhī’’ti puṇṇattheraṃ nivattetvā antare nammadānadī nāma atthi, tassā tīraṃ agamāsi. Nammadā nāgarājā satthu paccuggamanaṃ katvā, nāgabhavanaṃ pavesetvā, tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ sakkāraṃ akāsi. Satthā tassa dhammaṃ kathetvā nāgabhavanā nikkhami. So ‘‘mayhaṃ, bhante, paricaritabbaṃ dethā’’ti yāci. Bhagavā nammadānadītīre padacetiyaṃ dassesi. Taṃ vīcīsu āgatāsu pidhīyati, gatāsu vivarīyati. Mahāsakkārapattaṃ ahosi. Satthā tato nikkhamitvā saccabandhapabbataṃ gantvā saccabandhaṃ āha – ‘‘tayā mahājano apāyamagge otārito. Tvaṃ idheva vasitvā, etesaṃ laddhiṃ vissajjāpetvā, nibbānamagge patiṭṭhāpehī’’ti. Sopi paricaritabbaṃ yāci. Satthā ghanapiṭṭhipāsāṇe allamattikapiṇḍamhi lañchanaṃ viya padacetiyaṃ dassesi. Tato jetavanameva gato. Etamatthaṃ sandhāya teneva antaravassenātiādi vuttaṃ.
“般涅槃”:指他入于无余涅槃界而般涅槃。大众为长老的遗体做了七天的供养,聚集了许多香木,火化了遗体,收取舍利后,建造了塔庙。“众多比丘”:指在长老火葬之处站立的比丘们。其余部分在整个经文中都浅显易懂。第六品也浅显易懂。显示巴利原文
Parinibbāyīti anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyi. Mahājano therassa satta divasāni sarīrapūjaṃ katvā, bahūni gandhakaṭṭhāni samodhānetvā, sarīraṃ jhāpetvā dhātuyo ādāya cetiyaṃ akāsi. Sambahulā bhikkhūti therassa āḷāhanaṭṭhāne ṭhitabhikkhū. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānameva. Chaṭṭhaṃ uttānameva.
7-8. 第一“动”经等注释显示巴利原文
7-8. Paṭhamaejāsuttādivaṇṇanā
90-91 “动”指的是渴爱。因其具有动摇之意,故称为“动”。又因其具有恼害之义而为病,具有内在败坏之义而为疮,具有切割之义而为箭。因此,由于这“动”既是病、又是疮、也是箭,所以说“不应妄想眼等”,解释方法如前所述,这里只是把前面所有内容汇集一处加以说明。第八品也采用同样的解释方式。显示巴利原文
90-91. Sattame ejāti taṇhā. Sā hi calanaṭṭhena ejāti vuccati. Sāva ābādhanaṭṭhena rogo, anto dussanaṭṭhena gaṇḍo, nikantanaṭṭhena sallaṃ. Tasmāti yasmā ejā rogo ceva gaṇḍo ca sallañca, tasmā. Cakkhuṃ na maññeyyātiādi vuttanayameva, idhāpi sabbaṃ heṭṭhā gahitameva saṃkaḍḍhitvā dassitaṃ. Aṭṭhamaṃ vuttanayameva.
第一「二」经等的注释。显示巴利原文
9-10. Paṭhamadvayasuttādivaṇṇanā
92-93 第九:「二」是指两个部分。第十:「此即是二」意思是“这就是那两样”。「动摇且不安」:因为依自性而无法安住,所以动摇且不安。「所谓因、所谓缘」:眼识的依处与所缘,既是因也是缘。「何以会是常呢?」:依什么理由会是常呢?如同女奴之子生来即是奴隶,意为必定是无常。「俱行」:一同运作。「集会」:一同聚集。「合会」:一同会合。这称为眼触:它是由这些名为俱行、集会、合会的缘而生起的,所以便以缘的名称——俱行、集会、合会来称呼它,即此称为眼触。显示巴利原文
92-93. Navame dvayanti dve dve koṭṭhāse. Dasame itthetaṃ dvayanti evametaṃ dvayaṃ. Calañceva byathañcāti attano sabhāvena asaṇṭhahanato calati ceva byathati ca. Yopi hetu yopi paccayoti cakkhuviññāṇassa vatthārammaṇaṃ hetu ceva paccayo ca. Kuto niccaṃ bhavissatīti kena kāraṇena niccaṃ bhavissati. Yathā pana dāsassa dāsiyā kucchismiṃ jāto putto parova dāso hoti, evaṃ aniccameva hotīti attho. Saṅgatīti sahagati. Sannipātoti ekato sannipatanaṃ. Samavāyoti ekato samāgamo. Ayaṃ vuccati cakkhusamphassoti iminā saṅgatisannipātasamavāyasaṅkhātena paccayena uppannattā paccayanāmeneva saṅgati sannipāto samavāyoti ayaṃ vuccati cakkhusamphasso.
「它也有因」:触的依处、所缘以及俱生的三蕴,这就是因。「触了」:以受格义作主格,意思是:触所触之行境,受便感受,思便思考,想便了知。又或者说,“触了”指拥有触的人,即由触触到所缘后,再由受等去感受、思考、了知。由此,于此经中宣说了三十蕴。如何呢?以眼门为例:依处与所缘是色蕴;‘触了感受’为受蕴;‘思考’为行蕴;‘了知’为想蕴;‘识别’为识蕴。其余诸门亦同此理。于意门,依处色必定是色蕴;若所缘是色,所缘亦是色蕴。如此便有六组五蕴,即三十蕴。简言之,此六门中但说五蕴,以“有缘”的方式细说五蕴为无常时,随应觉悟者的意乐而说此经。显示巴利原文
Sopi hetūti phassassa vatthu ārammaṇaṃ sahajātā tayo khandhāti ayaṃ hetu. Phuṭṭhoti upayogatthe paccattaṃ, phassena phuṭṭhameva gocaraṃ vedanā vedeti, cetanā ceteti, saññā sañjānātīti attho. Phuṭṭhoti vā phassasamaṅgīpuggalo , phassena phuṭṭhārammaṇameva vedanādīhi vedeti ceteti sañjānātītipi vuttaṃ hoti. Iti imasmiṃ sutte samatiṃsakkhandhā kathitā honti. Kathaṃ? Cakkhudvāre tāva vatthu ceva ārammaṇañca rūpakkhandho, phuṭṭho vedetīti vedanākkhandho, cetetīti saṅkhārakkhandho, sañjānātīti saññākkhandho, vijānātīti viññāṇakkhandhoti. Sesadvāresupi eseva nayo. Manodvārepi hi vatthurūpaṃ ekantato rūpakkhandho, rūpe pana ārammaṇe sati ārammaṇampi rūpakkhandhoti cha pañcakātiṃsa honti. Saṅkhepena panete chasupi dvāresu pañceva khandhāti sapaccaye pañcakkhandhe aniccāti vitthāretvā vuccamāne bujjhanakānaṃ ajjhāsayena idaṃ suttaṃ desitanti.
未调伏者、未守护者注释。显示巴利原文
1. Adantaaguttavaṇṇanā
94 “未调伏”即未调伏者。“未守护”即未守护者。“无护”即无护者。“未抑制”即未抑制者。“他们是苦的承担者”:指成为地狱等增上苦的承受者。“他们是乐的承担者”:指成为禅那、道、果等增上乐的承受者。另有“adhivahā”的读法,义同。显示巴利原文
94. Saḷavaggassa paṭhame adantāti adamitā. Aguttāti agopitā. Arakkhitāti na rakkhitā. Asaṃvutāti apihitā. Dukkhādhivāhā hontīti nerayikādibhedaṃ adhikadukkhaṃ āvahanakā honti. Sukhādhivāhā hontīti jhānamaggaphalapabhedaṃ adhikasukhaṃ āvahanakā honti. Adhivahātipi pāṭho, esevattho.
“六处”即这六处。“未防护者,于彼处遇苦”:即于那些处所缺乏防护、不加抑制,便遭遇痛苦。“而有人通达了对那些处的防护”:指他们获得了、证得了那些处的防护与抑制。“住于无漏”:即安住于无漏、无染着的状态。显示巴利原文
Saḷevāti cha eva. Asaṃvuto yattha dukkhaṃ nigacchatīti yesu āyatanesu saṃvaravirahito dukkhaṃ pāpuṇāti. Tesañca ye saṃvaraṇaṃ avedisunti ye tesaṃ āyatanānaṃ saṃvaraṃ vindiṃsu paṭilabhiṃsu. Viharantānavassutāti viharanti anavassutā atintā.
“味着与甘甜”:即令人喜爱、感觉甘甜之物。“对两种触,于苦乐行舍”:即应当对乐触与苦触这两种触修习舍心,意即于此中生起平等舍。另有一种读法为“phassadvayaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ upekkho”,则指由触所生的苦乐皆应舍弃;不对乐生爱着,也不对苦生嗔恚,成为具足舍心者。“于任何人,不喜不嗔”:即对任何人既不偏爱,也不怨恨。显示巴利原文
Asāditañca sādunti assādavantañca madhurañca. Phassadvayaṃ sukhadukkhe upekkheti sukhaphassañca dukkhaphassañcāti idaṃ phassadvayaṃ upekkhe, upekkhāmevettha uppādeyyāti attho. Phassadvayaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ upekkhoti vā pāṭho, phassahetukaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ upekkho, sukhe anurodhaṃ dukkhe ca virodhaṃ anuppādento upekkhako bhaveyyātipi attho. Anānuruddhoaviruddho kenacīti kenaci saddhiṃ neva anuruddho na viruddho bhaveyya.
「戏论想」:由于烦恼想而有戏论想之名。「诸凡夫」:指那些低劣的众生,他们不断戏论、有所执取,如此戏论着流转于轮回之中。「有想者」:指具有想的众生。「一切依于家的意所作」:指完全依止于五欲之家的、心意所造的一切寻思。「驱除后」:即去除、舍弃这些之后。「安住于出离之行」:指一位坚定的比丘,依止出离而安住、而行。显示巴利原文
Papañcasaññāti kilesasaññāya papañcasaññā nāma hutvā. Itarītarā narāti lāmakasattā papañcayantā upayantīti papañcayamānā vaṭṭaṃ upagacchanti. Saññinoti sasaññā sattā. Manomayaṃ gehasitañca sabbanti sabbameva pañcakāmaguṇagehanissitaṃ manomayaṃ vitakkaṃ. Panujjāti panuditvā nīharitvā. Nekkhammasitaṃ irīyatīti dabbajātiko bhikkhu nekkhammasitaṃ iriyena irīyati.
「于诸六,若善修习时」:即心于六所缘善修习时。「所触之心,于任何处不动摇」:当心遭遇乐触或苦触时,对任何境,心不动摇、不颤抖。「汝等应为度越生死的彼岸者」:你们应成为到达生死彼岸——涅槃之人。显示巴利原文
Chassu yadāsubhāvitoti chasu ārammaṇesu yadā suṭṭhu bhāvito. Phuṭṭhassa cittaṃ na vikampatekvacīti sukhaphassena vā dukkhaphassena vā phuṭṭhassa kismiñci cittaṃ na kampati na vedhati. Bhavattha jātimaraṇassa pāragāti jātimaraṇānaṃ pāraṃ nibbānaṃ gamakā hotha.
摩罗迦子经注释显示巴利原文
2. Mālukyaputtasuttavaṇṇanā
95 在第二部经中,「摩罗迦子」:摩罗迦婆罗门女的儿子。「于此」:指这次你请授教诫之时。世尊借此既呵斥长老,也策励长老。如何呢?据说,这位长老年轻时于色等境中放逸,至年四方希求林住,前来求取业处。于是世尊以如是意说:‘对此,年轻人更复何言?你们也会像摩罗迦子一样,年轻放逸,到了老年才进入山林修习沙门法。’如此说时,便是呵斥长老。显示巴利原文
95. Dutiye mālukyaputtoti mālukyabrāhmaṇiyā putto. Etthāti etasmiṃ tava ovādāyācane. Iminā theraṃ apasādetipi ussādetipi. Kathaṃ? Ayaṃ kira daharakāle rūpādīsu pamajjitvā pacchā mahallakakāle araññavāsaṃ patthento kammaṭṭhānaṃ yācati. Atha bhagavā ‘‘ettha dahare kiṃ vakkhāma? Mālukyaputto viya tumhepi taruṇakāle pamajjitvā mahallakakāle araññaṃ pavisitvā samaṇadhammaṃ kareyyāthā’’ti iminā adhippāyena bhaṇanto theraṃ apasādeti nāma.
然而,因为长老即使在年迈时也愿意进入山林修习沙门法,世尊便怀着这样的用意说道:“对此,年轻人又能说什么呢?我们的摩罗迦子,即便年迈仍愿进入山林修习沙门法,前来乞求业处;而你们,虽在年轻之时却不肯付出精进。”世尊如此说,正是为了策励长老。显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana thero mahallakakālepi araññaṃ pavisitvā samaṇadhammaṃ kātukāmo, tasmā bhagavā ‘‘ettha dahare kiṃ vakkhāma? Ayaṃ amhākaṃ mālukyaputto mahallakakālepi araññaṃ pavisitvā samaṇadhammaṃ kattukāmo kammaṭṭhānaṃ yācati, tumhe nāma taruṇakālepi vīriyaṃ na karothā’’ti iminā adhippāyena bhaṇanto theraṃ ussādeti nāma.
“何等奇哉”:即“怎么会有这样的人”。“我虽自知”:意为“虽然我自知年迈”。他以这样的心意——“若我年迈,虽年迈亦能修行沙门法,请世尊为我说法”,不顾念自己的年迈,反而称赞世尊的教诫,如此说道。显示巴利原文
Yatra hi nāmāti yo nāma. Kiñcāpāhanti kiñcāpi ‘‘ahaṃ mahallako’’ti ñātaṃ. Yadi ahaṃ mahallako, mahallako samānopi sakkhissāmi samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ, desetu me, bhante, bhagavāti adhippāyena mahallakabhāvaṃ anuggaṇhanto ovādañca pasaṃsanto evamāha.
“Adiṭṭhā adiṭṭhapubbā(未见、未曾见)”:即于此生未见,于过去生亦未曾见。“Na ca passasi(你也不见)”:指你现在也不见。“Na ca te hoti passeyyaṃ(你也不会有‘我将见’的想法)”:是在问——你连这样的作意都没有,那么,对于那个所缘,你的欲贪等还会生起吗?显示巴利原文
Adiṭṭhā adiṭṭhapubbāti imasmiṃ attabhāve adiṭṭhā atītepi adiṭṭhapubbā. Na ca passasīti etarahipi na passasi. Na ca te hoti passeyyanti evaṃ samannāhāropi te yattha natthi, api nu te tattha chandādayo uppajjeyyunti pucchati.
「Diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ」(于所见处,唯是所见)的意思是:当眼识见到色处时,仅止于“所见”的层面。因为眼识对于色,只是单纯地看见色,并不认知色为恒常等本质。同样地,对于其余诸识,我也令心仅以“所见”为范围。或者也可以这样理解:「diṭṭhe diṭṭhaṃ」(于所见处之见)指眼识,而「rūpavijānanaṃ」指对色的认知。此处的“mattā”是量度、界限的意思;以所见为量度的状态便是“diṭṭhamattaṃ”(唯见),这指的是心。也就是说,我的心将只保持在眼识的量度上。它的意思是:正如眼识对于现前的色,既不会贪爱,也不会排斥,更不会迷执一样;同样,我要令速行心也远离贪等烦恼,唯住于眼识的量度,即是将速行心安立於眼识的范围之内。又或者可以这样理解:「diṭṭhaṃ」(所见)是指被眼识所见的色;「diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ」(于所见处,唯是所见)指的是,当那个色出现时,紧随其后的领受心、推度心、确定心这三种心。正如这……显示巴利原文
Diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattanti rūpāyatane cakkhuviññāṇena diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ bhavissati. Cakkhuviññāṇañhi rūpe rūpamattameva passati, na niccādisabhāvaṃ, iti sesaviññāṇehipi me ettha diṭṭhamattameva cittaṃ bhavissatīti attho. Atha vā diṭṭhe diṭṭhaṃ nāma cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, rūpe rūpavijānananti attho. Mattāti pamāṇaṃ, diṭṭhaṃ mattā assāti diṭṭhamattaṃ, cittaṃ, cakkhuviññāṇamattameva me cittaṃ bhavissatīti attho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathā āpāthagatarūpe cakkhuviññāṇaṃ na rajjati na dussati na muyhati, evaṃ rāgādivirahena cakkhuviññāṇamattameva javanaṃ bhavissati, cakkhuviññāṇapamāṇeneva javanaṃ ṭhapessāmīti. Atha vā diṭṭhaṃ nāma cakkhuviññāṇena diṭṭharūpaṃ, diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ nāma tattheva uppannaṃ sampaṭicchanasantīraṇavoṭṭhabbanasaṅkhātaṃ cittattayaṃ. Yathā taṃ na rajjati, na dussati, na muyhati, evaṃ āpāthagate rūpe teneva sampaṭicchanādippamāṇena javanaṃ uppādessāmi, nāhaṃ taṃ pamāṇaṃ atikkamitvā rajjanādivasena uppajjituṃ dassāmīti ayamettha attho. Eseva nayo sutamutesu.
「Viññāte viññātamattaṃ」(于所知处,唯是所知):此处,“viññātaṃ”(所知)是指被意门转向心所识知的所缘。对于那个所知,“viññāte viññātamattaṃ”(于所知处,唯是所知)即以转向心为量度。正如转向心对所缘不贪、不瞋、不痴,同样地,我也不会让心以贪染等方式生起,而惟将心安立在转向心的量度上。这便是此句的含义。显示巴利原文
Viññāte viññātamattanti ettha pana viññātaṃ nāma manodvārāvajjanena viññātārammaṇaṃ, tasmiṃ viññāte viññātamattanti āvajjanapamāṇaṃ. Yathā āvajjanena na rajjati na dussati na muyhati, evaṃ rajjanādivasena uppajjituṃ adatvā āvajjanapamāṇeneva cittaṃ ṭhapessāmīti ayamettha attho.
“Yato”指“当……的时候”;“tato”指“在那时”。 “Na tena”的意思是:你便不会因彼贪而染著,不会因彼瞋而恚怒,也不会因彼痴而陷于愚闇。“Tato tvaṃ, mālukyaputta, na tattha”(摩罗迦子,那时你便不在那里)的完整意思是:摩罗迦子,当你不会因彼贪、瞋、痴而染著、恚怒或愚闇之时,于彼所见、所闻、所嗅或所认知的对象,你便不会被其系缚、黏着或安立其中。至于“Nevidha...”等后续经文,其义如前所述。显示巴利原文
Yatoti yadā. Tatoti tadā. Na tenāti tena rāgena vā ratto, dosena vā duṭṭho, mohena vā mūḷho na bhavissati. Tato tvaṃ mālukyaputta na tatthāti yadā tvaṃ tena rāgena vā dosamohehi vā ratto vā duṭṭho vā mūḷho vā na bhavissasi, tadā tvaṃ na tattha tasmiṃ diṭṭhe vā sutamutaviññāte vā paṭibaddho allīno patiṭṭhito nāma bhavissasi. Nevidhātiādi vuttatthameva.
「Sati muṭṭhā」意为正念忘失。「Tañca ajjhosa」是说将那个所缘整个吞下,紧抓不放。「Abhijjhā ca vihesā ca」即贪欲与害意。或者,也可与后文「tassa vaḍḍhantī」连起来理解:贪欲与害意这两种法,对他会越增越盛。显示巴利原文
Sati muṭṭhāti sati naṭṭhā. Tañca ajjhosāti taṃ ārammaṇaṃ gilitvā. Abhijjhā ca vihesā cāti abhijjhāya ca vihiṃsāya ca. Atha vā ‘‘tassa vaḍḍhantī’’ti padenāpi saddhiṃ yojetabbaṃ, abhijjhā ca vihesā cāti imepi dve dhammā tassa vaḍḍhantīti attho.
「Cittamassūpahaññati」即他的心为贪欲与害意所恼害。「Ācinato」指不断积集(业与烦恼)的人。对这样的人而言,「Ārā nibbāna vuccati」是说涅槃对他极其遥远。「Ghatvā」意为嗅后,「Bhotvā」意为食后、尝后、舔后,「Phussā」意为触后。「Paṭissato」指具足称为‘具念’的正念。「Sevato cāpi vedanaṃ」是说当体验那与四道相应、能生起出世间的感受时。「Khīyatī」即彻底灭尽。灭尽的是痛苦和种种烦恼。「Aññataro」指弟子中的某一位,也就是八十大声闻中的一位。如是,在这部经中,无论长行还是偈颂,所说不外乎轮回与还灭的道理。显示巴利原文
Cittamassūpahaññatīti abhijjhāvihesāhi assa cittaṃ upahaññati. Ācinatoti ācinantassa. Ārā nibbāna vuccatīti evarūpassa puggalassa nibbānaṃ nāma dūre pavuccati. Ghatvāti ghāyitvā. Bhotvāti bhutvā sāyitvā lehitvā. Phussāti phusitvā. Paṭissatoti paṭissatisaṅkhātāya satiyā yutto. Sevato cāpi vedananti catumaggasampayuttaṃ nibbattitalokuttaravedanaṃ sevantassa. Khīyatīti khayaṃ gacchati. Kiṃ taṃ? Dukkhampi kilesajātampi. Aññataroti asītiyā mahāsāvakānaṃ abbhantaro eko. Iti imasmiṃ sutte gāthāhipi vaṭṭavivaṭṭameva kathitaṃ.
3. 退法经注释显示巴利原文
3. Parihānadhammasuttavaṇṇanā
96 在第三经中,「parihānadhammaṃ」指具有退失的性质。「Abhibhāyatanāni」指那些已被征服的领域。「Sarasaṅkappā」:这里「sarā」是说它们在忆念,意为追逐不舍。这些既是‘执’又是‘思’,故合称‘执念思维’。「Saṃyojaniyā」指能产生束缚、成为束缚缘。如果一位比丘对如此生起的诸烦恼,或那样的所缘,采取「Adhivāseti」的态度,即将它纳入心中并安住其中;又「Nappajahati」,即未以捨断欲贪的方法来断除它,那么结缚便会生起。以上这段解释应适用于所有相关文句。「Abhibhāyatanāhetaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā」的意思是:这正是世尊——也就是觉悟者——所开示的‘已被征服的处所’。在这里,先提出法的问题,再由那位解析者(那位补特伽罗)来阐明此义。显示巴利原文
96. Tatiye parihānadhammanti parihānasabhāvaṃ. Abhibhāyatanānīti abhibhavitāni āyatanāni. Sarasaṅkappāti ettha sarantīti sarā, dhāvantīti attho. Sarā ca te saṅkappā ca sarasaṅkappā. Saṃyojaniyāti bandhaniyā bandhanassa paccayabhūtā. Tañce bhikkhūti taṃ evaṃ uppannaṃ kilesajātaṃ, taṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ. Adhivāsetīti citte āropetvā vāseti. Nappajahatīti chandarāgappahānena na pajahati. Evaṃ sabbapadehi yojetabbaṃ. Abhibhāyatanañhetaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatāti etaṃ buddhena bhagavatā abhibhavitaṃ āyatananti kathitaṃ. Idha dhammaṃ pucchitvā vibhajantena puggalena dhammo dassito.
4. 放逸经注释显示巴利原文
4. Pamādavihārīsuttavaṇṇanā
97 在第四经中,「asaṃvutassa」意指未封闭、未关闭、未覆盖而放置者。「Byāsiñcati」意为流散,即被烦恼浸透而起作用。「Pāmojjaṃ」指微弱的喜。「Pīti」指强烈的喜。「Passaddhi」指不安的止息(轻安)。「Dhammā na pātubhavanti」是指止与观的法不会生起。在这部经中,先询问补特伽罗,然后由分别者以法来开示补特伽罗。显示巴利原文
97. Catutthe asaṃvutassāti apihitassa na pidahitvā sañchāditvā ṭhapitassa. Byāsiñcatīti viāsiñcati, kilesatintaṃ hutvā vattati. Pāmojjanti dubbalapīti. Pītīti balavapīti. Passaddhīti darathapassaddhi. Dhammā na pātubhavantīti samathavipassanādhammā na uppajjanti. Imasmiṃ sutte puggalaṃ pucchitvā vibhajantena dhammena puggalo dassito.
5. 抑制经注释显示巴利原文
5. Saṃvarasuttavaṇṇanā
98 在第五经中,「诸比丘,如何是无防护」一句,应当这样理解:如同对熟知道路的人说‘你应放开左边,抓住右边’,这并非按照开示的次第而说,而是出于说法善巧,以先说明应断之法的形式而宣说。在此经中,问法之后,法便被分别。显示巴利原文
98. Pañcame kathañca, bhikkhave, asaṃvaroti idaṃ maggakusalassa vāmaṃ muñcitvā dakkhiṇaṃ gaṇheyyāsīti paṭhamaṃ pahātabbamaggakkhānaṃ viya uddesakkamena avatvā desanākusalatāya paṭhamaṃ pahātabbadhammakkhānavasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Idha dhammaṃ pucchitvā dhammova vibhatto.
6. 定经注释显示巴利原文
6. Samādhisuttavaṇṇanā
99 在第六经中,「定」指心一境性。这部经是见到比丘们的心一境性退失时,了知‘如果他们获得心一境性,其业处将会增长繁荣’而宣说的。显示巴利原文
99. Chaṭṭhe samādhinti cittekaggataṃ. Idañhi suttaṃ cittekaggatāya parihāyamāne disvā, ‘‘imesaṃ cittekaggataṃ labhantānaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ phātiṃ gamissatī’’ti ñatvā kathitaṃ.
7. 隐居经注释显示巴利原文
7. Paṭisallānasuttavaṇṇanā
100 第七经中,“独处”指身远离。的确,此经是见到身远离退失时,了知“若这些人获得身远离,他们的业处便会增长繁荣”而宣说的。显示巴利原文
100. Sattame paṭisallānanti kāyavivekaṃ. Idañhi suttaṃ kāyavivekena parihāyamāne disvā, ‘‘imesaṃ kāyavivekaṃ labhantānaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ phātiṃ gamissatī’’ti ñatvā kathitaṃ.
8-9. 第一《非你们所有经》等注释显示巴利原文
8-9. Paṭhamanatumhākaṃsuttādivaṇṇanā
101-102 第八经是为能觉悟者,以譬喻围绕而说;第九经则纯粹依能觉悟者的意乐,以直接方式宣说。然而,这两处之义,皆应依《蕴品》中所说的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
101-102. Aṭṭhamaṃ upamāya parivāretvā kathite bujjhanakānaṃ, navamaṃ suddhikavaseneva bujjhanakānaṃ ajjhāsayavasena vuttaṃ. Attho pana ubhayatthāpi khandhiyavagge vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
10. 《水经》的注释显示巴利原文
10. Udakasuttavaṇṇanā
103 第十经中,“Udako sudan”——此处“sudan”仅为小品词,“Udako”是其名。“Idaṃ jātu vedagū”——此中“idaṃ”亦为小品词。或者,他这样说,是为了表明“且听我此语”而说。“Jātu vedagū”意为:我绝对是“明智者”,即通过称为“明”的智慧通达所引导者,或已达证“明”,即“我是智者”之义。“Sabbajī”意为:他宣称“我绝对战胜、征服一切轮回而住”。“Apalikhataṃ gaṇḍamūlaṃ”:未被挖断的苦根。“Palikhaṇin”:即“已被我挖断”,表明他已挖掘而住。显示巴利原文
103. Dasame udako sudanti ettha sudanti nipātamattaṃ. Udakoti tassa nāmaṃ. Idaṃ jātu vedagūti ettha idanti nipātamattaṃ. Atha vā idaṃ mama vacanaṃ suṇāthāti dīpento evamāha. Jātu vedagūti ahaṃ ekaṃseneva vedagū, vedasaṅkhātena ñāṇena neyyesu gato, vedaṃ vā gato adhigato, paṇḍitohamasmīti attho. Sabbajīti ekaṃsena sabbavaṭṭaṃ jinitvā abhibhavitvā ṭhitosmīti vadati. Apalikhataṃ gaṇḍamūlanti apalikhataṃ dukkhamūlaṃ. Palikhaṇinti palikhataṃ mayā, khanitvā ṭhitosmīti dīpeti.
「父母所生」:是从母、父所生,由父母的精血所成。「依米饭、粥而增长者」:依于米饭和粥而增长、长大。「无常、须涂油、须按摩、会破坏、会散灭之法」:此中,此身——以有而变无之义,为无常法;为消除恶臭等恼害,涂以细滑的油膏,是须涂油法;为消除肢节病痛,以轻柔的按摩来按压,是须按摩法;又或幼年时,令其卧于腿上,为矫正住胎所致之肢体不正,以拉伸、按压等方式为之,亦是须按摩法。纵使如此养护,此身亦是会破坏、会散灭之法,即会破碎与离散。此即是其自性。显示巴利原文
Mātāpettikasambhavassāti mātito ca pitito ca nibbattena mātāpettikena sukkasoṇitena sambhūtassa. Odanakummāsūpacayassāti odanena ceva kummāsena ca upacitassa vaḍḍhitassa. Aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammassāti ettha ayaṃ kāyo hutvā abhāvaṭṭhena aniccadhammo , duggandhavighātatthāya tanuvilepanena ucchādanadhammo, aṅgapaccaṅgābādhavinodanatthāya khuddakasambāhanena parimaddanadhammo, daharakāle vā ūrūsu sayāpetvā gabbhavāsena dussaṇṭhitānaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ aṅgānaṃ saṇṭhānasampādanatthaṃ añchanapīḷanādīnaṃ vasena parimaddanadhammo, evaṃ pariharitopi ca bhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammo bhijjati ceva vikirati ca, evaṃ sabhāvoti attho.
其中,以「父母所生」「依米饭、粥而增长」「须按摩」等词,说明增长;以「无常」「会破坏」「会散灭」等词,说明衰败。或者,前三词表「集」,后数词表「灭」。如是,即显示了此四大种所造身之增长、衰败、产生与破坏。其余文句,意义自明。显示巴利原文
Tattha mātāpettikasambhavaodanakummāsūpacayaparimaddanapadehi vaḍḍhi kathitā, aniccabhedanaviddhaṃsanapadehi parihāni. Purimehi vā tīhi samudayo, pacchimehi atthaṅgamoti. Evaṃ cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa vaḍḍhiparihāninibbattibhedā dassitā. Sesaṃ uttānatthamevāti.
11. 离轭安稳品显示巴利原文
11. Yogakkhemivaggo
1. 《离轭安稳经》释义显示巴利原文
1. Yogakkhemisuttavaṇṇanā
104 《离轭安稳品》第一经中,“离轭安稳法门”是指从四种轭中得安稳的因由。“法门”是指法的理趣。“宣说了轭”是指讲述了理趣。“因此”是什么缘故?是因宣说,还是因断除?是因断除。因为单凭宣说,并不能称为离轭安稳者。显示巴利原文
104. Yogakkhemivaggassa paṭhame yogakkhemipariyāyanti catūhi yogehi khemino kāraṇabhūtaṃ. Dhammapariyāyanti dhammakāraṇaṃ. Akkhāsi yoganti yuttiṃ kathesi. Tasmāti kasmā? Kiṃ akkhātattā, udāhu pahīnattāti? Pahīnattā. Na hi akkhānena yogakkhemi nāma hoti.
第二至第十经 《取经》等注释显示巴利原文
2-10. Upādāyasuttādivaṇṇanā
105-113 第二经中说明了感受的乐与苦,不过那是指果报的乐与苦。第三经中的“苦”是指轮回之苦。第四经中的“世间”是指行世间。第五经以下若有应说明之处,都依《蕴品》中所说的方法来处理。显示巴利原文
105-113. Dutiye vedanāsukhadukkhaṃ kathitaṃ, taṃ pana vipākasukhadukkhaṃ vaṭṭati. Tatiye dukkhassāti vaṭṭadukkhassa. Catutthe lokassāti saṅkhāralokassa. Pañcamādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā, taṃ khandhiyavagge vuttanayameva.
12. 世间欲乐品显示巴利原文
12. Lokakāmaguṇavaggo
1-2. 第一《魔罗套索经》等注释显示巴利原文
1-2. Paṭhamamārapāsasuttādivaṇṇanā
114-115 世间五欲品的第一经:“已到住处者”,指已到达居住之处。“已入魔罗掌控者”,指落入了三种魔罗中任何一类的掌控。“魔罗的套索已套在他身上”,意思是魔罗的套索已套在他的脖颈上,即已被套住。第二经文义明显。显示巴利原文
114-115. Lokakāmaguṇavaggassa paṭhame āvāsagatoti vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gato. Mārassa vasaṃ gatoti tividhassāpi mārassa vasaṃ gato. Paṭimukka’ssa mārapāsoti assa gīvāya mārapāso paṭimukko pavesito. Dutiyaṃ uttānameva.
3. 《世间边际经》注释显示巴利原文
3. Lokantagamanasuttavaṇṇanā
116 第三经中,“世间”,指轮围世间。“世间的边际”,指行世间的边际。“进入精舍”:世尊这样思惟:“当我进入精舍时,这些比丘会向阿难询问我所说的简略教法;而阿难会依据我以一切知智相契应的方式,为他们解说。那时我会称赞他;比丘们听到我的称赞后,会想到:‘应当亲近阿难,应当听闻并且信受他的话。’这样会为他们带来长久的利益和安乐。”世尊如此思惟后,并没有详加剖析他简略宣说的法义,便从座位消失,出现于香室之中。因此经文说:“从座起身,进入精舍。”显示巴利原文
116. Tatiye lokassāti cakkavāḷalokassa. Lokassa antanti saṅkhāralokassa antaṃ. Vihāraṃ pāvisīti ‘‘mayi vihāraṃ paviṭṭhe ime bhikkhū, imaṃ uddesaṃ ānandaṃ pucchissanti, so ca tesaṃ mama sabbaññutaññāṇena saṃsanditvā kathessati. Tato naṃ thomessāmi, mama thomanaṃ sutvā bhikkhū ānandaṃ upasaṅkamitabbaṃ, vacanañcassa sotabbaṃ saddhātabbaṃ maññissanti, taṃ nesaṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti cintetvā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ avibhajitvāva nisinnāsane antarahito gandhakuṭiyaṃ pāturahosi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisī’’ti.
「为导师所称赞者」(Satthu ceva saṃvaṇṇito),意思是受到导师赞扬。「由智者」(Viññūnaṃ),这个词在这里也表示原因,用的是属格,意思是‘被智者和同梵行者们所恭敬’。「他能」(Pahoti),指有能力做到。「超越根部、超越树干」(Atikkammeva mūlaṃ atikkammeva khandhaṃ):芯材本来可能在根部或树干中,但这里说甚至超越了那些地方。「如是具足者」(Evaṃsampadamidaṃ),就是具备这样成就的人,意思是‘像这样的’。「已超越」(Atisitvā),意思是已经超过。「知晓时,即知晓」(Jānaṃ jānāti),指他只知道那应该被知道的。「看见时,即看见」(Passaṃ passati),指他只看那应该被看见的。或者,就像有些人执着于颠倒的事物,虽然知道却不知道,虽然在看却没有看到,世尊完全不是这样。世尊在知道时,就确实知道;在看时,就确实看到。他又因为具有展现和引导的意义,所以称为「眼」(cakkhubhūto);因为具有令人了知的意义,所以称为「智」(ñāṇabhūto);因为具有不颠倒的本性,或者由于他用心思考后、用语言宣说出教法,所以称为「法」(dhammabhūto);因为具有最胜的意义,所以称为「梵」(brahmabhūto)。或者说,因为他像眼睛一样能看见,所以称为「眼」。这些词句的意义应当这样理解。这位世尊,因为宣说正法,所以是「说者」(vattā);因为让正法持续转动,所以是「令转者」(pavattā);因为他有能力把利益提取出来并反复地展示,所以是「义的导出者」(atthassa ninnetā);因为他教导为了体证不死的修行方法,所以是「不死的施与者」(amatassa dātā)。显示巴利原文
Satthu ceva saṃvaṇṇitoti satthārā ca pasattho. Viññūnanti idampi karaṇatthe sāmivacanaṃ, paṇḍitehi sabrahmacārīhi ca sambhāvitoti attho. Pahotīti sakkoti. Atikkammeva mūlaṃ atikkammeva khandhanti sāro nāma mūle vā khandhe vā bhaveyya, tampi atikkamitvāti attho. Evaṃsampadamidanti evaṃsampattikaṃ, īdisanti attho. Atisitvāti atikkamitvā. Jānaṃ jānātīti jānitabbameva jānāti. Passaṃ passatīti passitabbameva passati. Yathā vā ekacco viparītaṃ gaṇhanto jānantopi na jānāti, passantopi na passati, na evaṃ bhagavā. Bhagavā pana jānanto jānāti, passanto passatiyeva. Svāyaṃ dassanapariṇāyakaṭṭhena cakkhubhūto. Viditakaraṇaṭṭhena ñāṇabhūto. Aviparītasabhāvaṭṭhena pariyattidhammapavattanato vā hadayena cintetvā vācāya nicchāritadhammamayoti dhammabhūto. Seṭṭhaṭṭhena brahmabhūto. Atha vā cakkhu viya bhūtoti cakkhubhūto. Evametesu padesu attho veditabbo. Svāyaṃ dhammassa vattanato vattā. Pavattanato pavattā. Atthaṃ nīharitvā nīharitvā dassanasamatthatāya atthassa ninnetā. Amatādhigamāya paṭipattiṃ desetīti amatassa dātā.
「令生尊重」(Agaruṃ karitvā):即使让人再三恳求,这也叫作‘令生尊重’。又或者,一位立足于自己有学无碍解智的解说者,如同从须弥山脚下拔除毛发一般,把法说得极难理解之后再作解说,这也叫作‘令生尊重’。而此处比丘们的意思是:‘请您不要那样做,不要让我们再三恳求,也不要把原本容易理解的法故意说得令人费解,请径直为我们解说吧。’显示巴利原文
Agaruṃ karitvāti punappunaṃ yācāpentopi hi garuṃ karoti nāma. Attano sekkhapaṭisambhidāñāṇe ṭhatvā sinerupādato vālikaṃ uddharamāno viya dubbiññeyyaṃ katvā kathentopi garuṃ karotiyeva nāma. Evaṃ akatvā amhe punappunaṃ ayācāpetvā suviññeyyampi no katvā kathehīti vuttaṃ hoti.
「你们所……」(Yaṃ kho vo):即‘你们所……’之意。‘贤友,于世间中,以眼而有世间想、世间慢’:凡夫对于眼等十二处所摄的世间未断邪见,会依‘众生世间’而想‘这是世间’并执取之,同样也会依‘轮围世间’而起想与执取。他的这种想或慢,除了在眼等十二处上生起之外,不会在其他地方生起。因此说:‘贤友,于世间中,以眼而有世间想、世间慢。’而这‘世间的边际’并非可以靠行走而了知、得见或到达。然而应当了知:对于这个以眼等为分类的世间,以‘坏灭’为义,若未到达那称为涅槃的边际,则轮回的苦便绝对不可能终结。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ kho voti yaṃ kho tumhākaṃ. Cakkhunā kho, āvuso, lokasmiṃ lokasaññī hoti lokamānīti cakkhuñhi loke appahīnadiṭṭhi puthujjano sattalokavasena lokoti sañjānāti ceva maññati ca, tathā cakkavāḷalokavasena. Na hi aññatra cakkhādīhi dvādasāyatanehi tassa sā saññā vā māno vā uppajjati. Tena vuttaṃ, ‘‘cakkhunā kho, āvuso, lokasmiṃ lokasaññī hoti lokamānī’’ti. Imassa ca lokassa gamanena anto nāma ñātuṃ vā daṭṭhuṃ vā pattuṃ vā na sakkā. Lujjanaṭṭhena pana tasseva cakkhādibhedassa lokassa nibbānasaṅkhātaṃ antaṃ appatvā vaṭṭadukkhassa antakiriyā nāma natthīti veditabbā.
如此解答问题之后,阿难为了遣散众人,说道:‘你们不要因为这个问题是由声闻弟子所答就心生疑惑。世尊具足一切知智,今正安坐于不远处。若你们愿意,可亲自前去亲近世尊,消除疑惑。’于是他接着说:‘若渴望者……’等语。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pañhaṃ vissajjetvā idāni ‘‘sāvakena pañho kathitoti mā nikkaṅkhā ahuvattha, ayaṃ bhagavā sabbaññutaññāṇatulaṃ gahetvā nisinno. Icchamānā tameva upasaṅkamitvā nikkaṅkhā hothā’’ti uyyojento ākaṅkhamānā panātiādimāha.
「通过这些方式」(Imehi ākārehi),意为「依凭这些原因」,既包含轮围世界本无边际的原因,也包含行世间有边际可达的原因。「通过这些语句」(imehi padehi),指通过这些文词的聚合。「通过字句」(Byañjanehi),指通过每一个单独的音节。显示巴利原文
Imehi ākārehīti imehi kāraṇehi cakkavāḷalokassa antābhāvakāraṇehi ceva saṅkhāralokassa antāpattikāraṇehi ca. Imehi padehīti imehi akkharasampiṇḍanehi. Byañjanehīti pāṭiyekkaakkharehi.
「智者」:因具足智慧而称智者。以四种特质而成为智者:于界善巧、于处善巧、于缘起善巧、于因果善巧。「大慧者」:因其具足大慧,能够摄受广大之义、广大之法、广大之言辞及广大之辩才,故称大慧者。「如阿难所记」:正如阿难所解说的那样,即指此事。意为:如同阿难所记说,我亦将如是记说。显示巴利原文
Paṇḍitoti paṇḍiccena samannāgato. Catūhi kāraṇehi paṇḍito dhātukusalo āyatanakusalo paccayākārakusalo kāraṇākāraṇakusaloti. Mahāpaññoti mahante atthe mahante dhamme mahantā niruttiyo mahantāni paṭibhānāni paṭiggaṇhanasamatthatāya mahāpaññāya samannāgato. Yathātaṃ ānandenāti yathā ānandena byākataṃ, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Yathā ānandena taṃ byākataṃ, ahampi taṃ evameva byākareyyanti attho.
五欲经注显示巴利原文
4. Kāmaguṇasuttavaṇṇanā
117 第四经中,「我所曾」之意为「那些属于我的」。「曾为心所触」:即曾经被心领略过的。「于此,若我心频频趣向」:此句显示,心曾于宫殿、三种歌舞等种种成就中被反复体验的五欲中多次生起,若再频频趣向,便会再度生起。「或于现在」:这是指在精勤修行的阶段,将六年中繁花盛开的林间,依所见、所闻等种种令人愉悦的鸟群等所缘称为五欲,以此显示「于如是之现在诸欲中,心也可能频频生起」。「或于未来略有」:则显示对于未来的五欲,仅有少分心生起,如所说「将有弥勒世尊出世、有名为螺的国王、有名为胜妙的王都」等。其中,「我依如理作意」即「于彼处,我以自利为性行」。「不放逸」:指持续精勤,于五欲中不舍弃心的守护。显示巴利原文
117. Catutthe ye meti ye mama. Cetaso samphuṭṭhapubbāti cittena anubhūtapubbā. Tatra me cittaṃ bahulaṃ gacchamānaṃ gaccheyyāti tesu pāsādattayatividhanāṭakādibhedasampattivasena anubhūtapubbesu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu bahūsu vāresu uppajjamānaṃ uppajjeyyāti dīpeti. Paccuppannesu vāti idha padhānacariyakāle chabbassāni supupphitavanasaṇḍajātānaṃ dijagaṇādīnaṃ vasena diṭṭhasutādibhedaṃ manoramārammaṇaṃ kāmaguṇaṃ katvā dassento ‘‘evarūpesu paccuppannesu vā bahulaṃ uppajjeyyā’’ti dasseti. Appaṃ vā anāgatesūti anāgate ‘‘metteyyo nāma buddho bhavissati, saṅkho nāma rājā, ketumatī nāma rājadhānī’’tiādivasena (dī. ni. 3.106) parittakameva anāgatesu kāmaguṇesu uppajjeyyāti dasseti. Tatra me attarūpenāti tatra mayā attano hitakāmajātikena. Appamādoti sātaccakiriyā pañcasu kāmaguṇesu cittassa avossaggo. Satīti ārammaṇapariggahitasati. Ārakkhoti ayaṃ appamādo ca sati ca cetaso ārakkho karaṇīyo, evaṃ me ahosīti dasseti, ārakkhatthāya ime dve dhammā kātabbāti vuttaṃ hoti.
“是故,比丘们,应当了知那处”:因为了守护心,应修习不放逸及念;而当那处被了知后,便无需再以不放逸或念有所作为,故说“应当了知那处”,意即应当了知那原因。“六处灭”:六处的灭尽称为涅槃,此处即就此而言。于涅槃中,眼等诸处实已灭尽,色想等亦灭尽。其余解释如前所述。显示巴利原文
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, se āyatane veditabbeti yasmā cetaso ārakkhatthāya appamādo ca sati ca kātabbā, yasmā tasmiṃ āyatane vidite appamādena vā satiyā vā kātabbaṃ natthi, tasmā se āyatane veditabbe, taṃ kāraṇaṃ jānitabbanti attho. Saḷāyatananirodhanti saḷāyatananirodho vuccati nibbānaṃ, taṃ sandhāya bhāsitanti attho. Nibbānasmiñhi cakkhuādīni ceva nirujjhanti rūpasaññādayo ca nirujjhantīti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
帝释问经等注显示巴利原文
5-6. Sakkapañhasuttādivaṇṇanā
118-119 第五经中,“于现法”:即在此现有生命体之中。“般涅槃”:以烦恼的般涅槃而般涅槃。“那依止的识”:指依于渴爱而生的业识。“那取”:即那个执取,意为与渴爱的执取一同生起的识。第六经的意义是明了的。显示巴利原文
118-119. Pañcame diṭṭheva dhammeti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve. Parinibbāyantīti kilesaparinibbānena parinibbāyanti. Tannissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ hotīti taṇhānissitaṃ kammaviññāṇaṃ hoti . Tadupādānanti taṃgahaṇaṃ, taṇhāgahaṇena sahagataṃ viññāṇaṃ hotīti attho. Chaṭṭhaṃ uttānameva.
舍利弗同住比丘经注显示巴利原文
7. Sāriputtasaddhivihārikasuttavaṇṇanā
120 第七经中,“将努力”:即将会奋力,不让他获致结缚的断除。显示巴利原文
120. Sattame santānessatīti ghaṭessati, yogavicchedamassa pāpuṇituṃ na dassati.
8. 罗睺罗教诫经注(Rāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā)显示巴利原文
8. Rāhulovādasuttavaṇṇanā
121 第八经中,“令解脱圆满者”意指能令解脱圆满,故得此名。“诸法”指十五种法,应知这些法通过令信根等清净的方式而了知。此已如前所说——显示巴利原文
121. Aṭṭhame vimuttiparipācaniyāti vimuttiṃ paripācentīti vimuttiparipācaniyā. Dhammāti pannarasa dhammā, te saddhindriyādīnaṃ visuddhikaraṇavasena veditabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ –
远离无信之人,亲近、交往、承事有信之人,省察能令净信之经典,以此三法,信根清净。远离懈怠之人,亲近、交往、承事精进之人,省察正勤,以此三法,精进根清净。远离忘念之人,亲近、交往、承事正念现前之人,省察念处,以此三法,念根清净。远离不得定之人,亲近、交往、承事得定之人,省察禅那与解脱,以此三法,定根清净。远离劣慧之人,亲近、交往、承事有慧之人,省察甚深智行,以此三法,慧根清净。如是,远离此五种人,亲近、交往、承事此五种人,省察此五种经典,依此十五法,这些五根便得清净。显示巴利原文
‘‘Assaddhe puggale parivajjayato, saddhe puggale sevato bhajato payirupāsato, pasādanīye suttante paccavekkhato, imehi tīhākārehi saddhindriyaṃ visujjhati. Kusīte puggale parivajjayato, āraddhavīriye puggale sevato bhajato payirupāsato, sammappadhāne paccavekkhato, imehi tīhākārehi vīriyindriyaṃ visujjhati. Muṭṭhassatī puggale parivajjayato, upaṭṭhitassatī puggale sevato bhajato payirupāsato , satipaṭṭhāne paccavekkhato, imehi tīhākārehi satindriyaṃ visujjhati. Asamāhite puggale parivajjayato, samāhite puggale sevato bhajato payirupāsato, jhānavimokkhe paccavekkhato, imehi tīhākārehi samādhindriyaṃ visujjhati. Duppaññe puggale parivajjayato, paññavante puggale sevato bhajato payirupāsato, gambhīrañāṇacariyaṃ paccavekkhato, imehi tīhākārehi paññindriyaṃ visujjhati. Iti ime pañca puggale parivajjayato, pañca puggale sevato bhajato payirupāsato , pañca suttante paccavekkhato, imehi pannarasahi ākārehi imāni pañcindriyāni visujjhantī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.184).
另有十五种法能令解脱圆满:以信为首的五根;无常想、于无常处苦想、于苦处无我想、断想、离贪想——此五为抉择分想;以及世尊为弥醯长老所说的善知识等五法(《自说经》31)。然而,世尊于何时生起此念呢?乃于破晓时分观察世间之时。显示巴利原文
Aparepi pannarasa dhammā vimuttiparipācaniyā – saddhāpañcamāni indriyāni, aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññāti imā pañca nibbedhabhāgiyā saññā, meghiyattherassa kathitā kalyāṇamittatādayo pañca dhammāti (udā. 31). Kāya pana velāya bhagavato etadahosīti? Paccūsasamaye lokaṃ volokentassa.
「无数天神众」:当具寿罗睺罗于莲华上佛足下,身为龙王波罗利陀时发起誓愿,与他一同发起誓愿的天神中,有些是住地天神,有些是住空天神,有些是四天王天,有些生于欲界天,有些生于梵天。而在这一天,所有这些天神都聚集于一处,即安陀林,因此称为「无数天神众」。此经中的「法眼」,应知是指四道与四果。在他们当中,有的成为入流者,有的成为一来者,有的成为不还者,有的成为漏尽者;而这些天神的数量,是无法计数的。其余的内容都很清楚。显示巴利原文
Anekāni devatāsahassānīti āyasmatā rāhulena padumuttarassa bhagavato pādamūle pālitanāgarājakāle patthanaṃ paṭṭhapentena saddhiṃ patthanaṃ paṭṭhapitadevatāsu pana kāci bhūmaṭṭhakā devatā, kāci antalikkhaṭṭhakā, kāci cātumahārājikā, kāci devaloke, kāci brahmaloke nibbattā. Imasmiṃ pana divase sabbāpi tā ekaṭṭhāne andhavanasmiṃyeva sannipatitā, tā sandhāyāha – ‘‘anekāni devatāsahassānī’’ti. Dhammacakkhunti imasmiṃ sutte cattāro ca maggā cattāri ca phalāni dhammacakkhunti veditabbāni. Tattha hi kāci devatā sotāpannā ahesuṃ, kāci sakadāgāmī, anāgāmī, khīṇāsavā. Tāsañca pana devatānaṃ ettakāti gaṇanavasena paricchedo natthi. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānameva.
9-10. 结法经等注释显示巴利原文
9-10. Saṃyojaniyadhammasuttādivaṇṇanā
122-123 第九、第十经,是在以可爱所缘说法时,随应觉悟者的能力而宣说的。显示巴利原文
122-123. Navamadasamāni iṭṭhārammaṇavasena kathiyamāne bujjhanakānaṃ vasena vuttānīti.
13. 居士品显示巴利原文
13. Gahapativaggo
1-3. 毗舍离经等的注释。显示巴利原文
1-3. Vesālīsuttādivaṇṇanā
124-126 《居士品》第一经中,“优伽”指优伽居士,于殊胜施者中最为第一。世尊将其置于最上,如是说:“比丘们,我诸声闻弟子中,殊胜施者以优伽居士为最上。”其余二经及第三经所说之义,亦同于此。显示巴利原文
124-126. Gahapativaggassa paṭhame uggoti paṇītadāyakānaṃ aggauggo, so bhagavatā ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ paṇītadāyakānaṃ yadidaṃ uggo gahapatī’’ti evaṃ etadagge ṭhapito. Sesametesu ceva dvīsu, tatiye ca vuttatthameva.
4-5. 婆罗堕阇经等的注释。显示巴利原文
4-5. Bhāradvājasuttādivaṇṇanā
127-128 第四经中,“为团食而寻求、遍求,由此出家者”称为“宾头罗”。据说他原是一位耗尽财富的婆罗门,后见比丘僧团所获利养恭敬,便为乞食而出家。他手持大陶钵游行,以钵满盛粥而饮,满盛面点而食,满盛饭而食。诸比丘将其大食量禀告世尊,世尊不许用钵袋。他便将钵倒扣于床座下,然放置时擦地推入,取时擦地拽出。行走中钵因摩擦而磨损,终至仅容一口之量。众人又禀世尊,世尊方听许用钵袋。此长老后修习根修习,安住于最高果位——阿拉汉果。如是,因他为乞食而出家,故名“宾头罗”;又因其族姓为“婆罗堕阇”,合称“宾头卢颇罗堕”。显示巴利原文
127-128. Catutthe piṇḍaṃ ulamāno pariyesamāno pabbajitoti piṇḍolo. So kira parijiṇṇabhogo brāhmaṇo ahosi. Atha bhikkhusaṅghassa lābhasakkāraṃ disvā piṇḍatthāya nikkhamitvā pabbajito. So mahantaṃ kapallapattaṃ gahetvā carati, tena kapallapūraṃ yāguṃ pivati, kapallapūre pūve khādati, kapallapūraṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjati. Athassa mahagghasabhāvaṃ satthu ārocayiṃsu. Satthā tassa pattatthavikaṃ nānujāni. Heṭṭhāmañce pattaṃ nikkujjitvā ṭhapeti. So ṭhapentopi ghaṃsantova paṇāmetvā ṭhapeti, gaṇhantopi ghaṃsantova ākaḍḍhitvā gaṇhāti. Taṃ gacchante kāle dhaṃsanena parikkhīṇaṃ nāḷikodanamattameva gaṇhanakaṃ jātaṃ. Tato satthu ārocesuṃ, athassa satthā pattatthavikaṃ anujāni. Thero aparena samayena indriyabhāvanaṃ bhāvetvā aggaphale arahatte patiṭṭhāsi. Iti so piṇḍatthāya pabbajitattā piṇḍolo, gottena pana bhāradvājoti ubhayaṃ ekato katvā piṇḍolabhāradvājoti vuccati.
“近前”意为:他由众多位高权重的大臣围绕而上前。据说有一日,长老于舍卫城乞食,食毕,正值酷暑,他心想:“我当寻一清凉处作午休。”于是从空中前往恒河岸边。那里有优填王一座名为“井苑”的园林。长老入园,在一棵树下坐而午休,清凉水风吹拂其身。显示巴利原文
Upasaṅkamīti uggatuggatehi mahāamaccehi parivuto upasaṅkami. Thero kira ekadivasaṃ sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā katabhattakicco nidāghasamaye sītaṭhāne divāvihāraṃ nisīdissāmīti ākāsena gantvā gaṅgātīre udenassa rañño udapānaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ atthi, tattha pavisitvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi sītena udakavātena bījiyamāno.
那时,优填王连续七日畅饮烈酒。到了第七天,他命人将园林布置妥当,便带领着大批随从前往,在吉祥石板榻上铺好卧具,躺卧下来。他的一名侍女就坐在脚边为他按摩双足。国王渐渐进入梦乡。见他入睡,那些舞女心想:“我们原本是为了给他表演歌舞等节目的,如今国王既已睡着,此时也不宜弄出大响动。”于是她们各自放下手中的乐器,散入园林各处。她们在园中一面品尝种种果实,一面簪戴鲜花,四处游览时望见了长老,便相互提醒:“不要出声!”然后她们上前顶礼长老,退坐一旁。长老便以“当断嫉妒,应舍悭吝”等法义,为她们开示了相应的佛法。显示巴利原文
Udenopi kho nāma rājā sattāhaṃ mahāpānaṃ pivitvā sattame divase uyyānaṃ paṭijaggāpetvā mahājanaparivāro uyyānaṃ gantvā maṅgalasilāpaṭṭe atthatāya seyyāya nipajji. Tassa ekā paricārikā pāde sambāhamānā nisinnā. Rājā kamena niddaṃ okkami. Tasmiṃ niddaṃ okkante nāṭakitthiyo ‘‘yassatthāya mayaṃ gītādīni payojeyyāma, so niddaṃ upagato, na ca niddākāle mahāsaddaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti attano attano tūriyāni ṭhapetvā uyyānaṃ pakkantā. Tā tattha tattha phalāphalāni khādamānā pupphāni piḷandhamānā vicarantiyo theraṃ disvā ‘‘mā saddaṃ karitthā’’ti aññamaññaṃ nivārayamānā vanditvā nisīdiṃsu. Thero ‘‘issā pahātabbā, maccheraṃ vinodetabba’’ntiādinā nayena tāsaṃ anurūpaṃ dhammakathaṃ kathesi.
那位正坐着为国王按摩脚的女子,挪动国王的双脚,将他弄醒。国王问道:“她们都去哪儿了?”她答道:“您管她们做什么?她们都围着一个沙门坐在那里呢。”国王顿时大怒,如同被投入火炉的盐般噼啪炸响,一跃而起,说道:“我要让那些赭红蚂蚁咬他!”说着便往外走。他看见一棵无忧树上有赭红蚂蚁窝,便伸手去拽树枝,不料没抓牢,蚁窝断裂,整个扣在了国王头上。他浑身上下犹如撒满了谷壳,又像被火把灼烧一般。长老察知国王心中生起了恶毒的念头,便以神通腾身于空中。这时,那些女子也起身走到国王跟前,一面假意要为他拂拭身体,一面捡起掉落在地上的蚂蚁往他身上扔,纷纷用言语讥讽道:“这成什么事了!别的国王见到出家人,都会前去顶礼、求法,而我们这位大王,却想拿蚂蚁窝砸在人家头上!”显示巴利原文
Sāpi kho rañño pāde sambāhamānā nisinnā itthī pāde cāletvā rājānaṃ pabodhesi. So ‘‘kahaṃ tā gatā’’ti pucchi. Kiṃ tāsaṃ tumhehi? Tā ekaṃ samaṇaṃ parivāretvā nisinnāti. Rājā kuddho uddhane pakkhittaloṇaṃ viya taṭataṭāyamāno uṭṭhahitvā ‘‘tambakipillikāhi naṃ khādāpessāmī’’ti gacchanto ekasmiṃ asokarukkhe tambakipillikānaṃ puṭaṃ disvā hatthenākaḍḍhitvā sākhaṃ gaṇhituṃ nāsakkhi. Kipillikapuṭo chijjitvā rañño sīse pati, sakalasarīraṃ sālithusehi parikiṇṇaṃ viya daṇḍadīpikāhi ḍayhamānaṃ viya ca ahosi. Thero rañño paduṭṭhabhāvaṃ ñatvā iddhiyā ākāsaṃ pakkhandi. Tāpi itthiyo uṭṭhāya rañño santikaṃ gantvā sarīraṃ puñchantiyo viya bhūmiyaṃ patitapatitā kipillikāyo gahetvā sarīre khipamānā sabbā mukhasattīhi vijjhiṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ nāmetaṃ, aññe rājāno pabbajite disvā vandanti, pañhaṃ pucchanti, ayaṃ pana rājā kipillikapuṭaṃ sīse bhinditukāmo jāto’’ti.
国王看出是自己的过错,便召来守园人问道:“这位出家人是谁?他平日也常来此处吗?”守园人答道:“是的,大王。”国王便吩咐:“日后他若再来,你当日就向我禀报。”没过几天,长老果然又来到树下安坐。守园人望见后,心想:“这真是我得的一份大礼!”于是飞快前去报告国王。国王立即起身,命人止住螺贝、鼓等一切声响,带领众多位高权重的大臣一同前往园林。是故,注疏中说“他走近前去”。显示巴利原文
Rājā attano aparādhaṃ disvā uyyānapālaṃ pakkosāpetvā pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ esa pabbajito? Aññesupi divasesu idha āgacchatī’’ti? Āma, devāti. Idha tvaṃ āgatadivase mayhaṃ āroceyyāsīti. Theropi katipāheneva puna āgantvā rukkhamūle nisīdi. Uyyānapālo disvā – ‘‘mahanto me ayaṃ paṇṇākāro’’ti vegena gantvā rañño ārocesi. Rājā uṭṭhahitvā saṅkhapaṇavādisaddaṃ nivāretvā uggatuggatehi amaccehi saddhiṃ uyyānaṃ agamāsi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘upasaṅkamī’’ti.
「于欲乐未曾嬉戏者」是指于诸欲中未曾有过欲乐嬉戏的人,即尚未受用欲乐之义。「且导至长时」是令其导入传承、久远相续。「于如母者等」是指对相当于母亲之类的女性等。因为在世间,母亲、姐妹、女儿这三类被称为三种应尊重的所缘。世尊这样说,是为了阐明:心若被这应尊重的所缘束缚,便无法解脱。当时,世尊见他的心未能借此深入,为了系住他的心,便依不净作意开示了三十二身分业处。显示巴利原文
Anikīḷitāvino kāmesūti yā kāmesu kāmakīḷā, taṃ akīḷitapubbā, aparibhuttakāmāti attho. Addhānañca āpādentīti paveṇiṃ paṭipādenti, dīgharattaṃ anubandhāpenti. Mātumattīsūti mātupamāṇāsu. Lokasmiñhi mātā bhaginī dhītāti idaṃ tividhaṃ garukārammaṇaṃ nāma , iti garukārammaṇe upanibandhaṃ cittaṃ vimocetuṃ na labhatīti dassento evamāha. Athassa tena pañhena cittaṃ anotarantaṃ disvā bhagavatā paṭikūlamanasikāravasena cittūpanibandhanatthaṃ vuttaṃ dvattiṃsākārakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathesi.
「未修习身」是指未修习五门的身。对于他们,那项不净业处是难以修习的——也就是说,他们修习不净业处很困难。如此,世尊见他的心即使依此也未能深入,便开示根律仪戒。因为若安住于根律仪,被束缚的心便无法恼害。国王听闻之后,心投入其中,说道:「奇哉,尊者婆罗堕阇!」等等。显示巴利原文
Abhāvitakāyāti abhāvitapañcadvārikakāyā. Tesaṃ taṃ dukkaraṃ hotīti tesaṃ taṃ asubhakammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetuṃ dukkaraṃ hoti. Itissa imināpi cittaṃ anotarantaṃ disvā indriyasaṃvarasīlaṃ kathesi . Indriyasaṃvarasmiñhi upanibandhacittaṃ viheṭhetuṃ na labhati. Rājā taṃ sutvā tattha otiṇṇacitto acchariyaṃ, bho bhāradvājātiādimāha.
在「以不防护身」等句中:若玩弄手脚、转动脖颈,即名不防护身;说种种粗恶语,即名不防护语;起欲寻等不正思惟,即名不防护心。而在「以已防护身」等句中,应作相反理解。显示巴利原文
Arakkhiteneva kāyenātiādīsu hatthapāde kīḷāpento gīvaṃ parivattento kāyaṃ na rakkhati nāma, nānappakāraṃ duṭṭhullaṃ kathento vacanaṃ na rakkhati nāma, kāmavitakkādayo vitakkento cittaṃ na rakkhati nāma. Rakkhiteneva kāyenātiādīsu vuttavipariyāyena attho veditabbo.
“那时,贪欲之法极度困扰我”的意思是:在那时,贪欲压倒性地将我制服。“以现起的念”是指已善巧地安立的身至念。“在那时,不那样”的意思是:在那时,贪欲不再像先前那样压倒性地生起。“困扰”一词亦有“生起”之义。如此,在这部经中讲述了三种身。如何区分呢?在“即此身……”句中,指业生身;在“已修习身”中,指五门身;在“由防护身……”中,指动转身,也就是身表;第五种身是显而易见的。显示巴利原文
Ativiya maṃ tasmiṃ samaye lobhadhammā parisahantīti maṃ tasmiṃ samaye atikkamitvā lobho adhibhavatīti attho. Upaṭṭhitāya satiyāti kāyagatāya satiyā supaṭṭhitāya. Na maṃ tathā tasmiṃ samayeti tasmiṃ samaye maṃ yathā pubbe, na tathā lobho atikkamitvā uppajjatīti attho. Parisahantīti padassa uppajjantītipi atthoyeva. Iti imasmiṃ sutte tayo kāyā kathitā. Kathaṃ ? ‘‘Imameva kāya’’nti ettha hi karajakāyo kathito, ‘‘bhāvitakāyo’’ti ettha pañcadvārikakāyo, ‘‘rakkhiteneva kāyenā’’ti ettha copanakāyo, kāyaviññattīti attho. Pañcamaṃ uttānameva.
6. 瞿师罗经注释显示巴利原文
6. Ghositasuttavaṇṇanā
129 第六句中的“悦意的色”,指有悦意的色存在;“眼识”,指有眼识存在;“能生乐受的触”,指与眼识相应,作为亲依止缘,在速行时成为乐受之缘的那个触;“乐受”,指依于这一触,由速行力而生起的乐受。其余各句亦应如此理解。显示巴利原文
129. Chaṭṭhe rūpā ca manāpāti rūpā ca manāpā saṃvijjanti. Cakkhuviññāṇañcāti cakkhuviññāṇañca saṃvijjati. Sukhavedaniyaṃ phassanti cakkhuviññāṇasampayuttaṃ upanissayavasena javanakāle sukhavedanāya paccayabhūtaṃ phassaṃ. Sukhā vedanāti ekaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca javanavasena sukhavedanā uppajjati. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo.
如此,在这部经中说明了二十三种界。具体如何?其中,眼净色为眼界,其缘取的对象为色界,眼识为识界,与眼识界俱生的三个蕴为法界。这样在五个门中,各依四种而成为二十种。在意门中,“意界”是指转向心;所缘与心所依处为法界;依于心所依处的意识界。如此合为二十三种。世尊便是以此二十三种界,开示了界的差别。显示巴利原文
Iti imasmiṃ sutte tevīsati dhātuyo kathitā. Kathaṃ? Ettha hi cakkhupasādo cakkhudhātu, tassa ārammaṇaṃ rūpadhātu, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ viññāṇadhātu, cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā sahajātā tayo khandhā dhammadhātu, evaṃ pañcasu dvāresu catunnaṃ catunnaṃ vasena vīsati. Manodvāre ‘‘manodhātū’’ti āvajjanacittaṃ gahitaṃ, ārammaṇañceva hadayavatthu ca dhammadhātu, vatthunissitaṃ manoviññāṇadhātūti evaṃ tevīsati honti. Evaṃ tevīsatiyā dhātūnaṃ vasena dhātunānattaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatāti dasseti.
第七、八经《诃梨提迦尼经》等注疏显示巴利原文
7-8. Hāliddikānisuttādivaṇṇanā
130-131 第七经中,“了知‘悦意为可爱’”:即了知那被他见到的悦意色,知道“这就是可爱、这就是悦意的”。“依眼识与能生乐受的触”——也就是依眼识,以及依作为乐受缘的触(或以亲依止缘分、或以无间缘分、或以等无间缘分、或以相应缘分),依那样的能生乐受的触而生起乐受。此法适用于一切处。在这两部经中,应知唯作意识界执行转向的作用,或者与意界相同而以意界之名被说。第八经的内容则是浅显易懂的。显示巴利原文
130-131. Sattame manāpaṃ itthetanti pajānātīti yaṃ anena manāpaṃ rūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, taṃ itthetanti evametaṃ manāpameva tanti pajānāti. Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ sukhavedaniyañca phassaṃ paṭiccāti cakkhuviññāṇañceva, yo ca upanissayakoṭiyā vā anantarakoṭiyā vā samanantarakoṭiyā vā sampayuttakoṭiyā vā sukhavedanāya paccayo phasso, taṃ sukhavedaniyaṃ phassañca paṭicca uppajjati sukhavedanāti. Esa nayo sabbattha. Iti imesu dvīsu suttesu kiriyāmanoviññāṇadhātu āvajjanakiccā, manodhātuyeva vā samānā manodhātunāmena vuttāti veditabbā. Aṭṭhamaṃ uttānameva.
第九经《露遮经》注疏显示巴利原文
9. Lohiccasuttavaṇṇanā
132 第九经中,“玛咖喇咖答”:一个名叫玛咖喇咖答的城市。“于阿兰若小屋”:即在森林中建造的独处小屋,不是位于精舍边上的小屋。“年轻人(学童)”:即使其中有年长者,由于他们处在学童的身份,所以即使年纪大了仍被称为年轻人。“他们前往”:早上学完技艺后,傍晚时说“我们去为老师捡柴火”,便进入森林游走,来到了那间小屋那里。“小屋的周围”:即那间小屋的四周。“跳跃嬉戏”:互相搭着背,跳来跳去,到处走动嬉戏。显示巴利原文
132. Navame makkarakateti evaṃnāmake nagare araññakuṭikāyanti araññe katāya pāṭiyekkāya kuṭiyaṃ, na vihārapaccantakuṭiyaṃ. Māṇavakāti yepi tattha mahallakā, te mahallakakālepi antevāsikatāya māṇavakātveva vuttā. Tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti pāto sippaṃ uggaṇhitvā sāyaṃ ‘‘ācariyassa kaṭṭhāni āharissāmā’’ti araññaṃ pavisitvā vicarantā yena sā kuṭikā, tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Parito parito kuṭikāyāti tassā kuṭikāya samantato samantato. Seleyyakānīti aññamaññassa piṭṭhiṃ gahetvā laṅghitvā ito cito caṅkamanakīḷanāni.
“Muṇḍakā(剃头者)”等处,本应说“剃头者啊剃头者,沙门啊沙门”,但他们却轻蔑地说成“剃头佬、小沙门”。“Ibbhā(居士们)”:指在家主们。“Kaṇhā(黑色)”:即黑色,黝黑的。“Bandhupādāpaccā(梵天足下子孙)”:此处“bandhu”指梵天,因为婆罗门称梵天为祖父。“足的子孙”即足下子孙,意指从梵天的脊足所生。据说他们的邪见是:“婆罗门从梵天口中出,刹帝利从胸出,吠舍从脐出,首陀罗从膝出,沙门从脊足出。”“Bharatakā(小供养者)”:指家主们。因为家主们养活国家,故称为“bharatā”(供养者),但他们蔑视地说成“bharatakā”(小供养者)。显示巴利原文
Muṇḍakātiādīsu muṇḍe muṇḍāti, samaṇe ca samaṇāti vattuṃ vaṭṭeyya, ime pana hīḷentā ‘‘muṇḍakā samaṇakā’’ti āhaṃsu. Ibbhāti gahapatikā. Kaṇhāti kaṇhā, kāḷakāti attho. Bandhupādāpaccāti ettha bandhūti brahmā adhippeto. Tañhi brāhmaṇā pitāmahoti voharanti. Pādānaṃ apaccā pādāpaccā, brahmuno piṭṭhipādato jātāti adhippāyo. Tesaṃ kira ayaṃ laddhi ‘‘brāhmaṇā brahmuno mukhato nikkhantā, khattiyā urato, vessā nābhito, suddā jāṇuto, samaṇā piṭṭhipādato’’ti. Bharatakānanti kuṭimbikānaṃ. Kuṭimbikā hi yasmā raṭṭhaṃ bharanti, tasmā bharatāti vuccanti. Ime pana paribhavaṃ katvā vadamānā ‘‘bharatakāna’’nti āhaṃsu.
“从精舍出来”:他心想:“这些学童在夜间清扫过的、撒着如银片般均匀细沙的怡人庭院里,捆好柴捆,互相抛掷,扬起沙尘,手拉着手绕着小叶屋转,一遍又一遍地嚷道:‘这些是供养尊贵家主们的,这些是供养尊贵家主们的!’他们嬉戏忘形,完全不知精舍中有比丘。我应让他们知道有比丘在。”于是从小叶屋走了出来。显示巴利原文
Vihārā nikkhamitvāti ‘‘rattiṭṭhakāparicchanne rajatapaṭṭasannibhasamavippakiṇṇavālike ramaṇīye pariveṇe kaṭṭhakalāpe bandhitvā khipamānā vālikaṃ āluḷetvā, hatthena hatthaṃ ādāya paṇṇakuṭiṃ pariyāyantā ‘ime imesaṃ bharatakānaṃ sakkatā, ime imesaṃ bharatakānaṃ sakkatā’ti punappunaṃ viravantā ativiya ime māṇavakā kīḷaṃ karonti, vihāre bhikkhūnaṃ atthibhāvampi na jānanti, dassessāmi nesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ atthibhāva’’nti cintetvā paṇṇakuṭito nikkhami.
“过去,戒为最上、为最初”:在讲述具德者的功德时,无德者的功德缺失自然显露,因此他讲述古婆罗门的功德,而说了这番话。其中,“戒为最上”指戒最为殊胜;对他们而言,戒最上,而非出身与种姓。“那些忆持古代的”指忆持古代婆罗门法的人。“降伏嗔怒后”即降伏了嗔怒,他们的根门得以善守护、善防护。“乐于法与禅那”即乐于十善业道之法与八等至的禅那。显示巴利原文
Sīluttamā pubbatarā ahesunti guṇavantānaṃ guṇe kathite nigguṇānaṃ guṇābhāvo pākaṭova bhavissatīti porāṇakabrāhmaṇānaṃ guṇe kathento evamāha. Tattha sīluttamāti sīlajeṭṭhakā. Sīlañhi tesaṃ uttamaṃ, na jātigottaṃ. Ye purāṇaṃ sarantīti ye porāṇakaṃ brāhmaṇadhammaṃ saranti. Abhibhuyya kodhanti kodhaṃ abhibhavitvā tesaṃ dvārāni suguttāni surakkhitāni ahesuṃ. Dhamme ca jhāne ca ratāti dasavidhe kusalakammapathadhamme aṭṭhasamāpattijhānesu ca ratā.
如此讲述了古人的功德后,为折伏现今婆罗门的骄慢,而说“这些(婆罗门)偏离之后,我们诵习……”等语。其中,“偏离”即从这些功德退离。“我们诵习”即“我们念诵、背诵”,仅仅因此便认为“我们就是婆罗门”,这些婆罗门耽著这种出身,行于非道,造作种种不正的身业等。“多执杖”指他们手中持有种种杖。“对于有贪与无贪者”即对于有贪者和离贪者。“不护根门者的一切都徒劳”:对于不守护根门者,他们所有的誓愿与持戒都徒劳无果。正如人在梦中得到的种种摩尼、珍珠等财富,醒后了不可得,皆为空无;同样地,这些人的誓愿也是徒劳无果的。如此阐明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ porāṇānaṃ guṇaṃ kathetvā athetarahi brāhmaṇānaṃ mānaṃ nimmaddento ime ca vokkamma japāmasetiādimāha. Tattha vokkammāti etehi guṇehi apakkamitvā. Japāmaseti mayaṃ japāma sajjhāyāmāti ettakeneva brāhmaṇamhāti maññamānā brāhmaṇā mayanti iminā gottena mattā hutvā visamaṃ caranti, visamāni kāyakammādīni karontīti attho. Puthuattadaṇḍāti puthu attā daṇḍā etehīti puthuattadaṇḍā, gahitanānāvidhadaṇḍāti attho. Sataṇhātaṇhesūti sataṇhanittaṇhesu. Aguttadvārassa bhavanti moghāti asaṃvutadvārassa sabbepi vatasamādānā moghā bhavantīti dīpeti. Yathā kinti? Supineva laddhaṃ purisassa vittanti yathā supine purisassa laddhaṃ maṇimuttādinānāvidhaṃ vittaṃ moghaṃ hoti, pabujjhitvā kiñci na passati, evaṃ moghā bhavantīti attho.
「不食者」指在一日、两日等期间不进食的人。「卧地者」指睡在铺了绿草的地面上,以及清晨沐浴与三吠陀——也就是清晨进入水中沐浴,同时念诵三吠陀。「粗鹿皮、发髻、垢」指触感粗糙的鹿皮、发髻之束,以及垢;垢即牙垢。「咒语、戒禁取、苦行」指咒语,以及称为羊戒、牛戒的戒,与称为羊行、牛行的禁取。他说,这便是现今婆罗门的苦行。「欺诈与曲杖」指如隐藏的水井一般掩盖过失的诡诈欺骗,以及曲杖;曲杖即取自优昙跋罗叶、木苹果树等的弯曲手杖。「用水漱口」等指以水擦拭口部。「这些是婆罗门的种姓」——他指出这些便是婆罗门资具的种类。「已作少分之修习」即已修习了一小部分;另有一说,指为增长对物质的贪求利益而作。显示巴利原文
Anāsakāti ekāhadvīhādivasena anāhārakā. Thaṇḍilasāyikā cāti haritakusasanthate bhūmibhāge sayanaṃ, pāto sinānañcatayo ca vedāti pātova udakaṃ pavisitvā nhānañceva tayo ca vedā. Kharājinaṃ jaṭā paṅkoti kharasamphassaṃ ajinacammañceva jaṭākalāpo ca paṅko ca, paṅko nāma dantamalaṃ. Mantā sīlabbataṃ tapoti mantā ca ajasīlagosīlasaṅkhātaṃ sīlaṃ ajavatagovatasaṅkhātaṃ vatañca. Ayaṃ idāni brāhmaṇānaṃ tapoti vadati. Kuhanā vaṅkadaṇḍā cāti paṭicchannakūpo viya paṭicchannadosaṃ kohaññañceva vaṅkadaṇḍo, ca udumbarapalāsabeḷuvarukkhānaṃ aññatarato gahitaṃ vaṅkadaṇḍañcāti attho. Udakācamanāni cāti udakena mukhaparimajjanāni. Vaṇṇā ete brāhmaṇānanti ete brāhmaṇānaṃ parikkhārabhaṇḍakavaṇṇāti dasseti. Kata kiñcikkhabhāvanāti katā kiñcikkhabhāvanā. Ayameva vā pāṭho, āmisakiñcikkhassa vaḍḍhanatthāya katanti attho.
如此,为了摧破现今婆罗门的骄慢,又宣说古代婆罗门的功德,世尊才说出「心善定」等语。其中,「心善定」表示那些婆罗门的心藉由近行定与安止定而成为善定。「无硬结」即是柔软、不僵硬。「那是到达梵天的道路」——那是到达最胜者的道路,可是你们凭什么称为婆罗门呢?世尊在说明此义时如此宣说。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ etarahi brāhmaṇānaṃ mānaṃ nimmadditvā puna porāṇakabrāhmaṇānaṃ vaṇṇaṃ kathento cittañca susamāhitantiādimāha. Tattha susamāhitanti tesaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ cittaṃ upacārappanāsamādhīhi susamāhitaṃ ahosīti dasseti. Akhilanti mudu athaddhaṃ. So maggo brahmapattiyāti so seṭṭhapattiyā maggo, tumhe pana kiṃ brāhmaṇā nāmāti dīpento evamāha.
「他们是否来到了这里」即他们是否来到了这里。「执着」指因烦恼之力而系缚、贪著。「嗔恨」指因嗔恙之力而心变得腐坏。「小心」是由于念未现起,以染污心而成为小心。「心解脱」指果定。「慧解脱」指果慧。「无量心」是由于念已现起,以离烦恼心而成为无量心。显示巴利原文
Āgamaṃsu nu khvidhāti āgamaṃsu nu kho idha. Adhimuccatīti kilesavasena adhimutto giddho hoti. Byāpajjatīti byāpādavasena pūticittaṃ hoti. Parittacetasoti anupaṭṭhitasatitāya saṃkilesacittena parittacitto. Cetovimuttinti phalasamādhiṃ. Paññāvimuttinti phalapaññaṃ. Appamāṇacetasoti upaṭṭhitasatitāya nikkilesacittena appamāṇacitto.
第十 韦罗哈迦尼经注显示巴利原文
10. Verahaccānisuttavaṇṇanā
133 第十经:“在迦曼达”——指那座同名的城市。“当”是表示敦促的助词。其余的意义易解。显示巴利原文
133. Dasame kāmaṇḍāyanti evaṃnāmake nagare. Yaggheti codanatthe nipāto. Sesaṃ uttānamevāti.
第十四 天臂品显示巴利原文
14. Devadahavaggo
第一 天臂经注显示巴利原文
1. Devadahasuttavaṇṇanā
134 《天臂品》第一经:“天臂”是以中性名词命名的市镇。“悦意”指令心愉悦,即合意、令人欢喜。“不悦意”即不合意、令人不喜。显示巴利原文
134. Devadahavaggassa paṭhame devadahanti napuṃsakaliṅgena laddhanāmo nigamo. Manoramāti manaṃ ramayantā, manāpāti attho. Amanoramāti amanāpā.
第二 刹那经注显示巴利原文
2. Khaṇasuttavaṇṇanā
135 第二经中“名为六触处”等:并非真的有一个单独称为“六触处”的地狱。实际上,在所有三十一座大地狱中,都施设有“六门触处”。不过,此处的经文是特指无间大地狱而说的。经文所说的“天”,在此也只指三十三天城。然而,在欲界诸天中,没有一处缺少六触处的施设。为何如此?在地狱中,由于纯苦遍满;在天界中,由于纯乐遍满、耽著嬉戏而生起放逸,因此无法修习道梵行住。而人间则是苦乐夹杂,恶趣与天界在此都可目睹。正因为如此,这里才被称为修习道梵行的“业地”,而你们已经得到了它。因此,你们所获得的这些五蕴人身,就是你们的收获;你们所获得的这人身,就是你们已得修习梵行的时机与时刻。古德也曾说过:显示巴利原文
135. Dutiye chaphassāyatanikā nāmāti visuṃ chaphassāyatanikā nāma nirayā natthi. Sabbesupi hi ekatiṃsamahānirayesu chadvāraphassāyatanapaññatti hotiyeva. Idaṃ pana avīcimahānirayaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Saggāti idhāpi tāvatiṃsapurameva adhippetaṃ. Kāmāvacaradevaloke pana ekasmimpi chaphassāyatanapaññattiyā abhāvo nāma natthi. Iminā kiṃ dīpeti? Niraye ekantadukkhasamappitabhāvena, devaloke ca ekantasukhasamappitattā ekantakhiḍḍārativasena uppannapamādena maggabrahmacariyavāsaṃ vasituṃ na sakkā. Manussaloko pana vokiṇṇasukhadukkho, idheva apāyopi saggopi paññāyati. Ayaṃ maggabrahmacariyassa kammabhūmi nāma, sā tumhehi laddhā. Tasmā ye vo ime mānussakā khandhā laddhā, te vo lābhā. Yañca vo idaṃ manussattaṃ laddhaṃ, paṭiladdho vo brahmacariyavāsassa khaṇo samayoti. Vuttampi hetaṃ porāṇehi –
这里正是业地,即是修道之处;
此处有众多令人心生悚惧的处所;
对于能生起悚惧及令人悚惧之事
生起悚惧之后,当如理作意。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ayaṃ kammabhūmi idha maggabhāvanā, Ṭhānāni saṃvejaniyā bahū idha; Saṃvegasaṃvejaniyesu vatthusu, Saṃvegajātova payuñca yoniso’’ti.
第三 第一喜色经注显示巴利原文
3. Paṭhamarūpārāmasuttavaṇṇanā
136 第三经中,「喜色者」是指对色欢喜、喜悦。「苦」指痛苦。「乐」指以涅槃之乐为乐者。「全」指完全、全部。「说有者,即谓有那么多」中的「有者」,就是指存在的事物。「这些是他们」中的「vo」字只是一个语助词。「此成相反,为一切世间所见」意思是:智者们的见解,与一切世间相反、相违。因为世间认为五蕴是常、乐、我、净,而智者则见其无常、苦、无我、不净。「说为乐」是指说它为乐。「知为乐」是指知道它为乐。所有这些,都是就涅槃而说的。显示巴利原文
136. Tatiye rūpasammuditāti rūpe sammuditā pamoditā. Dukkhāti dukkhitā. Sukhoti nibbānasukhena sukhito. Kevalāti sakalā. Yāvatatthīti vuccatīti yattakā atthīti vuccati. Ete voti ettha vo-kāro nipātamattaṃ. Paccanīkamidaṃ hoti, sabbalokena passatanti yaṃ idaṃ passantānaṃ paṇḍitānaṃ dassanaṃ, taṃ sabbalokena paccanīkaṃ hoti viruddhaṃ. Loko hi pañcakkhandhe niccā sukhā attā subhāti maññati, paṇḍitā aniccā dukkhā anattā asubhāti. Sukhato āhūti sukhanti kathenti. Sukhato vidūti sukhanti jānanti. Sabbametaṃ nibbānameva sandhāya vuttaṃ.
“迷于其中”:于涅槃中迷妄。“无智者”:指愚者。九十六种外道都自认为“我们将证得涅槃”,却连“涅槃是什么”也茫然不知。“被覆盖者”:指被烦恼盖所覆盖、所包裹。“不见者的黑暗”:对于不见者,那就是黑暗。为何如此?对于既不见涅槃、也不见涅槃之见的愚者,涅槃与涅槃之见,犹如被乌云遮蔽的月轮,又如被器盖覆住的盆钵,恒时都是黑暗与暗冥。显示巴利原文
Sammūḷhetthāti ettha nibbāne sammūḷhā. Aviddasūti bālā. Sabbepi hi channavutipāsaṇḍino ‘‘nibbānaṃ pāpuṇissāmā’’ti saññino honti, te pana ‘‘nibbānaṃ nāma ida’’ntipi na jānanti. Nivutānanti kilesanīvaraṇena nivutānaṃ pariyonaddhānaṃ. Andhakāro apassatanti apassantānaṃ andhakāro hoti. Kiṃ taṃ evaṃ hoti? Nibbānaṃ vā nibbānadassanaṃ vā apassantānañhi bālānaṃ nibbānampi nibbānadassanampi kāḷameghaavacchāditaṃ viya candamaṇḍalaṃ kaṭāhena paṭikujjitapatto viya ca niccakālaṃ tamo ceva andhakāro ca sampajjati.
“而对于善士,则开显,如见者的光明”:对于善士——即以智慧之见照见涅槃的善士们,涅槃就像光明一样开显。“在近处却不知,如迷途于法的不善巧者”:那涅槃就在近处——或依自身发、毛等某一身分决断后即可直接证得,或依自身诸蕴的灭道而应证得。涅槃虽如此近在眼前,但那些人如同迷路者,对道与非道之法或四谛之法不善巧,故而并不能了知。显示巴利原文
Satañca vivaṭaṃ hoti, āloko passatāmivāti satañca sappurisānaṃ paññādassanena passantānaṃ nibbānaṃ āloko viya vivaṭaṃ hoti. Santike na vijānanti, magā dhammassa akovidāti yaṃ attano sarīre kese vā lomādīsu vā aññatarakoṭṭhāsaṃ paricchinditvā anantarameva adhigantabbato attano vā khandhānaṃ nirodhamaggato santike nibbānaṃ. Taṃ evaṃ santike samānampi maggabhūtā janā maggāmaggadhammassa catusaccadhammassa vā akovidā na jānanti.
“未达魔罗之领域者”:未抵(即超越)三地轮回——那魔罗的住处。“除了诸圣者,还有谁能”:除圣者们之外,还有谁能了知涅槃的境界?“正知而般涅槃”:以阿拉汉果智正确地了知后,即刻成为无漏,以烦恼般涅槃而般涅槃;或者,正确地了知后成为无漏,最终以蕴般涅槃而般涅槃。显示巴利原文
Māradheyyānupannehīti tebhūmakavaṭṭaṃ mārassa nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ anupannehi. Konu aññatra ariyebhīti ṭhapetvā ariye ko nu añño nibbānapadaṃ jānituṃ arahati. Sammadaññāya parinibbantīti arahattapaññāya sammā jānitvā anantarameva anāsavā hutvā kilesaparinibbānena parinibbanti. Atha vā sammadaññāya anāsavā hutvā ante khandhaparinibbānena parinibbāyanti.
四至十二. 第二喜色经等注显示巴利原文
4-12. Dutiyarūpārāmasuttādivaṇṇanā
137-145 137-145. 第四经是简化为纯粹形式后,随能觉者们的意乐而说;第五经等则是随种种能觉者的意乐而说。至于其义理,本来就是明显的。显示巴利原文
137-145. Catutthaṃ suddhikaṃ katvā desiyamāne bujjhanakānaṃ ajjhāsayena vuttaṃ. Pañcamādīni tathā tathā bujjhantānaṃ ajjhāsayena vuttāni. Attho pana tesaṃ pākaṭoyevāti.
第十五 新古品显示巴利原文
15. Navapurāṇavaggo
一、《业灭经》释义显示巴利原文
1. Kammanirodhasuttavaṇṇanā
146 146. 在新古品的第一部经中,「新与古」即新的和古的。「比丘们,眼是旧业」:并非眼是旧的,只有业才是旧的,但因为眼从业生起,所以借缘的名称而这样说。「造作的」:由诸缘和合而造作。「思所造作的」:由思心所策划。「应被看作受处」:应被看作是受的依处。「由灭触证解脱」:即由此三种业的灭而触证解脱。「此被称为」:这个作为彼解脱所缘的灭,便称为业灭。如此,这部经中讲述了前分观。显示巴利原文
146. Navapurāṇavaggassa paṭhame navapurāṇānīti navāni ca purāṇāni ca. Cakkhu, bhikkhave, purāṇakammanti na cakkhu purāṇaṃ, kammameva purāṇaṃ, kammato pana nibbattattā paccayanāmena evaṃ vuttaṃ. Abhisaṅkhatanti paccayehi abhisamāgantvā kataṃ. Abhisañcetayitanti cetanāya pakappitaṃ. Vedaniyaṃ daṭṭhabbanti vedanāya vatthūti passitabbaṃ. Nirodhā vimuttiṃ phusatīti imassa tividhassa kammassa nirodhena vimuttiṃ phusati. Ayaṃ vuccatīti ayaṃ tassā vimuttiyā ārammaṇabhūto nirodho kammanirodhoti vuccati. Iti imasmiṃ sutte pubbabhāgavipassanā kathitā.
第二至第五、《无常涅槃适合经》等释义显示巴利原文
2-5. Aniccanibbānasappāyasuttādivaṇṇanā
147-150 在第二经中,“涅槃适合”是指对涅槃有益、能带来利益的修行方法。第三经等也是同样的道理。按顺序,这四部经中结合观解说了四种道。显示巴利原文
147-150. Dutiye nibbānasappāyanti nibbānassa sappāyaṃ upakārapaṭipadaṃ. Tatiyādīsupi eseva nayo. Paṭipāṭiyā pana catūsupi etesu suttesu saha vipassanāya cattāro maggā kathitā.
第六至第七、《学童经》等释义显示巴利原文
6-7. Antevāsikasuttādivaṇṇanā
151-152 在第六经中,“无学童”指没有那些内在安住的烦恼。“无师”指没有那些会现行造作的烦恼。“在内部安住者”就是指安住在他内部的东西。它们对他起作用,即压倒他、掌控他,或者训练他。比如“这样做医生的工作,这样做信使的工作”,以这类训练为本质的作用,便成了他的所谓老师;因为有这些老师,他被称为“有师”。此处其余的内容,应依前面所述的方法来了知。第七经的方法与前述相同。显示巴利原文
151-152. Chaṭṭhe anantevāsikanti anto vasanakakilesavirahitaṃ. Anācariyakanti ācaraṇakakilesavirahitaṃ . Antassa vasantīti anto assa vasanti. Te naṃ samudācarantīti te etaṃ adhibhavanti ajjhottharanti sikkhāpenti vā. ‘‘Evaṃ vejjakammaṃ karohi, evaṃ dūtakamma’’nti iti sikkhāpanasaṅkhātena samudācaraṇatthenassa te ācariyā nāma honti, tehi ācariyehi sācariyakoti vuccati. Sesamettha vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Sattamaṃ heṭṭhā kathitanayameva.
第八、《有因缘经》释义显示巴利原文
8. Atthinukhopariyāyasuttavaṇṇanā
153 在第八经中,“由于那因缘”是指基于那个原因。“别离了信”是指没有信、舍弃了信。而这里的“信”并不是指现量之信,而是指听到他人说“据说是这样,据说是那样”之后生起的信受状态,是针对此而说的。在“喜好”等术语中,使人生起喜好、使人忍耐、并认为“这就是义理”的执取状态,叫作“喜好”;“据说如此”的传闻,叫作“传闻”;静坐思维某个道理时,那个道理在心中显现,如此显现后执取“这就是义理”,叫作“理思”,即因由思索。思维道理时生起邪见,执取“这就是义理”的状态,叫作“见审忍”。“应以其他方式记说”是指舍弃这五种情况后,记说阿拉汉果。在这部经中,讲述了有学与无学的省察。显示巴利原文
153. Aṭṭhame yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgammāti yaṃ kāraṇaṃ āgamma. Aññatreva saddhāyāti vinā saddhāya saddhaṃ apanetvā. Ettha ca saddhāti na paccakkhā saddhā. Yo pana parassa evaṃ kira evaṃ kirāti kathentassa sutvā uppanno saddahanākāro, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Ruciādīsupi rucāpetvā khamāpetvā atthetanti gahaṇākāro ruci nāma, evaṃ kira bhavissatīti anussavanaṃ anussavo, nisīditvā ekaṃ kāraṇaṃ cintentassa kāraṇaṃ upaṭṭhāti, evaṃ upaṭṭhitassa atthetanti gahaṇaṃ ākāraparivitakko nāma, kāraṇavitakkoti attho. Kāraṇaṃ cintentassa pāpikā laddhi uppajjati, taṃ atthesāti gahaṇākāro diṭṭhinijjhānakkhanti nāma. Aññaṃ byākareyyāti imāni pañca ṭhānāni muñcitvā arahattaṃ byākareyya. Imasmiṃ sutte sekhāsekhānaṃ paccavekkhaṇā kathitā.
9-10. 《根具足经》等的释义显示巴利原文
9-10. Indriyasampannasuttādivaṇṇanā
154-155 第九经中,「根具足」是指诸根圆满。其中,由于通过遍作六根而证得阿拉汉果的人,具足那些无漏的根;或者,在遍作眼等六根时,生起了信等根,由于具足这些根,便称为「根具足」。世尊正是对此,以「于眼根……」等方式详细展开开示,最终说:「比丘,至此便是根具足。」第十经的义理,与下面所述的方法相同。显示巴利原文
154-155. Navame indriyasampannoti paripuṇṇindriyo. Tattha yena cha indriyāni sammasitvā arahattaṃ pattaṃ, so tehi nibbisevanehi indriyehi samannāgatattā, cakkhādīni vā cha indriyāni sammasantassa uppannehi saddhādīhi indriyehi samannāgatattā paripuṇṇindriyo nāma hoti, taṃ sandhāya bhagavā cakkhundriye cetiādinā nayena desanaṃ vitthāretvā ettāvatā kho bhikkhu indriyasampanno hotīti āha. Dasamaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayamevāti.
16. 喜尽品显示巴利原文
16. Nandikkhayavaggo
1-4. 《内喜尽经》等的释义显示巴利原文
1-4. Ajjhattanandikkhayasuttādivaṇṇanā
156-159 在喜尽品的第一经中,「由喜尽而贪尽,由贪尽而喜尽」这句经文,是从义理上指出喜与贪本质同一。「善解脱」是指借助阿拉汉果的解脱而彻底解脱。其余部分,在这一经及随后的第二经等中,意义都很明了。显示巴利原文
156-159. Nandikkhayavaggassa paṭhame nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo, rāgakkhayā nandikkhayoti nandiyā ca rāgassa ca atthato ekattā vuttaṃ. Suvimuttanti arahattaphalavimuttivasena suṭṭhu vimuttaṃ. Sesamettha dutiyādīsu ca uttānameva.
5-6. 《耆婆芒果园定经》等的释义显示巴利原文
5-6. Jīvakambavanasamādhisuttādivaṇṇanā
160-161 第五部经是为缺乏定者所说,第六部经是为缺乏隐居者所说——了知已得心一境性与身远离者,其业处必将增长,故作此说。此处“okkhāyati”(paccakkhāyati)意为:被了知,变得彰明。如是,在这两部经中,连同观,宣说了四道。显示巴利原文
160-161. Pañcamaṃ samādhivikalānaṃ, chaṭṭhaṃ paṭisallānavikalānaṃ cittekaggatañca kāyavivekañca labhantānaṃ etesaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ phātiṃ gamissatīti ñatvā kathitaṃ. Tattha okkhāyatīti (paccakkhāyati) paññāyati pākaṭaṃ hoti. Iti dvīsupi etesu saha vipassanāya cattāro maggā kathitā.
《拘絺罗问无常经》等的注释显示巴利原文
7-9. Koṭṭhikaaniccasuttādivaṇṇanā
162-164 在第七等三部经中,唯说长老的解脱成熟法。显示巴利原文
162-164. Sattamādīsu tīsu therassa vimuttiparipācaniyā dhammāva kathitā.
《断除邪见经》等的注释显示巴利原文
10-12. Micchādiṭṭhipahānasuttādivaṇṇanā
165-167 第十等三部经,乃随各别补特伽罗的意乐而说。其义理应依前述之理而知。显示巴利原文
165-167. Dasamādīni tīṇi pāṭiyekkena puggalajjhāsayavasena vuttāni. Tesaṃ attho vuttanayeneva veditabboti.
第十七 六十重颂品显示巴利原文
17. Saṭṭhipeyyālavaggo
《内无常欲经》等的注释显示巴利原文
1-60. Ajjhattaaniccachandasuttādivaṇṇanā
168-227 紧接着是名为“六十重颂”的部分,其义显了。此中所说的六十部经,例如“欲应被断除”等,是随顺能觉悟者的意乐,依每一句的文义而分别宣说。因此,所有这些都是针对各各不同的补特伽罗意乐而分别开示的。并且,于每一部经的结尾,都提到各有六十位比丘证得了阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
168-227. Tadanantaro saṭṭhipeyyālo nāma hoti, so uttānatthova. Yāni panettha saṭṭhi suttāni vuttāni, tāni ‘‘chando pahātabbo’’ti evaṃ tassa tasseva padassa vasena bujjhanakānaṃ ajjhāsayavasena vuttāni. Iti sabbāni tāni pāṭiyekkena puggalajjhāsayavasena kathitāni. Ekekasuttapariyosāne cettha saṭṭhi saṭṭhi bhikkhū arahattaṃ pattāti.
第十八 海品显示巴利原文
18. Samuddavaggo
一、第一海经的注释显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamasamuddasuttavaṇṇanā
228 在《海品》第一经中,世尊说:“诸比丘,人之眼即为大海。”何以故?无论就“难以填满”还是就“沉没、汇入”之义,“眼”本身即是“海”。凡眼识所缘的青、黄等色,从大地乃至阿迦尼吒梵天界,纵然不断汇入,也不能使眼得到满足圆满,由此难以填满之义,眼即是海。而眼在这些青、黄等所缘中沉没、流注,若不加以防护,便如沉入海中一般,成为烦恼生起之因,随顺着过患而流转,由此沉没、汇入之义,眼亦是海。关于眼之“色流”,应如此理解:犹如大海有无量波浪之流,眼海汇入各类青、黄等所缘时,也会生起不可计量的“色流”。经中说“能堪忍彼色流之人”,即是指能堪忍这汇入眼海中的色流:对悦意之色不生贪,对不可意之色不生瞋,对尚未以舍心平等观察的所缘不生痴,如是,于贪等烦恼不生,以舍心安住忍受。显示巴利原文
228. Samuddavaggassa paṭhame cakkhu, bhikkhave, purisassa samuddoti yadi duppūraṇaṭṭhena yadi vā samuddanaṭṭhena samuddo, cakkhumeva samuddo. Tassa hi pathavito yāva akaniṭṭhabrahmalokā nīlādiārammaṇaṃ samosarantaṃ paripuṇṇabhāvaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ duppūraṇaṭṭhenapi samuddo. Cakkhu ca tesu tesu nīlādīsu ārammaṇesu samuddati, asaṃvutaṃ hutvā osaramānaṃ kilesuppattiyā kāraṇabhāvena sadosagamanena gacchatīti samuddanaṭṭhenapi samuddo. Tassa rūpamayo vegoti samuddassa appamāṇo ūmimayo vego viya tassāpi cakkhusamuddassa samosarantassa nīlādibhedassa ārammaṇassa vasena appameyyo rūpamayo vego veditabbo. Yo taṃ rūpamayaṃ vegaṃ sahatīti yo taṃ cakkhusamudde samosaṭaṃ rūpamayaṃ vegaṃ, manāpe rūpe rāgaṃ, amanāpe dosaṃ, asamapekkhite mohanti evaṃ rāgādikilese anuppādento upekkhakabhāvena sahati.
关于“有浪”等词:因有烦恼浪,故说“有浪”;因有烦恼漩涡,故说“有漩涡”;因有烦恼鳄鱼,故说“有鳄鱼”;因有烦恼罗刹,故说“有罗刹”。又,依瞋怒与绝望而言,亦说“有浪”,正如经云:“诸比丘,‘浪之怖畏’者,此是瞋怒与绝望之增上语。”(《如是语》109;《中部》2.162;《增支部》4.122)依五欲功德而言,说“有漩涡”,正如经云:“诸比丘,‘漩涡之执取’者,此是五欲功德之增上语。”(《相应部》4.241)依女人而言,说“有鳄鱼、有罗刹”,正如经云:“诸比丘,‘鳄鱼、罗刹’者,此是女人之增上语。”(《如是语》109)其余诸句,亦当以此法了知。关于“有怖畏、难渡、已超渡”:因有浪之怖畏,故说“有怖畏”;于此难以渡越者,彼已超渡。关于“已达世间边”:即已到达诸行所成世间之尽头。关于“名为到彼岸者”:即被称为已至涅槃之人。显示巴利原文
Saūmintiādīsu kilesaūmīhi saūmiṃ. Kilesāvaṭṭehi sāvaṭṭaṃ. Kilesagāhehi sagāhaṃ. Kilesarakkhasehi sarakkhasaṃ. Kodhūpāyāsassa ca vasena saūmiṃ. Vutañhetaṃ ‘‘ūmibhayanti kho, bhikkhave, kodhūpāyāsassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti (itivu. 109; ma. ni. 2.162; a. ni. 4.122). Kāmaguṇavasena sāvaṭṭaṃ. Vutañhetaṃ ‘‘āvaṭṭaggāhoti kho, bhikkhave, pañcannetaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacana’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.241). Mātugāmavasena sagāhaṃ sarakkhasaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘gāharakkhasoti kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti (itivu. 109). Sesavāresupi eseva nayo. Sabhayaṃ duttaraṃ accatarīti ūmibhayena sabhayaṃ duratikkamaṃ atikkami. Lokantagūti saṅkhāralokassa antaṃ gato. Pāragatoti vuccatīti nibbānaṃ gatoti kathīyati.
二、第二海经等的注释显示巴利原文
2-3. Dutiyasamuddasuttādivaṇṇanā
229-230 第二经中,“海”者,就汇入之义而为海,即令生烦恼、令湿染之义。“大部分”者,指除圣弟子以外的众人。“已浸没”者,即已湿、已透、已沉没。“如乱丝、如打结”等文,前已详释。“已舍死者”者,舍离三种死而住。“无依”者,于三种依无所执著。“为不再有”者,即为证涅槃故。“令死王迷惑”者,谓死王不能知其趣向,他便这般令死王迷惑之后离去。第三经的解释,亦依上述之理。显示巴利原文
229-230. Dutiye samuddoti samuddanaṭṭhena samuddo, kiledanaṭṭhena temanaṭṭhenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yebhuyyenāti ṭhapetvā ariyasāvake. Samunnāti kilinnā tintā nimuggā. Tantākulakajātātiādi heṭṭhā vitthāritameva. Maccujahoti tayo maccū jahitvā ṭhito. Nirupadhīti tīhi upadhīhi anupadhi. Apunabbhavāyāti nibbānatthāya. Amohayī maccurājanti yathā tassa gatiṃ na jānāti, evaṃ maccurājānaṃ mohetvā gato. Tatiyaṃ vuttanayameva.
第4-6经:《乳树喻经》等注释显示巴利原文
4-6. Khīrarukkhopamasuttādivaṇṇanā
231-233 在第四经中,“未破坏的”是就未破坏的意义而说,因此他说“它是未破坏的”。“小”:就算像山那么大的色,只要是不可意、不诱人的,也叫作小,这表示像这样的色也能夺走他的心。若是更大量的,又有什么可说呢?如果是可意的所缘、诱人的事物夺走了他的心,在这里还有什么可说的?在此,即使是指甲盖大小的珍珠等诱人之物,也应了知它是大量的所缘。而“年轻的”等三个词,也只是彼此的同义词。“会击破”:就是会打击或会破碎。第五经中,“那两者”:就是指那两者。第六经的义理是明显的。显示巴利原文
231-233. Catutthe appahīnaṭṭhena atthi, tenevāha so appahīnoti. Parittāti, pabbatamattampi rūpaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ arajanīyaṃ parittaṃ nāma hoti, evarūpāpissa rūpā cittaṃ pariyādiyantīti dasseti. Ko pana vādo adhimattānanti iṭṭhārammaṇaṃ panassa rajanīyaṃ vatthu cittaṃ pariyādiyatīti ettha kā kathā? Ettha ca nakhapiṭṭhipamāṇampi maṇimuttādi rajanīyaṃ vatthu adhimattārammaṇamevāti veditabbaṃ. Daharotiādīni tīṇipi aññamaññavevacanāneva. Ābhindeyyāti pahareyya padāleyya vā. Pañcame tadubhayanti taṃ ubhayaṃ. Chaṭṭhaṃ uttānameva.
第七经:《优陀夷经》注释显示巴利原文
7. Udāyīsuttavaṇṇanā
234 在第七经中,“以种种行相”:就是以种种理由。“如此趣向灾患”:意思是“如此”即是此。在这部经中,是通过无常来开示无我相的。显示巴利原文
234. Sattame anekapariyāyenāti anekehi kāraṇehi. Itipāyanti itipi ayaṃ. Imasmiṃ sutte aniccena anattalakkhaṇaṃ kathitaṃ.
第八经:《燃烧法门经》注释显示巴利原文
8. Ādittapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanā
235 在第八经中,“以随形好而执取相”:即“手美丽、脚美丽”,这样以随形好的方式执取相。所谓“执取相”是综合地执取,“执取随形好”是分别地执取。执取相犹如鳄鱼,一把全抓;执取随形好则如红色宫殿,会分别地执取手、脚等各个部分。然而,这两种执取即使在同一个速行心刹那中也能得到,在不同速行心刹那中就更不用说了。显示巴利原文
235. Aṭṭhame anubyañjanaso nimittaggāhoti ‘‘hatthā sobhanā pādā sobhanā’’ti evaṃ anubyañjanavasena nimittaggāho. Nimittaggāhoti hi saṃsandetvā gahaṇaṃ, anubyañjanaggāhoti vibhattigahaṇaṃ. Nimittaggāho kumbhīlasadiso sabbameva gaṇhāti, anubyañjanaggāho rattapāsadiso vibhajitvā hatthapādādīsu taṃ taṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ. Ime pana dve gāhā ekajavanavārepi labbhanti, nānājavanavāre vattabbameva natthi.
「被相味所缠缚」:指被对相的味著所捆绑、所系缚。「识」:指业识。「若彼于彼时寿尽」:事实上,无有众生是以染污心寿尽的,因为一切众生的寿尽皆以有分识发生。然为显示烦恼之怖畏,故作是说;或依时分而言。譬如在眼门,所缘现前时,染着心、嗔恚心或愚痴心尝受所缘之味后,即落入有分;住立于有分后,便寿尽。对在于彼时寿尽者,只有两种趣向可预期,此即依彼时分而说。显示巴利原文
Nimittassādagathitanti nimittassādena ganthitaṃ baddhaṃ. Viññāṇanti kammaviññāṇaṃ. Tasmiṃ ce samaye kālaṃ kareyyāti na koci saṃkiliṭṭhena cittena kālaṃ karonto nāma atthi. Sabbasattānañhi bhavaṅgeneva kālakiriyā hoti. Kilesabhayaṃ pana dassento evamāha. Samayavasena vā evaṃ vuttaṃ. Cakkhudvārasmiñhi āpāthagate ārammaṇe rattacittaṃ vā duṭṭhacittaṃ vā mūḷhacittaṃ vā ārammaṇarasaṃ anubhavitvā bhavaṅgaṃ otarati, bhavaṅge ṭhatvā kālakiriyaṃ karoti. Tasmiṃ samaye kālaṃ karontassa dveva gatiyo pāṭikaṅkhā, imassa samayassa vasenetaṃ vuttaṃ.
「诸比丘,我说此过患」:是我见到这将在地狱经历百千年之苦,我才如此说——如同有人欲以烧红的铁棒涂抹眼睛。依此理趣,一切处之义当知。「以铁锥」:即用铁矛。「已被遍钉」:指用铁锥穿透两耳孔后,为钉入地面而加以锤打,故称已被遍钉。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ādīnavanti imaṃ anekāni vassasatasahassāni niraye anubhavitabbaṃ dukkhaṃ sampassamāno evaṃ vadāmi tattāya ayosalākāya akkhīni añjāpetukāmoti. Iminā nayena sabbattha attho veditabbo. Ayosaṅkunāti ayasūlena. Sampalimaṭṭhanti dvepi kaṇṇacchiddāni vinivijjhitvā pathaviyaṃ ākoṭanavasena sampalimaṭṭhaṃ.
于第三轮中,「已被遍钉」:指将指甲刀插入,向上一提,借撕扯之力割断而令其倒下,是名已被遍钉。于第四轮中,「已被遍钉」:指割断所系之根部而令其倒下,是名已被遍钉。于第五轮中,「已被遍钉」:指以锋利之刀拔起身体触觉器官而令其倒下,是名已被遍钉。此处所说之「刀」,当知为有大柄之刀。「睡眠」:指躺卧而进入梦乡。‘顺应某些寻思之力的(比丘)会破僧’此语,显示寻思能拖人至破僧之恶业地步。其中余义,则浅显而易知。显示巴利原文
Tatiyavāre sampalimaṭṭhanti nakhacchedanaṃ pavesetvā ukkhipitvā sahadhunaṭṭhena chinditvā pātanavasena sampalimaṭṭhaṃ. Catutthavāre sampalimaṭṭhanti bandhanamūlaṃ chetvā pātanavasena sampalimaṭṭhaṃ. Pañcamavāre sampalimaṭṭhanti tikhiṇāya sattiyā kāyapasādaṃ uppāṭetvā patanavasena sampalimaṭṭhaṃ. Sattiyāti ettha mahatī daṇḍakavāsi veditabbā. Sottanti nipajjitvā niddokkamanaṃ. Yathārūpānaṃ vitakkānaṃ vasaṃ gato saṅghaṃ bhindeyyāti iminā vitakkānaṃ yāva saṅghabhedā pāpakammāvahanatā dassitā. Sesamettha uttānameva.
9-10. 第一手足譬喻经等的注释显示巴利原文
9-10. Paṭhamahatthapādopamasuttādivaṇṇanā
236-237 在第九经中,「诸比丘,手存在时」是指当手存在的时候。第十经中,说「没有」,这是随顺能觉悟者的意乐而说的。在这两部经中,皆仅显示了果报的苦乐,由此开示了轮回与还灭的道理。显示巴利原文
236-237. Navame hatthesu, bhikkhave, satīti hatthesu vijjamānesu. Dasame na hotīti vuccamāne bujjhanakānaṃ ajjhāsayavasena vuttaṃ. Dvīsupi cetesu vipākasukhadukkhameva dassetvā vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ kathitanti.
19. 蛇品显示巴利原文
19. Āsīvisavaggo
1. 蛇譬喻经注释显示巴利原文
1. Āsīvisopamasuttavaṇṇanā
238 在《蛇品》的第一经中,「世尊告诉比丘们」:这是指对那些修习一行、二行、三行、四行、五行的,行持相同、精勤专注,并皆以苦相为业处的比丘们所说的。当时,那些行道比丘围绕而坐,世尊便对他们说。应知,这部经是随顺个别人的意乐而说的。于诸人中,尤为广分别知者,以及散居各方、以苦相为业处的比丘们。他们在侍奉时前来,围绕导师坐下,因此说了此经。尽管如此,这部经实则也为四种人作助缘,即:略开知者、广分别知者、引导者、句义最胜者。其中,略开知者只要此经的纲要一被安立,便能证得阿拉汉果;广分别知者则通过纲要的详细解说而证得;引导者则通过反复读诵此经、各处请教、如理作意、亲近善知识、承事善知识、服侍善知识,而证得阿拉汉果;对于句义最胜者,此经在未来将成为其习气种子。如此,世尊了知此经利益一切人后,便发起大精进力——犹如举起须弥山,犹如展开虚空,又犹如摇撼轮围山一般——开始宣讲此经。显示巴利原文
238. Āsīvisavaggassa paṭhame bhikkhū āmantesīti ekacārikadvicārikaticārikacatucārikapañcacārike sabhāgavuttino kārake yuttapayutte sabbepi dukkhalakkhaṇakammaṭṭhānike parivāretvā nisinne yogāvacare bhikkhū āmantesi. Idañhi suttaṃ puggalajjhāsayena vuttaṃ. Puggalesupi vipañcitaññūnaṃ disāvāsikānaṃ dukkhalakkhaṇakammaṭṭhānikānaṃ upaṭṭhānavelāya āgantvā satthāraṃ parivāretvā nisinnānaṃ vasena vuttaṃ. Evaṃ santepi ugghaṭitaññūādīnaṃ catunnampi puggalānaṃ paccayabhūtamevetaṃ. Ugghaṭitaññū puggalo hi imassa suttassa mātikānikkhepeneva arahattaṃ pāpuṇissati, vipañcitaññū mātikāya vitthārabhājanena, neyyapuggalo imameva suttaṃ sajjhāyanto paripucchanto yoniso manasikaronto kalyāṇamitte sevanto bhajanto payirupāsanto arahattaṃ pāpuṇissati. Padaparamassetaṃ suttaṃ anāgate vāsanā bhavissatīti evaṃ sabbesampi upakārabhāvaṃ ñatvā bhagavā sineruṃ ukkhipanto viya ākāsaṃ vitthārento viya cakkavāḷapabbataṃ kampento viya ca mahantena ussāhena seyyathāpi, bhikkhaveti imaṃ āsīvisopamasuttaṃ ārabhi.
这里所说的“四种蛇”,即指木口蛇、脓口蛇、火口蛇、刀口蛇。其中,被木口蛇咬中的人,全身僵硬如干木,关节缝隙处尤为剧烈,如同被铁钉刺入一般。被脓口蛇咬中的人,身体会像熟烂的菠萝蜜那样化为脓烂,接着便流散开来,如同倾入滤网的水。被火口蛇咬中的人,全身殆尽烧尽,如同灰烬与糠壳散落一地。被刀口蛇咬中的人,整个身体绽裂,犹如被雷击之处,又像被猛兽撕咬过的疮口,关节与伤处无不撕裂。如此,依毒力的强弱,区分了这四种毒蛇。显示巴利原文
Tattha cattāro āsīvisāti kaṭṭhamukho, pūtimukho, aggimukho, satthamukhoti ime cattāro. Tesu kaṭṭhamukhena daṭṭhassa sakalasarīraṃ sukkhakaṭṭhaṃ viya thaddhaṃ hoti, sandhipabbesu adhimattaṃ ayasūlasamappitaṃ viya tiṭṭhati. Pūtimukhena daṭṭhassa pakkapūtipanasaṃ viya vipubbakabhāvaṃ āpajjitvā paggharati , caṅgavāre pakkhittaudakaṃ viya hoti. Aggimukhena daṭṭhassa sakalasarīraṃ jhāyitvā bhasmamuṭṭhi viya thusamuṭṭhi viya ca vippakirīyati. Sattamukhena daṭṭhassa sakalasarīraṃ bhijjati, asanipātaṭṭhānaṃ viya mahānikhādanena khatasandhimukhaṃ viya ca hoti. Evaṃ visavasena vibhattā cattāro āsīvisā.
然而,这类蛇依毒力作用的差别,又可细分为十六种。以木口蛇为例,其毒可分为四种:咬毒、见毒、触毒、风毒。无论是被它直接咬到,还是被它看见、触碰到,乃至被其毒风吹及,身体都会出现如前所述的那种僵硬。其余种类的蛇,也以此类推。如是,依毒力作用的差别,便成为十六种。显示巴利原文
Visavegavikārena panete soḷasa honti. Kaṭṭhamukho hi daṭṭhaviso, diṭṭhaviso, phuṭṭhaviso, vātavisoti catubbidho hoti. Tena hi daṭṭhampi diṭṭhampi phuṭṭhampi tassa vātena pahaṭampi sarīraṃ vuttappakārena thaddhaṃ hoti. Sesesupi eseva nayoti. Evaṃ visavegavikāravasena soḷasa honti.
此外,依补特伽罗的施设,这些蛇又可细分为六十四种。如何划分呢?先以木口蛇的咬毒为例,有四种情形:毒已行而非剧毒、剧毒而非毒已行、既是毒已行又是剧毒、既非毒已行又非剧毒。其中,若毒势迅速上冲,如炽燃草炬之火,侵袭双眼、制住双肩、占据头部而后停息,形成一种可辨认的征象,就如宝珠蛇等之毒;然而,当施以翻转咒语、向耳吹气或以棍棒击打等法时,毒便降伏,仅停留在被咬处,此种称为“毒已行而非剧毒”。若毒势缓慢上升,而凡所至之处,此毒犹如冷水一般,就如水蛇等之毒,即使过了十二年,仍会在耳背、肩背等部位显现为痈、疖等症;当施行翻转咒语等法时,毒并不迅速降伏,此种称为“剧毒而非毒已行”。若毒势既迅速上升,又不能迅速降伏,就如纯净蛇等之毒,此种称为“既是毒已行又是剧毒”。若毒力本就微弱,纵使降伏时也极容易降伏,就如青蛇、法尼蛇等之毒,此种称为“既非毒已行又非剧毒”。对于木口蛇的见毒、触毒、风毒,乃至脓口蛇等各类蛇的咬毒等,皆可依此理趣类推了知。如是,依补特伽罗的施设,便共成六十四种。显示巴利原文
Puna puggalapaṇṇattivasena catusaṭṭhi honti. Kathaṃ? Kaṭṭhamukhesu tāva daṭṭhaviso ca āgataviso no ghoraviso, ghoraviso no āgataviso, āgataviso ceva ghoraviso ca, nevāgataviso na ghoravisoti catubbidho hoti. Tattha yassa visaṃ sampajjalitatiṇukkāya aggi viya sīghaṃ abhiruhitvā akkhīni gahetvā khandhaṃ gahetvā sīsaṃ gahetvā ṭhitanti vattabbataṃ āpajjati maṇisappādīnaṃ visaṃ viya, mantaṃ pana parivattetvā kaṇṇavātaṃ datvā daṇḍakena pahaṭamatte otaritvā daṭṭhaṭṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ āgataviso no ghoraviso nāma. Yassa pana visaṃ saṇikaṃ abhiruhati, āruḷhāruḷhaṭṭhāne pana ayaṃ sītaudakaṃ viya hoti udakasappādīnaṃ visaṃ viya, dvādasavassaccayenāpi kaṇṇapiṭṭhikhandhapiṭṭhikādīsu gaṇḍapiḷakādivasena paññāyati, mantaparivattanādīsu ca kayiramānāsu sīghaṃ na otarati, ayaṃ ghoraviso no āgataviso nāma. Yassa pana visaṃ sīghaṃ abhiruhati, na sīghaṃ otarati aneḷakasappādīnaṃ visaṃ viya, ayaṃ āgataviso ceva ghoraviso ca. Yassa pana visaṃ mandaṃ hoti, otāriyamānampi sukheneva otarati nīlasappadhammanisappādīnaṃ visaṃ viya, ayaṃ nevāgataviso na ghoraviso nāma. Iminā upāyena kaṭṭhamukhe daṭṭhavisādayo pūtimukhādīsu ca daṭṭhavisādayo veditabbāti. Evaṃ puggalapaṇṇattivasena catusaṭṭhi.
其中,如“卵生龙等”(《相应部》3.342-344)所说,依生处将每一种分为四类,即成二百五十六种。再依水生、陆生倍增一次,成为五百一十二种。又依能随意变形、不能随意变形再倍增一次,成一万零二十四之数。然而,若从所行道的逆向进行缩略,则仅归结为木口蛇等四种。世尊正是针对这四种而说:“诸比丘,譬如四种毒蛇。”因为这是从类别上摄取的。显示巴利原文
Tesu ‘‘aṇḍajā nāgā’’tiādinā (saṃ. ni. 3.342-344) yonivasena ekekaṃ catudhā vibhajitvā chapaṇṇāsādhikāni dve satāni honti. Te jalajāthalajāti dviguṇitā dvādasādhikāni pañcasatāni honti, te kāmarūpaakāmarūpānaṃ vasena dviguṇitā catuvīsādhikasahassasaṅkhā honti. Puna gatamaggassa paṭilomato saṃkhippamānā kaṭṭhamukhādivasena cattārova hontīti. Te sandhāya bhagavā ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, cattāro āsīvisā’’ti āha. Kulavasena hi ete gahitā.
其中,“毒蛇”一词,既指“注入毒者”,也指“所食为毒者”,也指“毒如剑者”。“注入毒者”:意为毒仿佛被灌注而遍满全身,并能注入他人及自身,故称毒蛇。“所食为毒者”:凡是它们所吃、所用的,全都变成毒,因此它们所吃的即是毒,故称毒蛇。“毒如剑者”:它们的毒如剑般锐利,能斩断致命要害,故称毒蛇。应如此了知此处的词义。“具大威力”:指具有炽盛的威力,具有强大的威力。“剧毒”:指具有难以摧伏的毒。显示巴利原文
Tattha āsīvisāti āsittavisātipi āsīvisā, asitavisātipi āsīvisā, asisadisavisātipi āsīvisā. Āsittavisāti sakalakāye āsiñcitvā viya ṭhapitavisā, parassa ca attano sarīre ca āsiñcanavisāti attho. Asitavisāti yaṃ yaṃ etehi asitaṃ hoti paribhuttaṃ, taṃ taṃ visameva sampajjati, tasmā asitaṃ visaṃ hoti etesanti āsīvisā. Asisadisavisāti asiviya tikhiṇaṃ paramammacchedanasamatthaṃ visaṃ etesanti āsīvisāti evamettha vacanattho veditabbo. Uggatejāti uggatatejā balavatejā. Ghoravisāti dunnimmaddanavisā.
“应当这样说”:意为为了令其照料而应这样说。因为国王们令人捕捉毒蛇后,心想:“我们要让那样的盗贼被这些蛇咬死”,或“围城时,我们要把这些蛇投向敌军”,或“当我们无力击破敌军时,便享用美食、登上妙床,让这些蛇咬自己,不落入敌人手中,随自己的意愿死去”,因此他们蓄养毒蛇。其中,对于那些不想让盗贼立即死去,而希望“让他这样长时受苦而死”的人,便对那人这样说:“喂!男子!这四条毒蛇……”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vadeyyunti paṭijaggāpanatthaṃ evaṃ vadeyyuṃ. Rājāno hi āsīvise gāhāpetvā – ‘‘tathārūpe core vā etehi ḍaṃsāpetvā māressāma, nagarūparodhakāle parasenāya vā taṃ khipissāma, parabalaṃ nimmaddetuṃ asakkontā subhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā varasayanaṃ āruyha etehi attānaṃ ḍaṃsāpetvā sattūnaṃ vasaṃ anāgacchantā attano ruciyā marissāmā’’ti āsīvise jaggāpenti. Te yaṃ coraṃ sahasāva māretuṃ na icchanti, ‘‘evamete dīgharattaṃ dukkhappatto hutvā marissantī’’ti icchantā taṃ purisaṃ evaṃ vadanti ime te ambho purisa cattāro āsīvisāti.
其中,“时时”(kālena kālaṃ):意为适时、应及时。“应令其躺卧”:意为应令其俯卧。“或此或彼”:指木口等毒蛇中的任意一条。“喂!男子!你该做什么,就去做吧!”——应知这是那位利益行者所说的话。据说,他们如此安排好毒蛇之后,便对关在四个笼子里的毒蛇告知:“这是你们的侍者。”于是,一条蛇爬了出来,顺着那人的右脚往上爬,从手腕处缠住右手,然后在右耳孔根部竖起头冠,发出“嘶嘶”声而卧。另一条蛇顺着左脚往上爬,同样缠住左手,在左耳孔根部竖起头冠,发出“嘶嘶”声而卧。第三条蛇爬出来,从正面往上爬,缠住腹部,在喉结根部竖起头冠,发出“嘶嘶”声而卧。第四条蛇从背后往上爬,缠住脖子,在头顶上竖起头冠,发出“嘶嘶”声而卧。显示巴利原文
Tattha kālena kālanti kāle kāle. Saṃvesetabbāti nipajjāpetabbā. Aññataro vā aññataro vāti kaṭṭhamukhādīsu yo koci. Yaṃ te ambho purisa karaṇīyaṃ, taṃ karohīti idaṃ atthacarakassa vacanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tassa kira purisassa evaṃ āsīvise paṭipādetvā ‘ayaṃ vo upaṭṭhāko’ti catūsu peḷāsu ṭhapitānaṃ āsīvisānaṃ ārocenti. Atheko nikkhamitvā āgamma tassa purisassa dakkhiṇapādānusārena abhiruhitvā dakkhiṇahatthaṃ maṇibandhato paṭṭhāya veṭhetvā dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotamūle phaṇaṃ katvā susūti karonto nipajji. Aparo vāmapādānusārena abhiruhitvā tatheva vāmahatthaṃ veṭhetvā vāmakaṇṇasotamūle phaṇaṃ katvā susūti karonto nipajji, tatiyo nikkhamitvā abhimukhaṃ abhiruhitvā kucchiṃ veṭhetvā galavāṭakamūle phaṇaṃ katvā susūti karonto nipajji, catuttho piṭṭhibhāgena abhiruhitvā gīvaṃ veṭhetvā uparimuddhani phaṇaṃ ṭhapetvā susūti karonto nipajji.
当四条毒蛇就这样各自安住在他身体部位上时,有一位为那男子谋利益的人看见了他,问道:“喂!男子!你得到了什么?”那人便回答说:“先生!这些是国王赐给我的精美装饰:有些像手镯戴在我手上,有些像臂环戴在我臂上,有些像裹腹布缠在我肚子上,有些像耳坠挂在我耳朵上,有些像珍珠项链戴在脖子上,有些像头饰戴在头上。”那人听了之后说:“喂!愚痴的盲人!不要这样想:‘国王很高兴,才赐给我这些装饰品。’你是个冒犯国王的盗贼,而这四条毒蛇极难侍候,极难养护。当一条蛇想站起来时,另一条蛇却想洗澡;当一条蛇想洗澡时,另一条蛇却想吃东西;当一条蛇想吃东西时,另一条蛇却想躺卧。它们当中,哪一个愿望得不到满足,就会当场咬死你。”“然而,先生!若是这样,有没有什么安稳脱身的办法呢?”“有,看见国王的部下们正心不在焉,逃跑便是安稳之法。”这样说完后,他便可对他说:“你该做什么,就去做吧。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ catūsu āsīvisesu sarīraṭṭhakesuyeva jātesu eko tassa purisassa atthacarakapuriso taṃ disvā ‘‘kiṃ te, bho purisa, laddha’’nti, pucchi. Tato tena ‘‘ime me, bho, hatthesu hatthakaṭakaṃ viya bāhāsu keyūraṃ viya kucchimhi kucchiveṭhanasāṭako viya kaṇṇesu kaṇṇacūḷikā viya gale muttāvaliyo viya sīse sīsapasādhanaṃ viya keci alaṅkāravisesā raññā dinnā’’ti vutte so āha – ‘‘bho andhabāla, mā evaṃ maññittha ‘raññā me tuṭṭhenetaṃ pasādhanaṃ dinna’nti. Tvaṃ rañño āgucārī coro, ime ca cattāro āsīvisā durupaṭṭhāhā duppaṭijaggiyā, ekasmiṃ uṭṭhātukāme eko nhāyitukāmo hoti, ekasmiṃ nhāyitukāme eko bhuñjitukāmo, ekasmiṃ bhuñjitukāme eko nipajjitukāmo. Tesu yasseva icchā na pūrati, so tattheva ḍaṃsitvā māretī’’ti. Atthi pana, bho, evaṃ sante koci sotthimaggoti? Āma, rājapurisānaṃ vikkhittabhāvaṃ ñatvā palāyanaṃ sotthibhāvoti vatvā ‘‘yaṃ te karaṇīyaṃ, taṃ karohī’’ti vadeyya.
听了这番话,那人看准四条毒蛇松懈的时机,以及国王部下离开的空档,便用左手缠住右手,放好右耳坠毒蛇的头冠,一边像在按摩睡着的毒蛇身体一般,一边轻轻把它拿开。用同样的方法把其余毒蛇也拿开后,他便因害怕它们而逃跑了。这时,那些毒蛇心想:“这是国王给我们的侍者”,便紧追着他不放。世尊正是针对这个情况说道:“诸比丘!那时,那个人因畏惧四条毒蛇……便逃跑了。”显示巴利原文
Taṃ sutvā itaro catunnaṃ āsīvisānaṃ pamādakkhaṇaṃ rājapurisehi ca pavivittaṃ disvā, vāmahatthena dakkhiṇahatthaṃ veṭhetvā, dakkhiṇakaṇṇacūḷikāya phaṇaṃ ṭhapetvā, sayitāsīvisassa sarīraṃ parimajjanto viya saṇikaṃ taṃ apanetvā, eteneva upāyena sesepi apanetvā tesaṃ bhīto palāyeyya. Atha naṃ te āsīvisā ‘‘ayaṃ amhākaṃ raññā upaṭṭhāko dinno’’ti anubandhamānā āgaccheyyuṃ. Idaṃ sandhāya atha kho so, bhikkhave, puriso bhīto catunnaṃ āsīvisānaṃ…pe… palāyethāti vuttaṃ.
当那人一边频频回望来路一边奔逃时,国王听说‘那男子逃走了’,便思量:‘谁能追上他,将他杀掉?’四处搜寻后,找到了那人的五个死对头,于是派他们前往:‘去,追上他,把他杀了。’那时,为他效力的人得知此事,便去告知他。他因而更加恐惧,继续奔逃。正是为了阐明此义,才说‘那时他们会对那人这样说’等语。显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ pana purise evaṃ āgatamaggaṃ oloketvā oloketvā palāyante rājā ‘‘palāto so puriso’’ti sutvā ‘‘ko nu kho taṃ anubandhitvā ghātetuṃ sakkhissatī’’ti vicinanto tasseva paccatthike pañca jane labhitvā ‘‘gacchatha naṃ anubandhitvā ghātethā’’ti peseyya. Athassa atthacarā purisā taṃ pavattiṃ ñatvā āroceyyuṃ. So bhiyyosomattāya bhīto palāyetha. Imamatthaṃ sandhāya tamenaṃ evaṃ vadeyyuntiādi vuttaṃ.
所谓的第六位潜伏杀手——‘内应杀手’,是这样出现的:大臣们对国王说:‘起初他被毒蛇追逐,东躲西藏地逃命;如今又被五个死对头追逐,逃得更加拼命。这样是抓不住他的,但若用亲昵怀柔之策,便有可能。因此,请派一位从他年轻时便一起饮食、建立了交情的内应杀手前去。’国王便找来这样的人派遣过去,这便是那位内应杀手。显示巴利原文
Chaṭṭho antaracaro vadhakoti ‘‘paṭhamaṃ āsīvisehi anubaddho ito cito ca te vañcento palāyi, idāni pañcahi paccatthikehi anubaddho suṭṭhutaraṃ palāyati, na sakkā so evaṃ gahetuṃ, upalāḷanāya pana sakkā, tasmā daharakālato paṭṭhāya ekato khāditvā ca pivitvā ca santhavaṃ antaracaraṃ vadhakamassa pesethā’’ti amaccehi vuttena raññā pariyesitvā pesito antaracaro vadhako.
他望见一座空村——他转过头来,看见四条毒蛇正一边嗅着足迹一边急速追来、五个死对头杀手及第六位内应杀手,又见有人边追边喊:‘喂,回来!别逃!与妻子儿女一同享受欲乐,安稳度日吧!’他越发惊惶,向任意方向奔逃,此时望见边境处迎面有一个仅有六户人家的‘空村’。所谓‘他只会进入一座空无所有的村子’,是因为那里没有财物、谷物、床座、椅子等,所以只会进入一座空无所有的村子。而‘空无’、‘空旷’都是它的同义词。‘他会去摸索’的意思是:他心想,‘若有水,我就喝;若有饭,我就吃。’于是打开容器,伸手进去摸索。显示巴利原文
So passeyya suññaṃ gāmanti nivattitvā olokento padaṃ ghāyitvā ghāyitvā vegenāgacchante cattāro āsīvise pañca vadhake paccatthike chaṭṭhañca antaracaraṃ vadhakaṃ ‘‘nivatta bho, mā palāyi, puttadārena saddhiṃ kāme paribhuñjanto sukhaṃ vasissasī’’ti vatvā āgacchantaṃ disvā, bhiyyosomattāya yena vā tena vā palāyanto paccantaraṭṭhe abhimukhagataṃ ekaṃ chakuṭikaṃ suññaṃ gāmaṃ passeyya. Rittakaññeva paviseyyāti dhanadhaññamañcapīṭhādīhi virahitattā rittakaññeva paviseyya. Tucchakaṃ suññakanti etasseva vevacanaṃ. Parimaseyyāti ‘‘sace pānīyaṃ bhavissati, pivissāmi, sace bhattaṃ bhavissati, bhuñjissāmī’’ti bhājanaṃ vivaritvā hatthaṃ anto pavesetvā parimaseyya.
那人在六间房屋里都一无所获。村子的中央有一棵浓荫的树,树下铺着一张弯木板。他看见后,心想:“我先在这里坐一会儿。”便走过去坐下,被微风轻轻吹拂,感受到些许清凉之乐,便把它当作安稳的快乐来享受。那时,一些为他效力的人从外面得知情况后赶来,对那人说:“喂,汉子!现在,喂,汉子!”这里的“喂,汉子”就是“喂,人哪!现在”的意思。“有盗贼,是屠村的盗贼”——指来了六个屠村的盗贼,他们心想:“我们在这里能得到什么,就抢走或杀死。”显示巴利原文
Tamenaṃevaṃ vadeyyunti channaṃ gharānaṃ ekagharepi kiñci alabhitvā gāmamajjhe eko sandacchāyo rukkho atthi, tattha vaṅkaphalakaṃ atthataṃ disvā, ‘‘idha tāva nisīdissāmī’’ti gantvā, tattha nisinnaṃ mandamandena vātena bījiyamānaṃ tattakamattampi sukhaṃ santato assādayamānaṃ, tamenaṃ purisaṃ kecideva atthacarakā bahi pavattiṃ ñatvā āgatā evaṃ vadeyyuṃ. Idāni ambho purisāti ambho, purisa, idāni. Corā gāmaghātakāti ‘‘yadevettha labhissāma, taṃ gaṇhissāma vā ghātessāma vā’’ti āgatā cha gāmaghātakacorā.
“水之大洋”是指既深又广的水。因为单深而不广,或单广而不深,都不能称为“大洋”;唯有又深又广的水才得此名。“有危险、有怖畏”:由于那四条毒蛇、五个杀手、第六位内应杀手,以及六个屠村盗贼的存在,所以说有危险、有怖畏。“安稳、无怖畏”:由于没有那些毒蛇等的存在,所以安稳、无怖畏,就像拥有各种美妙园林、丰盛饮食的天城一般。“却没有度脱的船”:指没有像‘乘此船从此岸渡到彼岸’那样被设置好的度脱之船;也没有“度脱的桥”——即木桥、步行桥、车桥等任何度脱的桥。“站着的那位是婆罗门”:其实他并不是婆罗门。为什么称他为婆罗门呢?因为他排除了这么多的敌人,或者是为了转换说法,指出一位诸漏已尽的婆罗门,所以这样说。显示巴利原文
Udakaṇṇavanti gambhīraṃ puthulaṃ udakaṃ. Gambhīrampi hi aputhulaṃ, puthulaṃ vā agambhīraṃ, na aṇṇavoti vuccati, yampana gambhīrañca puthulañca, tassevetaṃ nāmaṃ. Sāsaṅkaṃ sappaṭibhayanti catunnaṃ āsīvisānaṃ pañcannaṃ vadhakānaṃ chaṭṭhassa antaracarassa channañca gāmaghātakacorānaṃ vasena sāsaṅkaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ. Khemaṃ appaṭibhayanti tesaṃyeva āsīvisādīnaṃ abhāvena khemañca nibbhayañca vicitrauyyānavaraṃ bahvannapānaṃ devanagarasadisaṃ. Na cassa nāvā santāraṇīti ‘‘imāya nāvāya orimatīrato paratīraṃ gamissantī’’ti evaṃ ṭhapitā ca santāraṇī nāvā na bhaveyya. Uttarasetu vāti rukkhasetu-jaṅghasetu-sakaṭasetūnaṃ aññataro uttarasetu vā na bhaveyya. Tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇoti na kho esa brāhmaṇo. Kasmā naṃ brāhmaṇoti āha? Ettakānaṃ paccatthikānaṃ bāhitattā, desanaṃ vā vinivattento ekaṃ khīṇāsavabrāhmaṇaṃ dassetumpi evamāha.
当他这样渡过去之后,那四条毒蛇心想:“我们真没抓到你啊。今天本可以把你嚼得稀烂,扔掉你的小命。”五个敌人心想:“我们真没抓到你啊。今天本可以把你团团围住,一节节砍断四肢百骸,然后到国王那里领取一百或一千的赏金。”第六位内应杀手心想:“我真没抓到你啊。今天我本可用水晶般闪亮的剑砍下你的头,获得将军之位,享受荣华。”六个盗贼心想:“我们真没抓到你啊。今天我们本可用种种刑罚折磨你,让你交出许多财物。”他们这样想着,却无法进入水之大洋,又因国王命令的催逼,不敢去往别处,就那样困在那里,枯竭而死。显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ pana evaṃ uttiṇṇe cattāro āsīvisā ‘‘na laddho vatāsi amhehi, ajja te murumurāya jīvitaṃ khāditvā chaḍḍeyyāma’’. Pañca paccatthikā ‘‘na laddho vatāsi amhehi, ajja te parivāretvā aṅgamaṅgāni chinditvā rañño santikaṃ gatā sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā labheyyāma’’. Chaṭṭho antaracaro ‘‘na laddho vatāsi mayā, ajja te phalikavaṇṇena asinā sīsaṃ chinditvā, senāpatiṭṭhānaṃ labhitvā sampattiṃ anubhaveyyaṃ’’. Cha corā ‘‘na laddho vatāsi amhehi, ajja te vividhāni kammakāraṇāni kāretvā bahudhanaṃ āharāpessāmā’’ti cintetvā, udakaṇṇavaṃ otarituṃ asakkontā rañño āṇāya kopitattā parato gantumpi avisahantā tattheva sussitvā mareyyuṃ.
我的这则譬喻,应当这样从起始处理解其配合:国王应被视如业,犯了王法的人则如依于轮回流转的凡夫。四条毒蛇如同四大种,国王把那四条毒蛇交给那人的时刻,便像业在凡夫结生的刹那赋予他四大种一样。用“在这些毒蛇疏忽、国王的侍卫避开之际,你应趁机出来,汉子,去做你该做的事”这样的话来示意“你逃吧”,这就如同导师为比丘开示四大种的业处后,告诉他说:“你应对这四大种厌离、离欲,如此便能从轮回流转中解脱出来。”那个人听了效力者的言语,趁着毒蛇疏忽、侍卫避开,便向任意方向逃走;同样地,这位比丘从导师那里领受业处之后,为了从四大毒蛇般的大种中解脱,便以智慧为逃遁,从而逃离。显示巴利原文
Upamā kho myāyanti ettha evaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya opammasaṃsandanaṃ veditabbaṃ – rājā viya hi kammaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, rājāparādhikapuriso viya vaṭṭanissito puthujjano. Cattāro āsīvisā viya cattāri mahābhūtāni, rañño tassa cattāro āsīvise paṭicchāpitakālo viya kammunā puthujjanassa paṭisandhikkhaṇeyeva catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ dinnakālo. ‘‘Imesaṃ āsīvisānaṃ pamādakkhaṇe rājapurisānañca vivittakkhaṇe nikkhamitvā yaṃ te ambho, purisa, karaṇīyaṃ, taṃ karohī’’ti vacanena ‘‘palāyassū’’ti vuttakālo viya satthārā imassa bhikkhuno mahābhūtakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathetvā ‘‘imesu catūsu mahābhūtesu nibbinda virajja, evaṃ vaṭṭato parimuccissasī’’ti kathitakālo, tassa purisassa atthacarakavacanaṃ sutvā catunnaṃ āsīvisānaṃ pamādakkhaṇe rājapurisānañca vivittakkhaṇe nikkhamitvā yena vā tena vā palāyanaṃ viya imassa bhikkhuno satthu santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ labhitvā mahābhūtāsīvisehi parimuccanatthāya ñāṇapalāyanena palāyanaṃ.
现在,有关这四大种的名目,亦即在“地界”“水界”等开示中所说的四大种论、五取蕴论以及处论,都应依《清净道论》中详明的理趣来了解。在此,地界应被视如粗棍口的毒蛇,其余诸界则应被视如腐口、火口、刀口的毒蛇。恰如被粗棍口毒蛇所咬,身体便会僵硬,当地界被扰乱时也是如此;又如被腐口等毒蛇所咬,身体便会流脓、燃烧、溃烂,当水界、火界、风界被扰乱时也是如此。因此,注疏师们说:显示巴利原文
Idāni catunnetaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ adhivacanaṃ pathavīdhātuyā āpodhātuyātiādīsu catumahābhūtakathā ca pañcupādānakkhandhakathā ca āyatanakathā ca visuddhimagge vitthāritanayeneva veditabbā. Ettha ca kaṭṭhamukhaāsīviso viya pathavīdhātu daṭṭhabbā, pūtimukhaaggimukhasatthamukhā viya sesadhātuyo. Yatheva hi kaṭṭhamukhena daṭṭhassa sakalakāyo thaddho hoti, evaṃ pathavīdhātupakopenāpi. Yathā ca pūtimukhādīhi daṭṭhassa paggharati ceva jhāyati ca chijjati ca, evaṃ āpodhātutejodhātuvāyodhātupakopenāpīti. Tenāhu aṭṭhakathācariyā –
身体会僵硬,如同被粗棍口咬过;
当地界紊乱时,他便如同粗棍之口一般。
身体会腐臭,犹如被腐臭之口咬过;
由于水界紊乱,他便如同腐臭之口一般。
身体会炽热,犹如被火口噬咬一般;
因火界紊乱,他便如同火口一般。
身体会被切割,犹如被刀口噬咬一般;
由于风界紊乱,他便如同刀口一般。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Patthaddho bhavatī kāyo, daṭṭho kaṭṭhamukhena vā; Pathavīdhātupakopena, hoti kaṭṭhamukheva so. ‘‘Pūtiko bhavatī kāyo, daṭṭho pūtimukhena vā; Āpodhātupakopena, hoti pūtimukheva so. ‘‘Santatto bhavatī kāyo, daṭṭho aggimukhena vā; Tejodhātupakopena, hoti aggimukheva so. ‘‘Sañchinno bhavatī kāyo, daṭṭho satthamukhena vā; Vāyodhātupakopena, hoti satthamukheva so’’ti. –
如此,于此处,应了知其特殊的相似性。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tāvettha visesato sadisabhāvo veditabbo.
然而,就共通性而言,由于以下原因,应了知它们与毒蛇的相似性:因住处、因毒力的变化、因执取非义、因难以侍候、因难以接近、因不知恩、因不加区别而行、因有无尽的过患与灾祸。其中,“因住处”是指:毒蛇的住处为蚁垤,它们便住在那里;而大种的住处是这身体的蚁垤。此外,毒蛇的住处也有树洞、草丛、落叶堆、垃圾堆等,它们也住在这些地方;大种则以身体的孔窍、身体的密丛、身体的垃圾堆为住处。如是,首先应了知因住处而有的相似性。显示巴利原文
Avisesato pana āsayato visavegavikārato anatthaggahaṇato durupaṭṭhānato durāsadato akataññutato avisesakārito anantadosūpaddavatoti imehi kāraṇehi etesaṃ āsīvisasadisatā veditabbā. Tattha āsayatoti āsīvisānañhi vammiko āsayo, tattheva te vasanti. Mahābhūtānampi kāyavammiko āsayo . Āsīvisānañca rukkhasusiratiṇapaṇṇagahanasaṅkāraṭṭhānānipi āsayo. Etesupi hi te vasanti. Mahābhūtānampi kāyasusiraṃ kāyagahanaṃ kāyasaṅkāraṭṭhānaṃ āsayoti. Evaṃ tāva āsayato sadisatā veditabbā.
‘毒力变化’指:毒蛇依种性,有木口毒蛇等四种。其中每一类再依毒的变化方式,可分为咬毒等四种。大种亦依各自的特性,有地等四种。其中每一种又依业等起等,分为四种。如是,应知因毒力变化而有的相似性。显示巴利原文
Visavegavikāratoti āsīvisā hi kulavasena kaṭṭhamukhādibhedato cattāro. Tattha ekeko visavikārato vibhajjamāno daṭṭhavisādivasena catubbidho hoti. Mahābhūtānipi paccattalakkhaṇavasena pathavīādibhedato cattāri. Ettha ekekaṃ kammasamuṭṭhānādivasena catubbidhaṃ hoti. Evaṃ visavegavikārato sadisatā veditabbā.
‘执取不利’指:捉取毒蛇者,会招感五种不利——恶臭、不净、疾病、中毒、死亡。执取大种者,同样会招感五种不利——恶臭、不净、疾病、衰老、死亡。因此古德说:显示巴利原文
Anatthaggahaṇatoti āsīvise gaṇhantā pañca anatthe gaṇhanti – duggandhaṃ gaṇhanti, asuciṃ gaṇhanti, byādhiṃ gaṇhanti, visaṃ gaṇhanti, maraṇaṃ gaṇhanti. Mahābhūtānipi gaṇhantā pañca anatthe gaṇhanti – duggandhaṃ gaṇhanti, asuciṃ gaṇhanti, byādhiṃ gaṇhanti, jaraṃ gaṇhanti, maraṇaṃ gaṇhanti. Tenāhu porāṇā –
“凡捕捉蛇者,所捉皆是涂满粪便、具大毒者;
世间那些喜爱蛇的人,抓取五种无义:
恶臭、不净、疾病、毒,以及第五的死;
这五种无义,就存在于这涂满粪便的蛇中。
同样,那些为无明所蔽的愚痴凡夫,
于有中欣求再生者,执取五种无益之物。
恶臭、不净、疾病、衰老,以及列为第五的死;
这五种没有利益的东西,犹如被粪便涂抹的蛇。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yekeci sappaṃ gaṇhanti, mīḷhalittaṃ mahāvisaṃ; Pañca gaṇhantunatthāni, loke sappābhinandino. ‘‘Duggandhaṃ asuciṃ byādhiṃ, visaṃ maraṇapañcamaṃ; Anatthā honti pañcete, mīḷhalitte bhujaṅgame. ‘‘Evamevaṃ akusalā, andhabālaputhujjanā; Pañca gaṇhantunatthāni, bhave jātābhinandino. ‘‘Duggandhaṃ asuciṃ byādhiṃ, jaraṃ maraṇapañcamaṃ; Anatthā honti pañcete, mīḷhalitteva pannage’’ti. –
由此,应从执取无益之事来理解其相似之处。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ anatthaggahaṇato sadisatā veditabbā.
关于“难以照料”:那些蛇确实难以照料——当一条想起身时,另一条想沐浴;当那条想沐浴时,另一条想进食;当那条想进食时,另一条想躺卧。它们之中,谁的意愿未得满足,便当即咬死他。然而,与这些蛇相比,这些四大种更为难以照料。当为了地界而用药时,水界便恼怒;为那人为了水界而用药时,火界也恼怒;同样,当为了某一界而用药时,另一界便恼怒。由此,应从“难以照料”的相似性来理解。显示巴利原文
Durupaṭṭhānatoti te āsīvisā durupaṭṭhānā, ekasmiṃ uṭṭhātukāme eko nhāyitukāmo hoti , tasmiṃ nhāyitukāme aparo bhuñjitukāmo, tasmiṃ bhuñjitukāme añño nipajjitukāmo hoti. Tesu yassa yasseva ajjhāsayo na pūrati, so tattheva ḍaṃsitvā māreti. Imehi pana āsīvisehi bhūtāneva durupaṭṭhānatarāni. Pathavīdhātuyā hi bhesajje kayiramāne āpodhātu kuppati, tasseva bhesajjaṃ karontassa tejodhātūti evaṃ ekissā bhesajje kayiramāne aparā kuppantīti. Evaṃ durupaṭṭhānato sadisatā veditabbā.
难接近者:蛇确实难以接近——人们若在屋前见蛇,便从屋后逃跑;若在屋后见蛇,便从前门逃跑;若在屋中央见蛇,便躲入内室;若在内室见蛇,便爬上床与椅子。而四大种比蛇更难接近。因为被那种麻风病所触之人,耳鼻等器官断裂落下,身体溃烂,绿蝇围绕,体臭远扬。对如此之人,即使旁人责骂或悲叹,也非出于愤怒,亦非出于怜悯,都无法靠近,他们捏着鼻子,吐着唾沫,远远避开。同样,对于其他令人厌恶、可厌的疾病,诸如痔疮、腹病、风病等,亦应如此说明其义。当知,应依“难接近”这一相似性来理解。显示巴利原文
Durāsadatoti durāsadā hi āsīvisā, gehassa purimabhāge āsīvisaṃ disvā pacchimabhāgena palāyanti, pacchimabhāge disvā purimabhāgena, gehamajjhe disvā gabbhaṃ pavisanti, gabbhe disvā mañcapīṭhaṃ abhiruhanti. Mahābhūtāni tatopi durāsadatarāni. Tathārūpena hi kuṭṭharogena phuṭṭhassa kaṇṇanāsādīni chinditvā patanti, sarīraṃ samphuṭati nīlamakkhikā parivārenti, sarīragandho dūratova ubbāhati. Taṃ purisaṃ akkosamānampi paridevamānampi neva rosavasena, na kāruññena, upasaṅkamituṃ sakkonti, nāsikaṃ pidahitvā kheḷaṃ pātentā dūratova naṃ vivajjenti. Evaṃ aññesampi bhagandarakucchirogavātarogādīnaṃ bībhacchajegucchabhāvakarānañca rogānaṃ vasena ayamevattho vibhāvetabboti. Evaṃ durāsadato sadisatā veditabbā.
忘恩负义者:蛇确实忘恩负义,哪怕为它沐浴、喂养,以香花等供奉,放入笼中养护,它依然寻找可乘之机。一旦得到机会,便在那里咬杀对方。而四大种比蛇更忘恩负义。对于它们,并无所谓感恩。即使以凉水或温水、净水为它们沐浴,以香花等礼敬,以柔软衣物、柔软卧具、柔软园林等养护,以殊胜食物喂养,以殊胜饮品供饮,它们依旧寻找机会。一旦得到机会,便在那里发怒,带来不幸与毁坏。当知,应依“忘恩负义”这一相似性来理解。显示巴利原文
Akataññutatoti āsīvisā hi akataññuno honti, nhāpiyamānāpi bhojiyamānāpi gandhamālādīhi pūjiyamānāpi peḷāyaṃ pakkhipitvā parihariyamānāpi otārameva gavesanti. Yattha otāraṃ labhanti, tattheva naṃ ḍaṃsitvā mārenti. Āsīvisehipi mahābhūtāneva akataññutarāni. Etesañhi kataṃ nāma natthi, sītena vā uṇhena vā nimmalena jalena nhāpiyamānānipi gandhamālādīhi sakkariyamānānipi muduvatthamudusayanamuduyānādīhi parihariyamānānipi, varabhojanaṃ bhojiyamānānipi, varapānaṃ pāyāpiyamānānipi otārameva gavesanti. Yattha otāraṃ labhanti, tattheva kuppitvā anayabyasanaṃ pāpentīti. Evaṃ akataññutato sadisatā veditabbā.
无分别作者:蛇不会分别“这是刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,或是在家人、出家人”,只要遇到便咬杀。四大种也同样,不分别“这是刹帝利、婆罗门、吠舍、首陀罗,或是在家人、出家人,或是天、人、魔、梵天,或是无德者、有德者”。如果它们会因“这个人是善人”而感到羞愧,那么对天世间中最尊贵的如来,它们便应羞愧。如果它们会因“此人有大智慧、此人有大神力、此人是头陀行者”等原因感到羞愧,那么对法将舍利弗长老等,它们便应羞愧。如果它们会因“此人无德、残忍、顽固”而生起恐惧,那么对天世间中无德、顽固、残忍之极的提婆达多,或车匿等恶师,它们便应恐惧。然而,它们既不会羞愧,也不会恐惧,只要一发怒,便必定带来某种不幸与毁坏。当知,应依“无分别作”这一相似性来理解。显示巴利原文
Avisesakāritoti āsīvisā hi ‘‘ayaṃ khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā’’ti visesaṃ na karonti, sampattasampattameva ḍaṃsitvā mārenti. Mahābhūtānipi ‘‘ayaṃ khattiyo vā brāhmaṇo vā vesso vā suddo vā gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā devo vā manusso vā māro vā brahmā vā nigguṇo vā saguṇo vā’’ti visesaṃ na karonti . Yadi hi nesaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ guṇavā’’ti lajjā uppajjeyya, sadevake loke aggapuggale tathāgate lajjaṃ uppādeyyuṃ. Athāpi nesaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ mahāpañño ayaṃ mahiddhiko ayaṃ dhutavādo’’tiādinā nayena lajjā uppajjeyya, dhammasenāpatisāriputtattherādīsu lajjaṃ uppādeyyuṃ. Athāpi nesaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ nigguṇo dāruṇo thaddho’’ti bhayaṃ uppajjeyya, sadevake loke nigguṇathaddhadāruṇānaṃ aggassa devadattassa channaṃ vā satthārānaṃ bhāyeyyuṃ, na ca lajjanti na ca bhāyanti, kuppitvā yaṃkiñci anayabyasanaṃ āpādentiyeva. Evaṃ avisesakārito sadisatā veditabbā.
关于“有无尽的过患与灾祸”:依蛇而起的那些过患与灾祸,其量不可计数。蛇咬人后,能令人眼盲、驼背、瘫坐、半身偏瘫等,展现无量的祸害。四大种失调时,同样会造成眼盲等祸害,其过患与灾祸亦不可计量。因此,应从“有无尽的过患与灾祸”这一相似性来理解。显示巴利原文
Anantadosūpaddavatoti āsīvise nissāya uppajjanakānañhi dosūpaddavānaṃ pamāṇaṃ natthi. Tathā hete ḍaṃsitvā kāṇampi karonti khujjampi pīṭhasappimpi ekapakkhalampīti evaṃ aparimāṇaṃ vippakāraṃ dassenti. Bhūtānipi kuppitāni na kāṇādibhāvesu na kiñci vippakāraṃ na karonti, appamāṇo etesaṃ dosūpaddavoti. Evaṃ anantadosūpaddavato sadisatā veditabbā.
现在,此处应以四大种为所缘,解说直至阿拉汉果的业处。这一内容,在《清净道论·四界差别说》中已有详细阐述。显示巴利原文
Idānettha catumahābhūtavasena yāva arahattā kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathetabbaṃ siyā, taṃ visuddhimagge catudhātuvavatthānaniddese kathitameva.
“五个杀手、敌人”:经中说“比丘们!所谓五个杀手、敌人,即是对五取蕴的称呼”,此处应从两种相似性来理解蕴之为杀手、敌人。一方面,蕴互相残害;另一方面,唯有蕴存在时,杀害才被了知。如何互相残害呢?首先,色蕴既残害色蕴,也残害非色蕴;同样,非色蕴既残害非色蕴,也残害色蕴。如何呢?当地界坏灭时,必定令其余三界一同坏灭;水界等亦然。如此,色蕴确实残害色蕴。当色蕴坏灭时,必定连累四个非色蕴一同坏灭;如此,色蕴亦残害非色蕴。受蕴坏灭时,必定连累想蕴、行蕴、识蕴一同坏灭;想蕴等亦然。如此,非色蕴确实残害非色蕴。在命终刹那,四个非色蕴坏灭时,必定连累事色一同坏灭;如此,非色蕴亦残害色蕴。是故,首先因互相残害而称为“杀手”。其次,凡有蕴存在之处,便有切割、破裂、杀害、捆绑等事,于无蕴处则无。如此,由于杀害随蕴存在而被了知,故亦称为“杀手”。显示巴利原文
Pañca vadhakā paccatthikāti kho bhikkhave pañcannetaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ adhivacananti ettha dvīhi ākārehi khandhānaṃ vadhakapaccatthikasadisatā veditabbā. Khandhā hi aññamaññañca vadhenti, tesu ca santesu vadho nāma paññāyati. Kathaṃ? Rūpaṃ tāva rūpampi vadheti arūpampi, tathā arūpaṃ arūpampi vadheti rūpampi. Kathaṃ? Ayañhi pathavīdhātu bhijjamānā itarā tisso dhātuyo gahetvāva bhijjati, āpodhātuādīsupi eseva nayo, evaṃ tāva rūpaṃ rūpameva vadheti. Rūpakkhandho pana bhijjamāno cattāro arūpakkhandhe gahetvāva bhijjati, evaṃ rūpaṃ arūpampi vadheti. Vedanākkhandhopi bhijjamāno saññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇakkhandhe gahetvāva bhijjati. Saññākkhandhādīsupi eseva nayo. Evaṃ arūpaṃ arūpameva vadheti. Cutikkhaṇe pana cattāro arūpakkhandhā bhijjamānā vatthurūpampi gahetvāva bhijjanti, evaṃ arūpaṃ rūpampi vadheti. Evaṃ tāva aññamaññaṃ vadhentīti vadhakā. Yattha pana khandhā atthi, tattha chedanabhedanavadhabandhanādayo honti, na aññatthāti. Evaṃ khandhesu santesu vadho paññāyatītipi vadhakā.
现在,应将五蕴分为色法与非色法两类,进而从辨识色法或辨识名法入手,次第解说直至阿拉汉果的业处。这些内容在《清净道论》中已有说明。显示巴利原文
Idāni pañcakkhandhe rūpārūpavasena dve koṭṭhāse katvā, rūpavasena vā nāmavasena vā rūpapariggahaṃ ādiṃ katvā, yāva arahattā kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathetabbaṃ siyā tampi visuddhimagge kathitameva.
“第六个内贼,举剑的杀手”,比丘们,这是对喜贪的称呼。在此,应从两个方面理解喜贪与举剑杀手的相似性:即斩断智慧之头,以及投入母胎。如何理解?当可爱的所缘出现于眼门时,依此所缘而生起贪爱,此时智慧之头即被斩断;于耳门等也是如此。因此,首先应从斩断智慧之头的相似性来理解。其次,这种喜贪能令有情投入卵生、胎生、湿生、化生四种生。一旦投入母胎,便有二十五种大怖畏及三十二种业行随之而来。如此,从投入母胎的角度,也应理解喜贪与举剑杀手的相似性。显示巴利原文
Chaṭṭho antaracaro vadhako ukkhittāsikoti kho, bhikkhave, nandīrāgassetaṃ adhivacananti ettha dvīhākārehi nandīrāgassa ukkhittāsikavadhakasadisatā veditabbā paññāsirapātanato ca yonisampaṭipādanato ca. Kathaṃ? Cakkhudvārasmiñhi iṭṭhārammaṇe āpāthagate taṃ ārammaṇaṃ nissāya lobho uppajjati, ettāvatā paññāsīsaṃ patitaṃ nāma hoti, sotadvārādīsupi eseva nayo. Evaṃ tāva paññāsirapātanato sadisatā veditabbā. Nandīrāgo panesa aṇḍajādibhedā catasso yoniyo upaneti. Tassa yoniupagamanamūlakāni pañcavīsati mahābhayāni dvattiṃsa kammakāraṇāni ca āgatāneva hontīti evaṃ yonisampaṭipādanatopissa ukkhittāsikavadhakasadisatā veditabbā.
如此,便以喜贪为所缘,为一位比丘解说了业处。如何呢?此喜贪即是行蕴,先将它确定为“行蕴”;与它相应的受是受蕴,想是想蕴,心是识蕴,它们的依处和所缘则是色蕴。这样便区分了五蕴。接着,再以名色的方式分析这五蕴,从探寻其缘开始,增长观智,渐次证得阿拉汉果。如此,以喜贪为所缘的业处便已解说。显示巴利原文
Iti nandīrāgavasenāpi ekassa bhikkhuno kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathitameva hoti. Kathaṃ? Ayañhi nandīrāgo saṅkhārakkhandho, taṃ saṅkhārakkhandhoti vavatthapetvā taṃsampayuttā vedanā vedanākkhandho, saññā saññākkhandho, cittaṃ viññāṇakkhandho, tesaṃ vatthārammaṇaṃ rūpakkhandhoti, evaṃ pañcakkhandhe vavatthapeti. Idāni te pañcakkhandhe nāmarūpavasena vavatthapetvā, tesaṃ paccayapariyesanato paṭṭhāya vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā, anupubbena eko arahattaṃ pāpuṇātīti evaṃ nandīrāgavasena kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathitaṃ hoti.
六内处与空村的相似性,在经文中已有说明。而这里介绍具体的业处修法:就像六个盗贼进入一个空村,四处游荡而一无所获,便对那个村子不再感兴趣;同样,比丘专注于六内处进行探查,不见有“我”或“我所”可取,便对它们不再感兴趣。他想:“我要开始修观。”于是,他先以所造色业处去把握眼净色等,确定“这是色蕴”;再把意处确定为“非色蕴”。这样,将这一切以名色区分——“这是名,这是色”,再探寻它们的缘,令观智增长,观照诸行,便次第安住于阿拉汉果。如此,即为一位比丘解说了直至阿拉汉果的业处。显示巴利原文
Channaṃ ajjhattikāyatanānaṃ suññagāmena sadisatā pāḷiyaṃyeva āgatā. Ayaṃ panettha kammaṭṭhānanayo – yathā ca te cha corā chakuṭikaṃ suññaṃ gāmaṃ pavisitvā aparāparaṃ vicarantā kiñci alabhitvā gāmena anatthikā honti, evamevaṃ bhikkhu chasu ajjhattikāyatanesu abhinivisitvā vicinanto ‘‘aha’’nti vā ‘‘mama’’nti vā gahetabbaṃ kiñci adisvā tehi anatthiko hoti. So ‘‘vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapessāmī’’ti upādārūpakammaṭṭhānavasena cakkhupasādādayo pariggahetvā ‘‘ayaṃ rūpakkhandho’’ti vavatthapeti, manāyatanaṃ ‘‘arūpakkhandho’’ti. Iti sabbānipetāni nāmañceva rūpañcāti nāmarūpavasena vavatthapetvā, tesaṃ paccayaṃ pariyesitvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā , saṅkhāre sammasanto anupubbena arahatte patiṭṭhāti. Idaṃ ekassa bhikkhuno yāva arahattā kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathitaṃ hoti.
现在,为了显示外处与劫村盗贼的相似性,而说:“贼、劫村者……”等。在这里,“在合意与不合意中”(manāpāmanāpesu)是表示工具格的处格,意思是“通过合意与不合意的所缘”。当盗贼劫村时,有五种情况发生:盗贼先包围村庄,纵火并发出噼啪声响,人们于是拿起手边值钱的东西逃出村外。然后,他们为了争夺财物而互相拉扯。其中有些人遭到殴打,有些人被打倒在地,其余未受伤的人则被捆绑,带到他们的住处,用绳索等捆起来,当作奴隶役使。显示巴利原文
Idāni bāhirānaṃ gāmaghātakacorehi sadisataṃ dassento corā gāmaghātakāti khotiādimāha. Tattha manāpāmanāpesūti karaṇatthe bhummaṃ, manāpāmanāpehīti attho. Tattha coresu gāmaṃ hanantesu pañca kiccāni vattanti – corā tāva gāmaṃ parivāretvā ṭhitā aggiṃ datvā kaṭakaṭasaddaṃ uṭṭhāpenti, tato manussā hatthasāraṃ gahetvā bahi nikkhamanti. Tato tehi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍakassa kāraṇā hatthaparāmāsaṃ karonti. Keci panettha pahāraṃ pāpuṇanti, keci pahāraṭṭhāne patanti, avasese pana arogajane bandhitvā attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ netvā rajjubandhanādīhi bandhitvā dāsaparibhogena paribhuñjanti.
这里,劫村盗贼包围村庄放火,应知犹如在六根门中,当所缘现前时,烦恼的燃烧生起;拿起手边值钱的东西逃出村外,犹如在那一刻舍弃善法而处于不善状态;为财物而互相拉扯,犹如犯恶作、恶说、波逸提、偷兰遮之时;遭到打击,犹如犯桑喀地谢沙之时;被打倒在地,犹如犯波罗夷而成为非沙门之时;其余未受伤者被捆绑带回住处,当作奴隶役使,犹如依止那些所缘时,所有见到者都破坏小戒、中戒、大戒,舍弃学处而返俗之时。在此,他若养家糊口,应知此即现世的苦蕴;死后生于恶趣,则是来世的苦蕴。显示巴利原文
Tattha gāmaghātakacorānaṃ gāmaṃ parivāretvā aggidānaṃ viya chasu dvāresu ārammaṇe āpāthagate kilesapariḷāhuppatti veditabbā, hatthasāraṃ ādāya bahi nikkhamanaṃ viya. Taṅkhaṇe kusaladhammaṃ pahāya akusalasamaṅgitā, bhaṇḍakassa kāraṇā hatthaparāmasanāpajjanaṃ viya dukkaṭadubbhāsitapācittiyathullaccayānaṃ āpajjanakālo, pahāraladdhakālo viya saṅghādisesaṃ āpajjanakālo, pahāraṃ laddhā pana pahāraṭṭhāne patitakālo viya pārājikaṃ āpajjitvā assamaṇakālo, avasesajanassa bandhitvā vasanaṭṭhānaṃ netvā dāsaparibhogena paribhuñjanakālo viya tameva ārammaṇaṃ nissāya sabbesaṃ passantānaṃyeva cūḷasīlamajjhimasīlamahāsīlāni bhinditvā sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya gihibhāvaṃ āpajjanakālo. Tatrassa puttadāraṃ posentassa sandiṭṭhiko dukkhakkhandho veditabbo, kālaṃ katvā apāye nibbattassa samparāyiko.
这些外处同样是针对一位比丘,依禅修业处而说的。在此,色等四处是所造色;触处是三种界;法处与水界合为四种,这四种即是四大种。依其界限而立的空界,依轻快性等而立的轻快性等。如是,这一切四大种与所造色即是色蕴,以它们为所缘而生起的受等四蕴则是非色蕴。对此,「色蕴是色,四非色蕴是名」:色蕴是色,四种非色蕴是名。确立名色之后,依前述方式修习的人,其直至阿拉汉果的业处便已开示。显示巴利原文
Imānipi bāhirāyatanāni ekassa bhikkhuno kammaṭṭhānavaseneva kathitāni. Ettha hi rūpādīni cattāri upādārūpāni, phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṃ tisso dhātuyo, dhammāyatane āpodhātuyā saddhiṃ tā catassoti imāni cattāri bhūtāni, tesaṃ paricchedavasena ākāsadhātu, lahutādivasena lahutādayoti evamidaṃ sabbampi bhūtupādāyarūpaṃ rūpakkhandho, tadārammaṇā vedanādayo cattāro arūpakkhandhā. Tattha ‘‘rūpakkhandho rūpaṃ, cattāro arūpino khandhā nāma’’nti. Nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapetvā purimanayeneva paṭipajjantassa yāva arahattā kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathitaṃ hoti.
「暴流」:在此,「暴流」的意思是难以渡过。因为这些暴流,若有人发起“我要圆满戒的防护而证得阿拉汉果”的志向,依止善知识,正确精进,便能渡越;以其他任何方式,则难以渡越。因这难以渡越之义,故称为暴流。它们也是针对一位比丘,依禅修业处而说的。因为这四种也是一个行蕴。其余部分,应依「喜贪」中所述方式配合说明。显示巴利原文
Oghānanti ettha duruttaraṇaṭṭho oghaṭṭho. Ete hi ‘‘sīlasaṃvaraṃ pūretvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇissāmī’’ti ajjhāsayaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā kalyāṇamitte nissāya sammā vāyamantena taritabbā, yena vā tena vā duruttarā. Iminā duruttaraṇaṭṭhena oghāti vuccanti. Tepi ekassa bhikkhuno kammaṭṭhānavasena kathitā. Cattāropi hi ete eko saṅkhārakkhandho vāti. Sesaṃ nandīrāge vuttanayeneva yojetvā vitthāretabbaṃ.
「这是有身的同义语」:因为有身也如同由毒蛇等所喻的大水此岸,因四大等而充满恐惧与怖畏;它也是针对一位比丘,唯依业处而说的。因为有身即是三界中的五蕴,这五蕴总括起来便是名色。因此,在此应以名色确定作为起始,直至阿拉汉果,将业处展开。显示巴利原文
Sakkāyassetaṃ adhivacananti, sakkāyopi hi āsīvisādīhi udakaṇṇavassa orimatīraṃ viya catumahābhūtādīhi sāsaṅko sappaṭibhayo, sopi ekassa bhikkhuno kammaṭṭhānavaseneva kathito. Sakkāyo hi tebhūmakapañcakkhandhā, te ca samāsato nāmarūpamevāti. Evamettha nāmarūpavavatthānaṃ ādiṃ katvā yāva arahattā kammaṭṭhānaṃ vitthāretabbanti.
“这是涅槃的同义语”:因为涅槃犹如洪流的彼岸,远离四大等患,安稳无怖。“这是精进策励的同义语”:此处为显心的作用,即将前文所说的“精勤”视为“精进”而说明。“已渡、达彼岸”:即已渡过,抵达彼岸。显示巴利原文
Nibbānassetaṃ adhivacananti nibbānañhi udakaṇṇavassa pārimatīraṃ viya catumahābhūtādīhi khemaṃ appaṭibhayaṃ. Vīriyārambhassetaṃ adhivacananti ettha cittakiriyadassanatthaṃ heṭṭhā vuttavāyāmameva vīriyanti gaṇhitvā dasseti. Tiṇṇo pāraṅgatoti taritvā pāraṃ gato.
于此,譬如有人立于怖畏的此岸,欲渡洪流。他不应像某些人那样,逗留数日,缓缓备船,却嬉水玩乐而不登船。如此行事者,未及登船即遭灾厄。同样,欲渡烦恼海者,不应生起“我尚年轻,待到老年再来造八支圣道的筏”这样的戏论。如此者,未至老年便已毁灭,即使活到老年也无力成办。然而,应忆念《善一夜者》等教诫,然后迅速造此圣道之筏。显示巴利原文
Tattha yathā sāsaṅkaorimatīre ṭhitena udakaṇṇavaṃ taritukāmena katipāhaṃ vasitvā saṇikaṃ nāvaṃ sajjetvā udakakīḷaṃ kīḷantena viya na nāvā abhiruhitabbā. Evaṃ karonto hi anāruḷhova byasanaṃ pāpuṇāti. Evameva kilesaṇṇavaṃ taritukāmena ‘‘taruṇo tāvamhi, mahallakakāle aṭṭhaṅgikamaggakullaṃ bandhissāmī’’ti papañco na kātabbo . Evaṃ karonto hi mahallakakālaṃ apatvāpi vināsaṃ pāpuṇāti, patvāpi kātuṃ na sakkoti. Bhaddekarattādīni pana anussaritvā vegeneva ayaṃ ariyamaggakullo bandhitabbo.
正如造筏者需要有完好的手脚:腿瘸或跛脚者无法站稳,手如铲状等残缺者无法抓取草、叶等物;同样,造此圣道之筏者,也应具足戒之足与信之手。因为破戒者与无信者,于如来教法中无法立足,不信修行之道,便无法造圣道之筏。又好像虽然手脚俱全,但身体羸弱、被疾病折磨的人无法造筏,唯有具足力量者方能;同样,有戒有信者若懒惰、懈怠,也不能造此道筏,唯有精进努力者方能。因此,想要造筏者应当精进。正如那人造好筏后,站在岸边,面对一由旬宽的洪流,心中坚定地想:“我当凭一己精勤渡此洪流”;同样,比丘从经行处下来时,也应坚定地想:“今日我要渡越能由四种圣道所断的烦恼海,安住于阿拉汉果。”显示巴利原文
Yathā ca kullaṃ bandhantassa hatthapādapāripūri icchitabbā. Kuṇṭhapādo hi khañjapādo vā patiṭṭhātuṃ na sakkoti, phaṇahatthakādayo tiṇapaṇṇādīni gahetuṃ na sakkonti. Evamimampi ariyamaggakullaṃ bandhantassa sīlapādānañceva saddhāhatthassa ca pāripūri icchitabbā. Na hi dussīlo assaddho sāsane appatiṭṭhito paṭipattiṃ assaddahanto ariyamaggakullaṃ bandhituṃ sakkoti. Yathā ca paripuṇṇahatthapādopi dubbalo byādhipīḷito kullaṃ bandhituṃ na sakkoti, thāmasampannova sakkoti, evaṃ sīlavā saddhopi alaso kusīto imaṃ maggakullaṃ bandhituṃ na sakkoti , āraddhavīriyova sakkotīti imaṃ bandhitukāmena āraddhavīriyena bhavitabbaṃ. Yathā so puriso kullaṃ bandhitvā tīre ṭhatvā yojanavitthāraṃ udakaṇṇavaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ mayā paccattapurisakāraṃ nissāya nittharitabbo’’ti mānasaṃ bandhati, evaṃ yogināpi caṅkamā oruyha ‘‘ajja mayā catumaggavajjhaṃ kilesaṇṇavaṃ taritvā arahatte patiṭṭhātabba’’nti mānasaṃ bandhitabbaṃ.
正如那人依靠筏渡过洪水,每走一伽浮他后便回头察看:走了一伽浮他,他回望而知道「我已越过一分,尚余三分」;再走一伽浮他,知道「已越过二分,尚余二分」;又走一伽浮他,知道「已越过三分,尚余一分」;越过最后那一分后,他回望知道「我已全部越过四分」,便用脚踏开那筏,将其推向顺流,上岸立于干地。同样,这位比丘依靠圣道之筏渡过烦恼瀑流:他以入流道渡过了初道所断的烦恼,在道果之间的果位上,以省察智回望而知道「于四道所断的烦恼中,一分已被我断除,其余三分尚在」。其后,他再次结合根、力、觉支,正确审察诸行,以斯陀含道渡过了第二道所断的烦恼,于果位省察而知道「二分已被我断除,其余二分尚在」。又再次结合根、力、觉支,审察诸行,以阿那含道渡过了第三道所断的烦恼,省察而知道「三分已被断除,尚余一分」。复又结合根、力、觉支,审察诸行,以阿拉汉道渡过了第四道所断的烦恼,于果位省察而知道「我的一切烦恼已被断除」。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca so puriso kullaṃ nissāya udakaṇṇavaṃ taranto gāvutamattaṃ gantvā nivattitvā olokento ‘‘ekakoṭṭhāsaṃ atikkantomhi, aññe tayo sesā’’ti jānāti, aparampi gāvutamattaṃ gantvā nivattitvā olokento ‘‘dve atikkantomhi, dve sesā’’ti jānāti, aparampi gāvutamattaṃ gantvā nivattitvā olokento ‘‘tayo atikkantomhi, eko seso’’ti jānāti, tampi atikkamma nivattitvā olokento ‘‘cattāropi me koṭṭhasā atikkantā’’ti jānāti, tañca kullaṃ pādena akkamitvā sotābhimukhaṃ khipitvā uttaritvā tīre tiṭṭhati. Evaṃ ayampi bhikkhu ariyamaggakullaṃ nissāya kilesaṇṇavaṃ taranto sotāpattimaggena paṭhamamaggavajjhe kilese taritvā maggānantare phale ṭhito paccavekkhaṇañāṇena nivattitvā olokento ‘‘catumaggavajjhānaṃ me kilesānaṃ eko koṭṭhāso pahīno , itare tayo sesā’’ti jānāti. Puna tatheva indriyabalabojjhaṅgāni samodhānetvā saṅkhāre sammasanto sakadāgāmimaggena dutiyamaggavajjhe kilese taritvā maggānantare phale ṭhito paccavekkhaṇañāṇena nivattitvā, olokento ‘‘catumaggavajjhānaṃ me kilesānaṃ dve koṭṭhāsā pahīnā , itare dve sesā’’ti jānāti. Puna tatheva indriyabalabojjhaṅgāni samodhānetvā saṅkhāre sammasanto anāgāmimaggena tatiyamaggavajjhe kilese taritvā maggānantare phale ṭhito paccavekkhaṇañāṇena nivattitvā olokento ‘‘catumaggavajjhānaṃ me kilesānaṃ tayo koṭṭhāsā pahīnā, eko seso’’ti jānāti. Puna tatheva indriyabalabojjhaṅgāni samodhānetvā saṅkhāre sammasanto arahattamaggena catutthamaggavajjhe kilese taritvā maggānantare phale ṭhito paccavekkhaṇañāṇena nivattitvā olokento ‘‘sabbakilesā me pahīnā’’ti jānāti.
正如那人将筏弃于流中,上岸立于干地,进入城市,登上高阁胜处,心想「我竟从如此无意义之事中解脱」,便心住一境,满怀喜悦而安坐。同样,这位比丘或在原来的座位,或于其他住处、夜间居所、日间居所等任意之处,心想「我竟从如此无意义之事中解脱」,即以涅槃为所缘而入果定,心住一境,满怀喜悦而安坐。正是针对此义而说:「已渡、已至彼岸者,立于高地,即名为婆罗门。」诸比丘,那是阿拉汉的同义语。如此,这里已解说了种种修行业处;然而,将它们归纳起来,应显示为一个整体。即使显示为一个整体,也应当归结为五蕴。显示巴利原文
Yathā so puriso taṃ kullaṃ sote pavāhetvā uttaritvā thale ṭhito nagaraṃ pavisitvā uparipāsādavaragato ‘‘ettakena vatamhi anatthena mutto’’ti ekaggacitto tuṭṭhamānaso nisīdati, evaṃ tasmiṃyeva vā āsane aññesu vā rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānādīsu yattha katthaci nisinno ‘‘ettakena vatamhi anatthena mutto’’ti nibbānārammaṇaṃ phalasamāpattiṃ appetvā ekaggacitto tuṭṭhamānaso nisīdati. Idaṃ vā sandhāya vuttaṃ tiṇṇo pāraṅgato thale tiṭṭhati brāhmaṇoti kho, bhikkhave, arahato etaṃ adhivacananti. Evaṃ tāvettha nānākammaṭṭhānāni kathitāni, samodhānetvā pana sabbānipi ekameva katvā dassetabbāni. Ekaṃ katvā dassentenāpi pañcakkhandhavaseneva vinivattetabbāni.
如何?在此,四大种、内五处、外五处、法处中的十五种微细色,是自身的一部分,此即色蕴;意处即识蕴;法处的一部分、四种瀑流、自身的一部分,这四种是非色蕴。其中,色蕴为色,四种非色蕴为名,此即名色。对它的喜贪、欲瀑流、有瀑流、法处的一部分、自身的一部分,这些是缘。如此,有缘的名色便得以确立。确立了有缘的名色之后,赋予三相,增长观智,正确审察诸行,证得阿拉汉果,这是一位比丘的出离之门。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ? Ettha hi cattāri mahābhūtāni ajjhattikāni pañcāyatanāni bāhirāni pañcāyatanāni dhammāyatane pannarasa sukhumarūpāni sakkāyassa ekadesoti ayaṃ rūpakkhandho, manāyatanaṃ viññāṇakkhandho dhammāyatanekadeso cattāro oghā sakkāyekadesoti ime cattāro arūpino khandhā. Tattha rūpakkhandho rūpaṃ, cattāro arūpino khandhā nāmanti idaṃ nāmarūpaṃ. Tassa nandīrāgo kāmogho bhavogho dhammāyatanekadeso sakkāyekadesoti ime paccayā. Iti sappaccayaṃ nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapeti nāma. Sappaccayaṃ nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapetvā tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā saṅkhāre sammasanto arahattaṃ pāpuṇātīti idaṃ ekassa bhikkhuno niyyānamukhaṃ.
其中,四大种、五取蕴、内与外的十一处、法处一分、见瀑流、无明瀑流、有身一分,这是苦谛;喜贪、法处一分、欲瀑流、有瀑流、有身一分,这是集谛;那名为彼岸的涅槃是灭谛;圣道是道谛。前二谛属于轮回,后二谛属于还灭;前二谛是世间,后二谛是出世间。应当以十六行相、六万种理趣来分别开示此四谛。说法结束时,通达其义的五百位比丘安住于阿拉汉果。而这部经是依苦相而宣说的。显示巴利原文
Tattha cattāro mahābhūtā pañcupādānakkhandhā ajjhattikabāhirāni ekādasāyatanāni dhammāyatanekadeso diṭṭhogho avijjogho sakkāyekadesoti idaṃ dukkhasaccaṃ, nandīrāgo dhammāyatanekadeso kāmogho bhavogho sakkāyekadesoti idaṃ samudayasaccaṃ, pārimatīrasaṅkhātaṃ nibbānaṃ nirodhasaccaṃ, ariyamaggo maggasaccaṃ. Tattha dve saccāni vaṭṭaṃ, dve vivaṭṭaṃ, dve lokiyāni, dve lokuttarānīti cattāri saccāni soḷasahākārehi saṭṭhinayasahassehi vibhajitvā dassetabbānīti. Desanāpariyosāne vipañcitaññū pañcasatā bhikkhū arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Suttaṃ pana dukkhalakkhaṇavasena kathitaṃ.
2. 车喻经注释显示巴利原文
2. Rathopamasuttavaṇṇanā
239 239. 在第二经中,“乐喜悦多”:即具有丰富的身乐与心所喜悦,故称“乐喜悦多”。“其根源已激发”:此为他的因缘已经圆满。“为诸漏之灭尽”:此处“漏尽”指阿拉汉道,意为为了达到彼漏尽。“置于中间的刺棒”:指横放在车中央的刺棒。“随其所欲的方向”:即无论想去何方。“随其所欲的行程”:即随意而行。“令驾驶”:指驱车前进。“令回转”:指使车返回。“为防护”:指为守护。“为抑制”:指为控制速度。“为调伏”:指为达到完全的受用。“为止息”:指为烦恼的平息。显示巴利原文
239. Dutiye sukhasomanassabahuloti kāyikasukhañceva cetasikasomanassañca bahulaṃ assāti sukhasomanassabahulo. Yoni cassa āraddhā hotīti kāraṇañcassa paripuṇṇaṃ hoti. Āsavānaṃ khayāyāti idha āsavakkhayoti arahattamaggo adhippeto, tadatthāyāti attho. Odhastapatodoti rathamajjhe tiriyaṃ ṭhapitapatodo. Yenicchakanti yena disābhāgena icchati. Yadicchakanti yaṃ yaṃ gamanaṃ icchati. Sāreyyāti peseyya. Paccāsāreyyāti paṭivinivatteyya. Ārakkhāyāti rakkhaṇatthāya. Saṃyamāyāti veganiggahaṇatthāya. Damāyāti nibbisevanatthāya. Upasamāyāti kilesūpasamatthāya.
“同样地”这一段的意思是:犹如一位不善巧的御者,将未调御的良马套上车,驱车行于险路,致使车轮破损,车轴与马蹄俱伤,自己亦遭遇灾祸与衰损,且不能随己所欲地驾驭;同样,于六根不守护根门的比丘,亦不能随其意愿享用沙门之乐。然而,犹如一位善巧的御者,将已调御的良马套上车,驱车行于平坦之地,握好缰绳,留意马蹄,拿起刺棒,作无余的运用,如此驱使时,便能随己所欲地驾行。同样,于六根守护根门的比丘,能在此教法中随其意愿享用沙门之乐。若他欲将智慧导向无常随观,智慧便能向彼方运作。于苦随观等其余诸方面,方法亦是如此。显示巴利原文
Evameva khoti ettha yathā akusalassa sārathino adante sindhave yojetvā visamamaggena rathaṃ pesentassa cakkānipi bhijjanti, akkhopi sindhavānañca khurā, attanāpi anayabyasanaṃ pāpuṇāti, na ca icchiticchitena gamanena sāretuṃ sakkoti ; evaṃ chasu indriyesu aguttadvāro bhikkhu na icchiticchitaṃ samaṇaratiṃ anubhavituṃ sakkoti. Yathā pana cheko sārathi dante sindhave yojetvā, same bhūmibhāge rathaṃ otāretvā rasmiyo gahetvā, sindhavānaṃ khuresu satiṃ ṭhapetvā, patodaṃ ādāya nibbisevane katvā, pesento icchiticchitena gamanena sāreti. Evameva chasu indriyesu guttadvāro bhikkhu imasmiṃ sāsane icchiticchitaṃ samaṇaratiṃ anubhoti, sace aniccānupassanābhimukhaṃ ñāṇaṃ pesetukāmo hoti, tadabhimukhaṃ ñāṇaṃ gacchati. Dukkhānupassanādīsupi eseva nayo.
“于食物知量”:指在饮食上知量。于此有两种量:受取量与受用量。在受取量上,应了知施主的意愿,应了知所施之物的多少,亦应自知体力。像这样的比丘,若所施物极多而施主欲给很少,便随顺施主意乐只取少量;若所施物极少而施主欲给很多,则依所施物的多寡只取少量;若所施物既多、施主亦愿多施,即善知己力而适量取用。凭此受取知量,他能令未生的利养得以生起,令已生的利养得以坚固,正如法救大王在位时那位七岁沙弥一般。显示巴利原文
Bhojane mattaññūti bhojanamhi pamāṇaññū. Tattha dve pamāṇāni – paṭiggahaṇapamāṇañca paribhogapamāṇañca. Tattha paṭiggahaṇapamāṇe dāyakassa vaso veditabbo, deyyadhammassa vaso veditabbo, attano thāmo jānitabbo. Evarūpo hi bhikkhu sace deyyadhammo bahuko hoti, dāyako appaṃ dātukāmo, dāyakassa vasena appaṃ gaṇhāti. Deyyadhammo appo, dāyako bahuṃ dātukāmo, deyyadhammassa vasena appaṃ gaṇhāti. Deyyadhammopi bahu, dāyakopi bahuṃ dātukāmo, attano thāmaṃ ñatvā pamāṇena gaṇhāti. So tāya paṭiggahaṇe mattaññutāya anuppannañca lābhaṃ uppādeti, uppannañca thāvaraṃ karoti dhammikatissamahārājakāle sattavassiko sāmaṇero viya.
据说,国王用五百辆车运来糖。国王心想:“这是称心的赠礼,若无尊者们,我不应独自享用。”于是将其中二百五十辆车送往大寺,自己也在早餐后前往。击鼓集众后,一万二千位比丘云集一处。国王站在一旁,唤来园丁,对他说道:“国王的布施以满钵为量,你将钵盛满再布施。若有哪位比丘只取适量、不肯多受,你要来禀报我。”显示巴利原文
Rañño kira pañcahi sakaṭasatehi guḷaṃ āhariṃsu. Rājā ‘‘manāpo paṇṇākāro, ayyehi vinā na khādissāmā’’ti aḍḍhateyyāni sakaṭasatāni mahāvihāraṃ pesetvā sayampi bhuttapātarāso agamāsi. Bheriyā pahaṭāya dvādasa bhikkhusahassāni sannipatiṃsu. Rājā ekamante ṭhito ārāmikaṃ pakkosāpetvā āha – ‘‘rañño nāma dāne pattapūrova pamāṇaṃ, gahitabhājanaṃ pūretvāva dehi, sace koci mattapaṭiggahaṇe ṭhito na gaṇhāti, mayhaṃ āroceyyāsī’’ti.
那时,一位大长老说道:“我要去礼拜大菩提及大塔。”他从支提山下来,进入寺院,在大殿处看见比丘们正在取糖,便对从后面跟来的沙弥说:“你不需要糖。”沙弥应道:“是的,尊者,不需要。我们旅途疲惫,只需木苹果大小的一块糖就够了。”沙弥取出钵,站在长老的戒腊序列里。园丁将取糖的量器盛满后举起,沙弥摇了摇手指。“喂,沙弥,在王家的布施中是以满器为量的,把钵盛满吧。”“是的,居士,国王们有大心愿,但我们的亲教师只须这么些就够了。”显示巴利原文
Atheko mahāthero ‘‘mahābodhimahācetiyāni vandissāmī’’ti cetiyapabbatā āgantvā, vihāraṃ pavisanto mahāmaṇḍapaṭṭhāne bhikkhū guḷaṃ gaṇhante disvā pacchato āgacchantaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ āha, ‘‘natthi te guḷena attho’’ti. ‘‘Āma, bhante, natthī’’ti. Sāmaṇera mayaṃ maggakilantā, ekena kapiṭṭhaphalamattena piṇḍakena amhākaṃ atthoti. Sāmaṇero thālakaṃ nīharitvā therassa vassaggapaṭipāṭiyaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ārāmiko gahaṇamānaṃ pūretvā ukkhipi, sāmaṇero aṅguliṃ cālesi. Tāta sāmaṇera, rājakulānaṃ dāne bhājanapūrameva pamāṇaṃ, thālakapūraṃ gaṇhāhīti. Āma, upāsaka, rājāno nāma mahajjhāsayā honti, amhākaṃ pana upajjhāyassa ettakeneva atthoti.
国王听了他的话,问道:“那沙弥在说什么?”便走到他那里。园丁说:“主人,沙弥的器皿小,他不肯多拿。”国王说:“请将带来的器皿装满再取,尊者。”“大王,国王们心量确实广大,总想把举起的容器装满才肯布施,但我们亲教师所需仅此而已。”国王心想:“这个七岁的孩子,嘴中尚带乳气,却不曾说‘取了之后装满篮、装满筐,留着明日、后日吃’,竟能如此护持佛陀的教法!”于是命令众人:“来人!我对这位沙弥生起了净信,把另外那二百五十辆车也运来,布施给僧团。”显示巴利原文
Rājā tassa kathaṃ sutvā, ‘‘kiṃ bho sāmaṇero bhaṇatī’’ti? Tassa santikaṃ gato. Ārāmiko āha – ‘‘sāmi, sāmaṇerassa bhājanaṃ khuddakaṃ, bahuṃ na gaṇhātī’’ti. Rājā āha, ‘‘ānītabhājanaṃ pūretvā gaṇhatha, bhante’’ti. Mahārāja, rājāno nāma mahajjhāsayā honti , ukkhittabhājanaṃ pūretvāva dātukāmā, amhākaṃ pana upajjhāyassa ettakeneva atthoti. Rājā cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ sattavassikadārako, ajjāpissa mukhato khīragandho na muccati, gahetvā kuṭe vā kuṭumbe vā pūretvā svepi punadivasepi khādissāmāti na vadati, sakkā buddhasāsanaṃ pariggahetu’’nti purise āṇāpesi, ‘‘bho, pasannomhi sāmaṇerassa, itarānipi aḍḍhateyyāni sakaṭasatāni ānetvā saghaṃssa dethā’’ti.
又有一次,那位国王想吃烤鹧鸪肉,心想:“我若说出想吃炭烤鹧鸪肉的想法,他们就会把方圆一由旬内的鹧鸪捕杀殆尽。”他便压下生起的贪求,忍耐了三年。后来他耳中生了疮,再也无法忍耐,便问道:“我们可有哪位持戒的侍者优婆塞?”“有,大王,有位名叫蒂萨的,他守护清净戒,从未破损。”国王想考验他,便召他前来。他来到后,礼敬国王,站在一旁。国王问:“贤者,你名叫蒂萨吗?”“是的,大王。”“好,你去吧。”待他离去,国王让人取来一只鸡,命令一人:“去对蒂萨说,用三种烹调方法把这只鸡煮熟,给我送来。”那人便去照办。蒂萨答道:“贤友,如果这只鸡是死的,据我所知,我可以煮好送来。但杀生的事,我决不肯做。”那人便回去禀报国王。显示巴利原文
Soyeva pana rājā ekadivasaṃ tittiramaṃsaṃ khāditukāmo cintesi – ‘‘sace ahaṃ aṅgārapakkaṃ tittiramaṃsaṃ khāditukāmosmīti aññassa kathessāmi, samantā yojanaṭṭhāne tittirasamugghātaṃ karissantī’’ti uppannaṃ pipāsaṃ adhivāsento tīṇi saṃvaccharāni vītināmesi. Athassa kaṇṇesu pubbo saṇṭhāsi, so adhivāsetuṃ asakkonto ‘‘atthi nu kho, bho, amhākaṃ koci upaṭṭhākupāsako sīlarakkhako’’ti pucchi . Āma, deva, atthi, tisso nāma so akhaṇḍasīlaṃ rakkhatīti. Atha naṃ vīmaṃsitukāmo pakkosāpesi. So āgantvā rājānaṃ vanditvā aṭṭhāsi. Tato naṃ āha – ‘‘tvaṃ, tāta, tisso nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Āma devā’’ti. Tena hi gacchāti. Tasmiṃ gate ekaṃ kukkuṭaṃ āharāpetvā ekaṃ purisaṃ āṇāpesi, ‘‘gaccha tissaṃ vadāhi, imaṃ tīhi pākehi pacitvā amhākaṃ upaṭṭhāpehī’’ti. So gantvā tathā avoca. So āha – ‘‘sace, bho, ayaṃ matako assa, yathā jānāmi, tathā pacitvā upaṭṭhaheyyaṃ. Pāṇātipātaṃ panāhaṃ na karomī’’ti. So āgantvā rañño ārocesi.
国王又派人去说:“再去一趟。”那人去了说:“贤者,侍奉国王可是件沉重的事,不要这样固执,戒律还是可以再受持的,你好好考虑一下。”蒂萨对他说:“贤者,于此一身之中,死亡是唯一确定的事,我绝不做杀生之事。”那人又把这番话禀报国王。国王第三次派人去,同样遭到拒绝,于是召他前来,亲自询问。即使面对国王,他也同样作答。于是国王命令手下:“此人违抗王命,你们把他带到断头台上,砍下他的头。”但他私下给众人使了个眼色,暗示道:“你们只需威吓着把他带去,将他的头放上断头台,然后回来禀报于我。”显示巴利原文
Rājā puna ‘‘ekavāraṃ gacchā’’ti pesesi. So gantvā, ‘‘bho, rājupaṭṭhānaṃ nāma bhāriyaṃ, mā evaṃ kari, punapi sīlaṃ sakkā samādātuṃ, paceta’’nti āha. Atha naṃ tisso avoca, ‘‘bho, ekasmiṃ nāma attabhāve dhuvaṃ ekaṃ maraṇaṃ, nāhaṃ pāṇātipātaṃ karissāmī’’ti. So punapi rañño ārocesi. Rājā tatiyampi pesetvā asampaṭicchantaṃ pakkosāpetvā attanā pucchi. Raññopi tatheva paṭivacanaṃ adāsi. Atha rājā purise āṇāpesi, ‘‘ayaṃ rañño āṇaṃ kopeti, gacchathetassa āghātanabhaṇḍikāyaṃ ṭhapetvā, sīsaṃ chindathā’’ti. Raho ca pana nesaṃ saññamadāsi – ‘‘imaṃ santajjayamānā netvā sīsamassa āghātanabhaṇḍikāyaṃ ṭhapetvā āgantvā mayhaṃ ārocethā’’ti.
那些人让他躺到断头台上,把那只鸡放在他手中。他把鸡放在心口上,说道:“朋友,我把我的命给你,我取走你的命,你无所畏惧地走吧。”便放了它。鸡拍打着翅膀,腾空而去,藏入一棵榕树里。他施无畏于鸡的那块地方,后来便被称为“鸡山”。显示巴利原文
Te taṃ āghātanabhaṇḍikāyaṃ nipajjāpetvā tamassa kukkuṭaṃ hatthesu ṭhapayiṃsu. So taṃ hadaye ṭhapetvā ‘‘ahaṃ, tāta, mama jīvitaṃ tuyhaṃ demi, tava jīvitaṃ ahaṃ gaṇhāmi, tvaṃ nibbhayo gacchā’’ti vissajjesi. Kukkuṭo pakkhe papphoṭetvā ākāsena gantvā vaṭarukkhe nilīyi. Tassa kukkuṭassa abhayadinnaṭṭhānaṃ kukkuṭagiri nāma jātaṃ.
国王听闻此事经过后,召来那位大臣的儿子,用种种饰物将他装扮起来,说道:“贤友,我正是为此事而考验你。我想吃鹧鸪肉,这念头已过了整整三年,你能以三净的方式为我料理呈上吗?”他回答道:“陛下,这正是在下当做的事。”于是他便出去了。他站在门内,一早便看见有个人手拿着三只鹧鸪走进来,便给了那人两个迦哈巴那,接过鹧鸪,清理干净,用丁香等香料熏过,在炭火上烤得恰到好处,烤熟后呈献给国王。国王坐在大殿的狮子座上,取过一块,切下一小片放入口中。就在那一刻,国王全身一万七千条血脉,顿时通畅,安顿下来。显示巴利原文
Rājā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā amaccaputtaṃ pakkosāpetvā sabbābharaṇehi alaṅkaritvā āha – ‘‘tāta, mayā tvaṃ etadatthameva vīmaṃsito, mayhaṃ tittiramaṃsaṃ khāditukāmassa tīṇi saṃvaccharāni atikkantāni, sakkhissasi me tikoṭiparisuddhaṃ katvā upaṭṭhāpetu’’nti. ‘‘Etaṃ nāma, deva, mayhaṃ kamma’’nti nikkhamitvā dvārantare ṭhito ekaṃ purisaṃ pātova tayo tittire gahetvā pavisantaṃ disvā, dve kahāpaṇe datvā tittire ādāya parisodhetvā, jīrakādīhi vāsetvā, aṅgāresu supakke pacitvā rañño upaṭṭhāpesi. Rājā mahātale sirīpallaṅke nisinnova ekaṃ gahetvā thokaṃ chinditvā mukhe pakkhipi, tāvadevassa sattarasaharaṇīsahassāni pharitvā aṭṭhāsi.
就在那时,他想起了比丘僧团,心想:“像我这般身为大地之主的国王,想吃鹧鸪肉,尚且三年不能如愿,那无所依怙的比丘僧团,又从哪里能求得到呢?”于是便将已放入口中的那块肉吐在了地上。那位大臣的儿子双膝跪倒,用口接住了。国王说:“让开,贤友,我深知你无有过失的本性,我正是为此才将它吐掉的。”接着又说:“剩下的那些,你也照样妥善安置保管吧。”显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃ samaye bhikkhusaṅghaṃ saritvā, ‘‘mādiso nāma pathavissaro rājā tittiramaṃsaṃ khāditukāmo tīṇi saṃvaccharāni na labhi, apaccamāno bhikkhusaṅgho kuto labhissatī’’ti? Mukhe pakkhittakkhaṇḍaṃ bhūmiyaṃ chaḍḍesi. Amaccaputto jaṇṇukehi patitvā mukhena gaṇhi. Rājā ‘‘apehi, tāta, jānāmahaṃ tava niddosabhāvaṃ, iminā nāma kāraṇena mayā etaṃ chaḍḍita’’nti kathetvā, ‘‘sesakaṃ tatheva saṅgopetvā ṭhapehī’’ti āha.
第二天,一位常出入王宫的长老入宫乞食。大臣之子见到他,便接过钵盂,将他引入王宫。另有一位年老的出家者,假扮成长老的随从沙门,尾随而入。长老心想:“此人大概是国王召请来的比丘吧。”便未加留意;大臣之子也想:“这应是长老的侍者。”也就未予警觉。请他们就座后,奉上粥食。待他们用完粥,国王又呈上鹧鸪。长老取了一块,另一人亦取了一块。国王心想:“此人看似有威仪,未先行请示便取食,似乎不妥。”于是便去请问大长老。大长老以手遮止,示意不可;那位年长长老却接受了。国王心中不悦,待长老用完斋,便持钵跟在他身后出去,说道:“尊者,凡是到居士家中来的,都应带着受过教导、知礼明仪的比丘同来,如此方为妥当。”长老这才知晓:“此人并非国王召请来的。”显示巴利原文
Punadivase rājakulūpako thero piṇḍāya pāvisi. Amaccaputto taṃ disvā pattaṃ gahetvā rājagehaṃ pavesesi. Aññataro vuḍḍhapabbajitopi therassa pacchāsamaṇo viya hutvā anubandhanto pāvisi. Thero ‘‘raññā pakkosāpitabhikkhu bhavissatī’’ti pamajji. Amaccaputtopi ‘‘therassa upaṭṭhāko bhavissatī’’ti pamādaṃ āpajji. Tesaṃ nisīdāpetvā yāguṃ adaṃsu. Yāguyā pītāya rājā tittire upanesi. Thero ekaṃ gaṇhi, itaropi ekaṃ gaṇhi. Rājā ‘‘anubhāgo atthi, anāpucchitvā khādituṃ na yutta’’nti mahātheraṃ āpucchi. Thero hatthaṃ pidahi, mahallakatthero sampaṭicchi. Rājā anattamano hutvā katabhattakiccaṃ theraṃ pattaṃ ādāya anugacchanto āha – ‘‘bhante, kulagehaṃ āgacchantehi uggahitavattaṃ bhikkhuṃ gahetvā āgantuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Thero tasmiṃ khaṇe aññāsi ‘‘na esa raññā pakkosāpito’’ti.
第二天,长老带着侍者沙弥一同入宫。国王待他们用完粥,又呈上鹧鸪。长老取了一块;沙弥则弯了弯手指,示意从中间切分,只取了切成田字块中的一份。国王将那份再呈给大长老。大长老以手遮止,沙弥亦遮止。国王坐在不远处,将肉切成小块吃着,说道:‘托了修学有素的福,我们方能吃到这一个半鹧鸪啊。’他刚把肉咽下,耳中便流出了脓。于是国王漱口,走到沙弥跟前,说:‘贤友,我对你生起了净信,我供养你八份常施之食。’沙弥说:‘大王,我要将此转供给我的戒师。’国王又说:‘那我再另供你八份。’沙弥说:‘那些我要供养我们的老师。’国王又说:‘再另供八份。’沙弥说:‘那些我要给同戒的比丘们。’国王又说:‘再另供八份。’沙弥说:‘那些我要给比丘僧团。’国王又说:‘那就再另供八份吧。’沙弥这才接受。如此,仅凭懂得如何如法接受,便能令未生的利养生起,令已生的利养稳固。这便是所谓‘接受之量’。其中,‘受用之量’是依省察而起作用的;然而,唯有在省察‘我今如理受用此食’后方才受用,方具意义,因此它只是显示巴利原文
Punadivase upaṭṭhākasāmaṇeraṃ gahetvā pāvisi. Rājā tadāpi yāguyā pītāya tittire upanāmesi. Thero ekaṃ aggahesi, sāmaṇero aṅguliṃ cāletvā majjhe chindāpetvā ekakoṭṭhāsameva aggahesi. Rājā taṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ mahātherassa upanāmesi. Mahāthero hatthaṃ pidahi, sāmaṇeropi pidahi. Rājā avidūre nisīditvā khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ chinditvā khādanto ‘‘uggahitavatte nissāya diyaḍḍhatittire khādituṃ labhimhā’’ti āha. Tassa maṃse khāditamatteva kaṇṇehi pubbo nikkhami. Tato mukhaṃ vikkhāletvā sāmaṇeraṃ upasaṅkamitvā, ‘‘pasannosmi, tāta, aṭṭha te dhuvabhattāni demī’’ti āha. Ahaṃ, mahārāja, upajjhāyassa dammīti. Aparāni aṭṭha demīti. Tāni amhākaṃ ācariyassa dammīti. Aparānipi aṭṭha demīti. Tāni samānupajjhāyānaṃ dammīti. Aparānipi aṭṭha demīti. Tāni bhikkhusaṅghassa dammīti. Aparānipi aṭṭha demīti. Sāmaṇero adhivāsesi. Evaṃ paṭiggahaṇamattaṃ jānanto anuppannañceva lābhaṃ uppādeti, uppannañca thāvaraṃ karoti. Idaṃ paṭiggahaṇapamāṇaṃ nāma. Tattha paribhogapamāṇaṃ paccavekkhaṇapayojanaṃ, ‘‘idamatthiyaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjāmī’’ti pana paccavekkhitaparibhogasseva payojanattā paribhogapamāṇaṃyeva nāma, taṃ idha adhippetaṃ. Teneva paṭisaṅkhā yonisotiādimāha, itarampi pana vaṭṭatiyeva.
「狮子卧」:此中,卧法有四种——欲乐卧、饿鬼卧、狮子卧、如来卧。其中,世尊于经中说:「诸比丘,大多数受用欲乐之人,以左胁而卧。」(《增支部》4.246)此即「欲乐卧」。因为于他们之中,绝少有右侧而卧者。显示巴利原文
Sīhaseyyanti ettha kāmabhogiseyyā, petaseyyā, sīhaseyyā, tathāgataseyyāti catasso seyyā. Tattha ‘‘yebhuyyena, bhikkhave, kāmabhogī vāmena passena sentī’’ti (a. ni. 4.246) ayaṃ kāmabhogiseyyā. Tesañhi yebhuyyena dakkhiṇapassena sayāno nāma natthi.
世尊在经中说:‘诸比丘,大多数饿鬼是仰卧的。’(《增支部》4.246)这就是‘饿鬼卧’。由于饿鬼缺少血肉,身体仅由骨架交缠而成,无法侧卧,因此只能仰面躺着。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yebhuyyena , bhikkhave, petā uttānā sentī’’ti (a. ni. 4.246) ayaṃ petaseyyā. Petā hi appamaṃsalohitattā aṭṭhisaṅghāṭajaṭitā ekena passena sayituṃ na sakkonti, uttānāva sayanti.
世尊在经中说:‘诸比丘,大多数兽王狮子,是将尾巴夹入两腿之间,以右胁而卧的。’(《增支部》4.246)这就是‘狮子卧’。兽王狮子由于威势炽盛,将两前足放在一处,两后足放在一处,将尾巴夹入后腿之间;记住前足、后足及尾巴的位置后,再把头枕在两前足上方而卧。即使睡上一整天,醒来时也不会惊慌;它会抬起头,观察前足等部位是否仍在原处。若某部分偏离了原位,便心中不悦:‘这与你的高贵种姓和勇猛气概不相称。’于是便就地躺卧,不去觅食。若见各部位均未移动,便心生欢喜:‘这才与你的种姓和勇猛气概相称。’于是便起身,如狮子般舒展伸一个懒腰,抖擞一身鬃毛,发出三声狮子吼,然后出发觅食。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yebhuyyena, bhikkhave, sīho migarājā naṅguṭṭhaṃ antarasatthimhi anupakkhipitvā dakkhiṇena passena sayatī’’ti ayaṃ sīhaseyyā. Tejussadattā hi sīho migarājā dve purimapāde ekasmiṃ, pacchimapāde ekasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhapetvā naṅguṭṭhaṃ antarasatthimhi pakkhipitvā purimapādapacchimapādanaṅguṭṭhānaṃ ṭhitokāsaṃ sallakkhetvā dvinnaṃ purimapādānaṃ matthake sīsaṃ ṭhapetvā sayati , divasampi sayitvā pabujjhamāno na utrasanto pabujjhati, sīsaṃ pana ukkhipitvā purimapādādīnaṃ ṭhitokāsaṃ sallakkheti. Sace kiñci ṭhānaṃ vijahitvā ṭhitaṃ hoti, ‘‘nayidaṃ tuyhaṃ jātiyā sūrabhāvassa ca anurūpa’’nti anattamano hutvā tattheva sayati, na gocarāya pakkamati. Avijahitvā ṭhite pana ‘‘tuyhaṃ jātiyā ca sūrabhāvassa ca anurūpamida’’nti haṭṭhatuṭṭho uṭṭhāya sīhavijambhitaṃ vijambhitvā kesarabhāraṃ vidhunitvā tikkhattuṃ sīhanādaṃ naditvā gocarāya pakkamati.
至于第四禅的卧法,则称为‘如来卧’。这些卧法中,此处所取为狮子卧。因为这种卧法乃是威势炽盛的威仪,所以被称为最上卧法。显示巴利原文
Catutthajjhānaseyyā pana tathāgataseyyāti vuccati. Tāsu idha sīhaseyyā āgatā. Ayañhi tejussadairiyāpathattā uttamaseyyā nāma.
‘脚与脚’是指右脚叠放在左脚之上。‘太过交叠’是指过度重叠,亦即把脚稍微放得偏过了一些。因为如果脚踝碰着脚踝,或膝盖顶着膝盖,彼此不断摩擦,便会频频生起苦受,心便不能专一,睡眠也就不安稳。然而,若能摆放得不互相碰触,稍微错开而卧,便不会生起苦受,心得专一,睡眠也就安稳舒适。因此,应当这样安顿卧姿。显示巴利原文
Pāde pādanti dakkhiṇapāde vāmapādaṃ. Accādhāyāti atiādhāya, īsakaṃ atikkamma ṭhapetvā. Gopphakena hi gopphake, jāṇunā vā jāṇumhi saṅghaṭṭiyamāne abhiṇhaṃ vedanā uppajjati, cittaṃ ekaggaṃ na hoti, seyyā aphāsukā hoti. Yathā pana na saṅghaṃṭṭeti, evaṃ atikkamma ṭhapite vedanā nuppajjati, cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti, seyyā phāsukā hoti. Tasmā evaṃ seyyaṃ kappeti.
‘具念与正知’是说具足正念与正知。如何在睡眠时还能具足正念与正知呢?这是由于未曾舍弃正念与正知的缘故。这位比丘在白昼乃至整个初夜分,都以种种能遣除障碍的法来清净自心;至初夜分结束时,他从经行处下来,即使在洗脚时,心也不舍离根本业处;同样地,不舍离该业处而去开门,坐到床上之后,也还是不舍离该业处而进入睡眠。当他醒来时,也是先把握住根本业处才醒过来。如此,即使在睡眠中,也仍然是一个具念与正知的人。不过,对于‘这样便算是智界’的说法,诸师并不认同。显示巴利原文
Sato sampajānoti satiyā ceva sampajaññena ca samannāgato. Kathaṃ niddāyanto sato sampajāno hotīti? Satisampajaññassa appahānena. Ayañhi divasañceva sakalayāmañca āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodhetvā paṭhamayāmāvasāne caṅkamā oruyha pāde dhovantopi mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ avijahantova dhovati, taṃ avijahantova dvāraṃ vivarati, mañce nisīdati, avijahantova niddaṃ okkamati. Pabujjhanto pana mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvāva pabujjhati. Evaṃ niddaṃ okkamantopi sato sampajāno hoti. Evaṃ pana ñāṇadhātukanti na rocayiṃsu.
然而,依前所说的方法,此比丘清净自心之后,于初夜分结束时,心想:‘我要让这个执取的身体以睡眠来得到休息’,于是从经行处下来,不舍离根本业处而去洗脚、开门。然后他坐到床上,暂时放下根本业处,如此思惟卧处:‘只是蕴在碰触蕴,只是界在撞击界’,便逐渐进入睡眠;醒来时,也是先把握根本业处才醒过来。应知,如此即使进入睡眠,也可称为具念与正知。显示巴利原文
Vuttanayena panesa cittaṃ parisodhetvā paṭhamayāmāvasāne ‘‘upādinnakaṃ sarīraṃ niddāya samassāsessāmī’’ti caṅkamā oruyha mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ avijahantova pāde dhovati, dvāraṃ vivarati, mañce pana nisīditvā mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya, ‘‘khandhāva khandhesu, dhātuyova dhātūsu paṭihaññantī’’ti senāsanaṃ paccavekkhanto kamena niddaṃ okkamati, pabujjhanto pana mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvāva pabujjhati. Evaṃ niddaṃ okkamantopi sato sampajāno nāma hotīti veditabbo.
因此,在这部经中,所讲的仅是具备三部分的前行观。然而,仅凭这些还不能到达究竟,比丘必须将那些根、力、觉支加以融合,增长观,而后证得阿拉汉果。如是,说法应一直讲解到阿拉汉果为止。显示巴利原文
Iti imasmiṃ sutte tivaṅgikā pubbabhāgavipassanāva kathitā. Ettakeneva pana vosānaṃ anāpajjitvā tāneva indriyabalabojjhaṅgāni samodhānetvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā bhikkhu arahattaṃ pāpuṇātīti. Evaṃ yāva arahattā desanā kathetabbā.
第三 龟喻经注释显示巴利原文
3. Kummopamasuttavaṇṇanā
240 在第三经中,“龟”指骨龟。“鳄龟”是它的同义词。“于河岸边”:在河的岸边。“随逐行境”:意思是“若能得到任何果实或可食之物,我便吃掉”,像这样为了觅食而热切投入、系着于行境。“收摄后”:如同将物品收入箱中那样安置。“蛰伏藏匿”:安静地潜伏不动。这里所要表达的是:如同乌龟将肢体收入自己的壳中时,豺狼便无机会,不能制伏它;同样,比丘将自己的心意寻思收摄于禅修所缘这个壳中时,烦恼魔便无机会,不能制伏他。显示巴利原文
240. Tatiye kummoti aṭṭhikummo. Kacchapoti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Anunadītīreti nadiyā anutīre. Gocarapasutoti ‘‘sace kiñci phalāphalaṃ labhissāmi, khādissāmī’’ti gocaratthāya pasuto ussukko tannibandho. Samodahitvāti samugge viya pakkhipitvā. Saṅkasāyatīti acchati. Samodahanti samodahanto ṭhapento. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathā kummo aṅgāni sake kapāle samodahanto siṅgālassa otāraṃ na deti, na ca naṃ siṅgālo pasahati, evaṃ bhikkhu attano manovitakke sake ārammaṇakapāle samodahanto kilesamārassa otāraṃ na deti, na ca naṃ māro pasahati.
“无所依者”:不依着于渴爱与邪见的依止。“不害他者”:不伤害任何众生。“般涅槃者”:以烦恼的般涅槃而般涅槃。“不应轻视任何人”:不应因戒行缺失、威仪缺失,或因想抬高自己、贬低他人,而轻视任何众生;应当让这五种法在心中现前,以这样的心意而安住:“我会应时而说,非不适时;会如实而说,非不实;会温和而说,非粗暴;会说有利益的话,不说无利益的话;会以慈心而说,不以瞋心。”也就是说,以这种具救护性质的善心而安住。显示巴利原文
Anissitoti taṇhādiṭṭhinissayehi anissito. Aññamaheṭhayānoti aññaṃ kañci puggalaṃ aviheṭhento. Parinibbutoti kilesaparinibbānena parinibbuto. Nūpavadeyya kañcīti aññaṃ kañci puggalaṃ sīlavipattiyā vā ācāravipattiyā vā attānaṃ ukkaṃsetukāmatāya vā paraṃ vambhetukāmatāya vā na upavadeyya, aññadatthu pañca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā, ‘‘kālena vakkhāmi, no akālena, bhūtena vakkhāmi , no abhūtena, saṇhena vakkhāmi, no pharusena, atthasaṃhitena vakkhāmi, no anatthasaṃhitena, mettacitto vakkhāmi, no dosantaro’’ti evaṃ ullumpanasabhāvasaṇṭhiteneva cittena viharati.
第四 第一木块喻经注释显示巴利原文
4. Paṭhamadārukkhandhopamasuttavaṇṇanā
241 第四经中,“看见”指世尊坐在恒河岸边敷设的最胜佛座上,看见了。“正在漂流”指那根木块被砍成四方形,放在山间,经风吹日晒变得极干;到了雨季,乌云降雨,被水浮起,渐次落入恒河水流,正随那水流漂去。“告诉比丘们”指世尊心想:“我应以这根木块作喻,开显我教法中依信心出家的善男子。”为说法故,召唤比丘们。“那根正被恒河水流冲着往下漂的大木块”——这句话意在说明:那根木块虽已脱离八种过失,正顺流向前,却另有八种过失会障碍它到达大海,世尊便就此开始宣说。显示巴利原文
241. Catutthe addasāti gaṅgātīre paññattavarabuddhāsane nisinno addasa. Vuyhamānanti caturassaṃ tacchetvā pabbatantare ṭhapitaṃ vātātapena suparisukkhaṃ pāvussake meghe vassante udakena uplavitvā anupubbena gaṅgāya nadiyā sote patitaṃ tena sotena vuyhamānaṃ. Bhikkhū āmantesīti ‘‘iminā dārukkhandhena sadisaṃ katvā mama sāsane saddhāpabbajitaṃ kulaputtaṃ dassessāmī’’ti dhammaṃ desetukāmatāya āmantesi. Amuṃ mahantaṃ dārukkhandhaṃ gaṅgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānanti idaṃ pana aṭṭhadosavimuttattā sotapaṭipannassa dārukkhandhassa apare samuddapattiyā antarāyakare aṭṭha dose dassetuṃ ārabhi.
于此,应知木块如何脱离八种过失:有一种木块,生在距恒河不远的山脚下,被种种藤蔓缠绕,枯败如黄叶,又遭白蚁等啃食,便在原处消失殆尽;而此大木块进入恒河后,若总是在曲折处徘徊游荡,纵使到达大海,也无法在如摩尼宝珠色泽的浪峰上闪耀。显示巴利原文
Tatrassa evaṃ aṭṭhadosavimuttatā veditabbā – eko hi gaṅgāya nadiyā avidūre pabbatatale jāto nānāvallīhi paliveṭhito paṇḍupalāsataṃ āpajjitvā upacikādīhi khajjamāno tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne apaṇṇattikabhāvaṃ gacchati, ayaṃ dārukkhandho gaṅgaṃ otaritvā vaṅkaṭṭhānesu vilāsamāno sāgaraṃ patvā maṇivaṇṇe ūmipiṭṭhe sobhituṃ na labhati.
另有一种木块,生在恒河岸边,根朝外、枝朝内。纵然枝条常垂触水,但因其根向外,进入恒河后便只在弯曲处游荡,终究不能到达大海,也无法在如摩尼宝珠色泽的浪尖上闪耀。显示巴利原文
Aparo gaṅgātīre bahimūlo antosākho hutvā jāto, ayaṃ kiñcāpi kālena kālaṃ olambinīhi sākhāhi udakaṃ phusati, bahimūlattā pana gaṅgaṃ otaritvā vaṅkaṭṭhānesu vilāsamāno sāgaraṃ patvā maṇivaṇṇe ūmipiṭṭhe sobhituṃ na labhati.
又有一种,生于恒河中央,根深蒂固,安稳而立;外侧的枝条弯曲,被种种藤蔓缠绕。这棵树也因根深蒂固,外为藤蔓所缠,沉入恒河……不得闪耀。显示巴利原文
Aparo majjhe gaṅgāya jāto, daḷhamūlena pana suppatiṭṭhito, bahi cassa gatā vaṅkasākhā nānāvallīhi ābaddhā, ayampi daḷhamūlattā bahiddhā vallīhi ābaddhattā ca gaṅgaṃ otaritvā…pe… sobhituṃ na labhati.
又有一种,就在倒落之处,被沙土覆盖,渐趋腐朽。这棵树也因此,沉入恒河……不得闪耀。显示巴利原文
Aparo patitaṭṭhāneyeva vālikāya otthaṭo pūtibhāvaṃ āpajjati, ayampi gaṅgaṃ otaritvā…pe… na labhati.
又有一种,因生于两岩之间,犹如深栽之柱,坚固不动,来水被分作两股。此树因在岩间善得安立,沉入恒河……不得闪耀。显示巴利原文
Aparo dvinnaṃ pāsāṇānaṃ antare jātattā, sunikhāto viya niccalo ṭhito, āgatāgataṃ udakaṃ dvidhā phāleti, ayaṃ pāsāṇantare suṭṭhu patiṭṭhitattā gaṅgaṃ otaritvā…pe… na labhati.
另一种:立于空旷处,高耸入云,藤蔓缠绕。过一两年,大洪水来时,它才浸湿一两次。此木也正因高耸空中,且仅一两年被浸一两次,沉入恒河……不能闪耀。显示巴利原文
Aparo abbhokāsaṭṭhāne nabhaṃ pūretvā vallīhi ābaddho ṭhito. Ekaṃ dve saṃvacchare atikkamitvā āgate mahoghe sakiṃ vā dvikkhattuṃ vā temeti, ayampi nabhaṃ pūretvā ṭhitatāya ceva ekassa vā dvinnaṃ vā saṃvaccharānaṃ accayena sakiṃ vā dvikkhattuṃ vā temanatāya ca gaṅgaṃ otaritvā…pe… na labhati.
另一种:生于恒河中央小岛,树干枝条柔软。洪水来时,随波伏下;水退后,即昂起头,如舞者般站立。大海为得此木段,对恒河言:‘尊贵的恒河!你为我带来旃檀心材、婆罗心材等种种木材,却从不曾带来这等木段。’‘此不难,天王,我下次便带来。’此后,恒河裹挟铜色之水,如拥抱般涌来。那木头依然随波伏下,水退昂头,如舞而住。此木因自身过于柔软,沉入恒河……不能闪耀。显示巴利原文
Aparopi majjhe gaṅgāya dīpake jāto mudukkhandhasākho oghe āgate anusotaṃ nipajjitvā, udake gate sīsaṃ ukkhipitvā, naccanto viya tiṭṭhati. Yassatthāya sāgaro gaṅgaṃ evaṃ viya vadati, ‘‘bhoti gaṅge tvaṃ mayhaṃ candanasārasalaḷasārādīni nānādārūni āharasi, dārukkhandhaṃ pana nāharasī’’ti. Sulabho esa, deva, punavāre jānissāmīti. Punavāre tambavaṇṇena udakena āliṅgamānā viya āgacchati. Sopi tatheva anusotaṃ nipajjitvā, udake gate sīsaṃ ukkhipitvā, naccanto viya tiṭṭhati. Ayaṃ attano mudutāya gaṅgaṃ otaritvā…pe… na labhati.
另一种木段:横于恒河之中,为泥沙所掩,如河上桥梁,成为众多生灵的依止处。两岸的竹、苇、迦拘陀树等漂至,便附着其上。同样,顺流漂下的断杵、破簸,以及蛇、狗、象、马等尸骸,也都挂在此处。大恒河之水触之则分流;鱼、鳖、鳄鱼、摩竭罗等亦栖息其周。此木因横卧河中、成众多所依,沉入恒河后,虽在河曲处嬉游,终不能至大海,无缘于宝珠般浪尖闪耀。显示巴利原文
Aparo gaṅgāya nadiyā tiriyaṃ patito vālikāya ottharito antarasetu viya bahūnaṃ paccayo jāto, ubhosu tīresu veḷunaḷakarañjakakudhādayo uplavitvā tattheva lagganti. Tathā nānāvidhā gacchā vuyhamānā bhinnamusalabhinnasuppaahikukkurahatthiassādikuṇapānipi tattheva lagganti. Mahāgaṅgāpi naṃ āsajja bhijjitvā dvidhā gacchati, macchakacchapakumbhīlamakarādayopi tattheva vāsaṃ kappenti. Ayampi tiriyaṃ patitvā mahājanassa paccayattakatabhāvena gaṅgaṃ otaritvā vaṅkaṭṭhānesu vilāsamāno sāgaraṃ patvā maṇivaṇṇe ūmipiṭṭhe sobhituṃ na labhati.
世尊为说明这个顺流漂行的大木段并无那八种过失,同时也为预流者指出另外八种障碍到达大海的过失,因此说“这个大木段在恒河的流水中被冲走”等语。其中,“不搁浅于岸”:意思是它不会搁浅在岸上。“人不取”:人们见了心想“好大的木段啊”,便坐筏子赶过去,但不会为了做成椽子等用途而将它捞走。“非人不取”:非人不会生起“这是珍贵的栴檀心材,要安放在天宫门前”的念头而取走。显示巴利原文
Iti bhagavā imehi aṭṭhahi dosehi vimuttattā sotapaṭipannassa dārukkhandhassa apare samuddapattiyā antarāyakare aṭṭha dose dassetuṃ amuṃmahantaṃ dārukkhandhaṃ gaṅgāya nadiyā sotena vuyhamānantiādimāha. Tattha na thale ussīdissatīti thalaṃ nābhiruhissati. Na manussaggāho gahessatīti ‘‘mahā vatāyaṃ dārukkhandho’’ti disvā, uḷumpena taramānā gantvā, gopānasīādīnaṃ atthāya manussā na gaṇhissanti. Na amanussaggāho gahessatīti ‘‘mahaggho ayaṃ candanasāro, vimānadvāre naṃ ṭhapessāmā’’ti maññamānā na amanussā gaṇhissanti.
“正如如此”这一说法,应这样结合外部八种过失的譬喻来理解:好比一段生长在离恒河不远的山麓,就在当地被白蚁等啃噬,最终归于无有状态的木头——应知那便是具足“没有布施”等邪见的人。因为此人远离了教法,所以无法从圣道下来,安坐于定的高岸,证达涅槃之海。显示巴利原文
Evameva khoti ettha saddhiṃ bāhirehi aṭṭhahi dosehi evaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ veditabbaṃ – gaṅgāya avidūre pabbatatale jāto tattheva upacikādīhi khajjamāno apaṇṇattikabhāvaṃ gatadārukkhandho viya hi ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādikāya micchādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato puggalo veditabbo. Ayañhi sāsanassa dūrībhūtattā ariyamaggaṃ oruyha samādhikulle nisinno nibbānasāgaraṃ pāpuṇituṃ na sakkoti.
如同生于恒河岸边,根朝外、枝朝内生长的树,应视为未断在家系缚的沙门居士比丘。他心想:‘心这东西本就无所系属。口称“我是沙门”时便是居士,口称“我是居士”时便是沙门。谁知道将来会怎样呢?’即使年迈出家,他也不舍离在家的桎梏。而且,老年出家者根本没有什么成就可言。他若获得袈裟,得到的也是中间断裂或肮脏变色的;坐卧具只能得到寺院边角的草舍或棚寮。外出乞食时,他也必须跟在如同子孙辈的幼小比丘后面走,坐在末位。因此他忧愁、不乐、掉泪,心想:‘我有家传的财产,拿来受用过活是否合适呢?’于是问一位持律者:‘尊者师长,取用自己的财产受用,符合戒律吗?’对方回答:‘这没有过失,可以。’他便带领几个顺从自己、难以教导、行为恶劣的比丘,于傍晚时分进入村落,站在村子中央,召集村民说:‘我们自己劳作所得的收入,应当交给谁呢?’‘尊者,你们既已出家,我们能交给谁呢?’‘难道出家人就不能有自己受用的东西吗?’他便拿起锄头和簸箕,做筑田界等事务,收集各种谷物、蔬菜和瓜果,在冬季、夏季、雨季,随心所欲,让人烹煮食用。显示巴利原文
Gaṅgātīre bahimūlo antosākho hutvā jāto viya acchinnagihibandhano samaṇakuṭimbikapuggalo daṭṭhabbo. Ayañhi ‘‘cittaṃ nāmetaṃ anibaddhaṃ, ‘samaṇomhī’ti vadantova gihī hoti, ‘gihīmhī’ti vadantova samaṇo hoti. Ko jānissati, kiṃ bhavissatī’’ti? Mahallakakāle pabbajantopi gihibandhanaṃ na vissajjeti. Mahallakapabbajitānañca sampatti nāma natthi. Tassa sace cīvaraṃ pāpuṇāti, antacchinnakaṃ vā jiṇṇadubbaṇṇaṃ vā pāpuṇāti. Senāsanampi vihārapaccante paṇṇasālā vā maṇḍapo vā pāpuṇāti. Piṇḍāya carantenāpi puttanattakānaṃ dārakānaṃ pacchato caritabbaṃ hoti, pariyante nisīditabbaṃ hoti. Tena so dukkhī dummano assūni muñcanto, ‘‘atthi me kulasantakaṃ dhanaṃ, kappati nu kho taṃ khādantena jīvitu’’nti cintetvā ekaṃ vinayadharaṃ pucchati – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante ācariya, attano santakaṃ vicāretvā khādituṃ kappati, no kappatī’’ti? ‘‘Natthettha doso, kappateta’’nti. So attano bhajamānake katipaye dubbace durācāre bhikkhū gahetvā, sāyanhasamaye antogāmaṃ gantvā, gāmamajjhe ṭhito gāmike pakkosāpetvā, ‘‘amhākaṃ payogato uṭṭhitaṃ āyaṃ kassa dethā’’ti āha. Bhante, tumhe pabbajitā, mayaṃ kassa dassāmāti? Kiṃ pabbajitānaṃ attano santakaṃ na vaṭṭatīti? Kuddāla-piṭakaṃ gahetvā, khettamariyādabandhanādīni karonto nānāppakāraṃ pubbaṇṇāparaṇṇañceva phalāphale ca saṅgaṇhitvā, hemantagimhavassānesu yaṃ yaṃ icchati, taṃ taṃ pacāpetvā khādanto samaṇakuṭumbiko hutvā jīvati. Kevalamassa pañcacūḷakena dārakena saddhiṃ pādaparicārikāva ekā natthi. Ayaṃ puggalo kiñcāpi olambinīhi sākhāhi udakaṃ phusamāno antosākho rukkho viya cetiyaṅgaṇabodhiyaṅgaṇādīsu bhikkhūnaṃ kāyasāmaggiṃ deti, gihibandhanassa pana acchinnatāya bahimūlattā ariyamaggaṃ otaritvā samādhikulle nisinno nibbānasāgaraṃ pāpuṇituṃ na sakkoti.
如同生于恒河中央,被外来的藤蔓缠绕、枝条弯曲的树,应当视作依靠僧团财物过活的邪命者。有一类人虽然舍弃了在家的系缚而出家,却未能在适当之处获得出家。因为出家这件事,实在与结生相似。正如众生在何处结生,便学习该家族的行为;比丘在谁座下出家,便领受谁的举止。因此,有人在不适之处出家后,便与教授、教诫、诵经、遍问等绝缘。他早晨拿着无盖罐去水边,为亲教师与导师等安排饮食,肩搭衣钵进入食堂,与难教的沙弥一起作种种嬉戏,与寺中童厮混而住。显示巴利原文
Gaṅgāya majjhe jāto bahiddhā vallīhi ābaddhavaṅkasākhā viya saṅghasantakaṃ nissāya jīvamāno bhinnājīvapuggalo daṭṭhabbo. Ekacco gihibandhanaṃ pahāya pabbajantopi sāruppaṭṭhāne pabbajjaṃ na labhati. Pabbajjā hi nāmesā paṭisandhiggahaṇasadisā. Yathā manussā yattha paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhanti, tesaṃyeva kulānaṃ ācāraṃ sikkhanti, evaṃ bhikkhūpi yesaṃ santike pabbajanti, tesaṃyeva ācāraṃ gaṇhanti. Tasmā ekacco asāruppaṭṭhāne pabbajitvā ovādānusāsanīuddesaparipucchādīhi paribāhiro hutvā pātova muṇḍaghaṭaṃ gahetvā udakatitthaṃ gacchati, ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ bhattatthāya khandhe pattaṃ katvā bhattasālaṃ gacchati, dubbacasāmaṇerehi saddhiṃ nānākīḷaṃ kīḷati, ārāmikadārakehi saṃsaṭṭho viharati.
他年轻时,便与相宜的年轻比丘及园丁一同去享受僧团的受用物,心想:‘这些是漏尽者从取子棋王那里领受的僧团受用物,你们不应这样那样地给予僧团,因为国王或大臣听到你们的做法是不会欢喜的。来,现在你们该做这些事。’他让他们拿着锄头和篮子,在水库下方的水沟中做该做的事,又将许多谷物、果蔬送入寺院,让园丁向僧团表功。僧团说:‘这位年轻比丘很有功劳,给他一百或两百吧。’于是便让人给予。如此,他靠着僧团的财物,各处增长,在外面被二十一种邪命所缠缚,不能踏入圣道之流,不能安住于定之高处,不能到达涅槃大海。显示巴利原文
So daharabhikkhukāle attano anurūpehi daharabhikkhūhi ceva ārāmikehi ca saddhiṃ saṅghabhogaṃ gantvā, ‘‘ayaṃ khīṇāsavehi asukarañño santikā paṭiggahitasaṅghabhogo, tumhe saṅghassa idañcidañca na detha, na hi tumhākaṃ pavattiṃ sutvā rājā vā rājamahāmattā vā attamanā bhavissanti, etha dāni idañcidañca karothā’’ti kuddāla-piṭakāni gāhāpetvā heṭṭhā taḷākamātikāsu kattabbakiccāni kārāpetvā bahuṃ pubbaṇṇāparaṇṇaṃ vihāraṃ pavesetvā ārāmikehi attano upakārabhāvaṃ saṅghassa ārocāpeti. Saṅgho ‘‘ayaṃ daharo bahūpakāro, imassa sataṃ vā dvisataṃ vā dethā’’ti dāpeti. Iti so ito cito ca saṅghasantakeneva vaḍḍhanto bahiddhā ekavīsatividhāhi anesanāhi baddho ariyamaggaṃ otaritvā samādhikulle nisinno nibbānasāgaraṃ pāpuṇituṃ na sakkoti.
极度懈怠、贪食者,应知犹如一棵倒在地面、被沙掩埋而腐烂的树。对于这样一个具利养眼、贪求资具、舍弃师僧义务、舍弃教诫、问询与如理作意的人,五盖便如是说:‘朋友,我们去谁那里呢?’于是,昏沉睡眠盖起身说道:‘你们没看见吗?住在某寺的这个懈怠者,去了某个村子,在粥堆上吃了粥,在糕团堆上吃了糕,在食物堆上吃了食物,回到寺院后,放下一切义务,没有教诫等,当他躺卧床上时,便给我腾出了地方。’显示巴利原文
Patitaṭṭhāneyeva vālikāya ottharitvā pūtibhāvaṃ āpāditarukkho viya ālasiyamahagghaso veditabbo. Evarūpañhi puggalaṃ āmisacakkhuṃ paccayalolaṃ vissaṭṭhaācariyupajjhāyavattaṃ uddesaparipucchāyonisomanasikāravajjitaṃ sandhāya pañca nīvaraṇāni atthato evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘bho, kassa santikaṃ gacchāmā’’ti? Atha thinamiddhaṃ uṭṭhāya evamāha – ‘‘kiṃ na passatha? Eso asukavihāravāsī kusītapuggalo asukaṃ nāma gāmaṃ gantvā yāgumatthake yāguṃ, pūvamatthake pūvaṃ, bhattamatthake bhattaṃ ajjhoharitvā vihāraṃ āgamma vissaṭṭhasabbavatto uddesādivirahito mañcaṃ upagacchanto mayhaṃ okāsaṃ karotī’’ti.
随后,欲贪盖起身说:「喂,他给你让出地方,就等于给我让出了地方。他马上睡着,醒来后便会带着染污烦恼寻思欲念。」接着,嗔恚盖起身说:「他给你们让出地方,就等于给我让出了地方。他马上睡着,起来后若被说‘去履行义务吧’,就会说:‘喂,这帮家伙自己不干活,却来刁难我们。’以种种粗恶语谩骂,横眉怒目地走来走去。」接着,掉举盖起身说:「他给你们让出地方,就等于给我让出了地方。懈怠者恰如其名,就像被风吹动的火堆一样掉举不定。」接着,恶作盖起身说:「他给你们让出地方,就等于给我让出了地方。懈怠者恰如其名,总是追悔不已,于不适合处生起适合想,于适合处生起不适合想。」接着,疑盖起身说:「他给你们让出地方,就等于给我让出了地方。这样的人会在八处生起大疑。」如此,五盖如同恶狗等扑向一头被截断双角的老牛一般,扑向这个极度懈怠、贪嗜饮食的人,将他牢牢拽住。他也无法踏入圣道之流,安坐于定之高地,抵达涅槃大海。显示巴利原文
Tato kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ uṭṭhāyāha – ‘‘bho, tava okāse kate mayhaṃ katova hoti, idāneva so niddāyitvā kilesānurañjitova pabujjhitvā kāmavitakkaṃ vitakkessatī’’ti. Tato byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ uṭṭhāyāha – ‘‘tumhākaṃ okāse kate mayhaṃ katova hoti. Idāneva niddāyitvā vuṭṭhito ‘vattapaṭivattaṃ karohī’ti vuccamāno, ‘bho, ime attano kammaṃ akatvā amhesu byāvaṭā’ti nānappakāraṃ pharusavacanaṃ vadanto akkhīni nīharitvā vicarissatī’’ti. Tato uddhaccanīvaraṇaṃ uṭṭhāyāha – ‘‘tumhākaṃ okāse kate mayhaṃ katova hoti, kusīto nāma vātāhato aggikkhandho viya uddhato hotī’’ti. Atha kukuccanīvaraṇaṃ uṭṭhāyāha – ‘‘tumhākaṃ okāse kate mayhaṃ katova hoti, kusīto nāma kukkuccapakatova hoti, akappiye kappiyasaññaṃ kappiye ca akappiyasaññaṃ uppādetī’’ti. Atha vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ uṭṭhāyāha – ‘‘tumhākaṃ okāse kate mayhaṃ katova hoti. Evarūpo hi aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu mahāvicikicchaṃ uppādesī’’ti. Evaṃ ālasiyamahagghasaṃ pañca nīvaraṇāni caṇḍasunakhādayo viya siṅgacchinnaṃ jaraggavaṃ ajjhottharitvā gaṇhanti. Sopi ariyamaggasotaṃ otaritvā samādhikulle nisinno nibbānasāgaraṃ pāpuṇituṃ na sakkoti.
应知邪见者,就如同根被夹在两块岩石之间而站立的树,生起邪见并安住于邪见之中。因为他主张:‘无色界中有色,无想有情界中有心流转,出世间道有多刹那心,随眠与心不相应,那些众生流转、轮回。’他就像阿利咤比丘与荆棘沙弥那样游走。而且,他成为恶口者,在亲教师等与共住弟子等之间搬弄是非,导致他们分裂。他也无法踏入圣道之流,安坐于定之高地,抵达涅槃大海。显示巴利原文
Dvinnaṃ pāsāṇānaṃ antare nikhātamūlākārena ṭhitarukkho viya diṭṭhiṃ uppādetvā ṭhito diṭṭhigatiko veditabbo. So hi ‘‘arūpabhave rūpaṃ atthi, asaññībhave cittaṃ pavattati, bahucittakkhaṇiko lokuttaramaggo, anusayo cittavippayutto, te ca sattā sandhāvanti saṃsarantī’’ti vadanto ariṭṭho viya kaṇṭakasāmaṇero viya ca vicarati. Pisuṇavāco pana hoti, upajjhāyādayo saddhivihārikādīhi bhindanto vicarati. Sopi ariyamaggasotaṃ otaritvā samādhikulle nisinno nibbānasāgaraṃ pāpuṇituṃ na sakkoti.
应知有一种人,犹如一棵高耸入云、被藤蔓缠绕而立的树,经历一两年后,当大洪水到来,也不过被浸湿一两次。同样,有人在老迈时出家,住在边地,难得见到僧众,也难得听闻佛法。有的人老迈出家,不几天便受具足戒,在五腊时熟悉了巴帝摩卡;到了十腊时,在持律长老跟前听讲律典之际,他嘴里含着胡椒或诃子块,用扇子遮住脸,坐着打瞌睡。如此略有所解,便自称持律者,然后持衣钵前往边地。那里的人们因难见比丘而敬重他,说道:‘尊者,请您就住在这里吧!’便为他建造寺院,种上可供花、果的树,让他住在那里。显示巴利原文
Abbhokāse nabhaṃ pūretvā vallīhi ābaddho ṭhito ekaṃ dve saṃvacchare atikkamitvā āgate mahoghe sakiṃ vā dvikkhattuṃ vā temanarukkho viya mahallakakāle pabbajitvā paccante vasamāno dullabhasaṅghadassano ceva dullabhadhammassavano ca puggalo veditabbo. Ekacco hi vuḍḍhakāle pabbajito katipāhena upasampadaṃ labhitvā pañcavassakāle pātimokkhaṃ paguṇaṃ katvā dasavassakāle vinayadharattherassa santike vinayakathākāle maricaṃ vā harītakakhaṇḍaṃ vā mukhe ṭhapetvā bījanena mukhaṃ pidhāya niddāyanto nisīditvā lesakappena katavinayo nāma hutvā pattacīvaraṃ ādāya paccantaṃ gacchati. Tatra naṃ manussā sakkaritvā bhikkhudassanassa dullabhatāya ‘‘idheva, bhante, vasathā’’ti vihāraṃ kāretvā pupphūpagaphalūpagarukkhe ropetvā tattha vāsenti.
那时,在类似摩诃毗诃罗的大寺中,多闻的比丘们说:“我们要去乡下完成染衣等事,之后再回来。”便去了那里。住持见到他们,欢喜踊跃,彼此尽到了应尽的义务。第二天,他带领他们进入托钵的村落,说:“这位长老是经师,这位是论师,这位是律师,这位是三藏师。你们何时能遇到这样的长老呢?请让他们说法吧。”优婆塞们回答:“我们会请他们说法。”于是清扫寺院道路,持着酥油等物,来到大长老前说:“尊者,我们要请法,请安排说法者。”第二天再来听法。显示巴利原文
Atha mahāvihārasadisavihārā bahussutā bhikkhū, ‘‘janapade cīvararajanādīni katvā āgamissāmā’’ti tattha gacchanti. So te disvā, haṭṭhatuṭṭho vattapaṭivattaṃ katvā, punadivase ādāya bhikkhācāragāmaṃ pavisitvā, ‘‘asuko thero suttantiko, asuko abhidhammiko, asuko vinayadharo, asuko tepiṭako, evarūpe there kadā labhissatha, dhammasavanaṃ kārethā’’ti vadati. Upāsakā ‘‘dhammassavanaṃ kāressāmā’’ti vihāramaggaṃ sodhetvā, sappitelādīni ādāya, mahātheraṃ upasaṅkamitvā, ‘‘bhante, dhammassavanaṃ kāressāma, dhammakathikānaṃ vicārethā’’ti vatvā punadivase āgantvā dhammaṃ suṇanti.
住寺的长老为客比丘们收拾衣钵,整个白天都待在屋内。白天说法者起身,如同倒水罐般讽诵经文,他说完起身,长老全然不知。夜间说法者如同搅动大海一般整夜说法,他说完起身,长老也全然不知。凌晨说法者说法后起身,长老依然毫无所知。清晨,他起床洗脸,奉上衣钵给诸长老,去托钵时问大长老:“尊者,白天说法者讲了什么本生?讽诵者诵了什么经?夜间说法者说了什么法谈?凌晨说法者讲了什么本生?蕴有几个?界有几个?处有几个?”就这样,即使经过一两年,偶能见到比丘、听闻佛法,他也如同洪水来临时仅被水浸湿一两次的树木一般。他如此远离僧众,不听闻佛法,住在边地,便无法踏入圣道之流;纵然安住于定的高处,也不可能到达涅槃大海。显示巴利原文
Nevāsikatthero āgantukānaṃ pattacīvarāni paṭisāmento antogabbheyeva divasabhāgaṃ vītināmeti. Divākathiko uṭṭhito sarabhāṇako ghaṭena udakaṃ vamento viya sarabhāṇaṃ bhaṇitvā uṭṭhito, tampi so na jānāti. Rattikathiko sāgaraṃ khobhento viya rattiṃ kathetvā uṭṭhito, tampi so na jānāti. Paccūsakathiko kathetvā uṭṭhāsi, tampi so na jānāti. Pātova pana uṭṭhāya mukhaṃ dhovitvā, therānaṃ pattacīvarāni upanāmetvā, bhikkhācāraṃ upagacchanto mahātheraṃ āha – ‘‘bhante, divākathiko kataraṃ jātakaṃ nāma kathesi, sarabhāṇako kataraṃ suttaṃ nāma bhaṇi, rattikathiko kataraṃ dhammakathaṃ nāma kathesi, paccūsakathiko kataraṃ jātakaṃ nāma kathesi, khandhā nāma kati, dhātuyo nāma kati, āyatanā nāma katī’’ti. Evarūpo ekaṃ dve saṃvaccharāni atikkamitvā bhikkhudassanañceva dhammassavanañca labhantopi oghe āgate udakena sakiṃ vā dvikkhattuṃ vā temitarukkhasadiso hoti. So evaṃ saṅghadassanato ca dhammassavanato ca paṭikkamma dūre vasanto ariyamaggaṃ otaritvā samādhikulle nisinno nibbānasāgaraṃ pāpuṇituṃ na sakkoti.
应知,声音甜美的诵经者,犹如恒河心洲上生长的柔嫩之树。他学得了许多著名的本生,如毗输安多罗本生等,前往难得见到比丘的边地,在那里说法,赢得众心,得到供养,住在一处繁花硕果之树环绕、如同欢喜园般悦意的寺院,那些树是他人为他栽种的。后来,肩负责任的比丘们听闻他的情况,说:“听说那位尊者如此系着于施主之心而住。这位聪明的比丘有能力学习佛语,或作意业处,我们应去将他带来,与他一同前往某位长老处学法,前往某位长老处学业处。”于是便前往那里。显示巴利原文
Majjhe gaṅgāya dīpake jāto mudurukkho viya madhurassarabhāṇakapuggalo veditabbo. So hi abhiññātāni abhiññātāni vessantarādīni jātakāni uggaṇhitvā, dullabhabhikkhudassanaṃ paccantaṃ gantvā, tattha dhammakathāya pasāditahadayena janena upaṭṭhiyamāno attānaṃ uddissa kate sampannapupphaphalarukkhe nandanavanābhirāme vihāre vasati. Athassa bhārahārabhikkhū taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā, ‘‘asuko kira evaṃ upaṭṭhākesu paṭibaddhacitto viharati. Paṇḍito bhikkhu paṭibalo buddhavacanaṃ vā uggaṇhituṃ, kammaṭṭhānaṃ vā manasikātuṃ, ānetvā tena saddhiṃ asukattherassa santike dhammaṃ uggaṇhissāma, asukattherassa santike kammaṭṭhāna’’nti tattha gacchanti.
他对他们履行了义务。傍晚时分,那些比丘外出经行,便问他:“贤友,这座塔是你所建的吗?”他回答:“是的,尊者。”“这棵菩提树、这座凉亭、这座布萨堂、这座火堂、这条经行道,都是你建的吗?这些树是你令人栽种的,令寺院如欢喜园一般悦意——这些也是你做的吗?”“是的,尊者。”他答道。显示巴利原文
So tesaṃ vattaṃ katvā sāyanhasamayaṃ vihāracārikaṃ nikkhantehi tehi ‘‘imaṃ, āvuso, cetiyaṃ tayā kārita’’nti puṭṭho, ‘‘āma, bhante’’ti vadati. ‘‘Ayaṃ bodhi, ayaṃ maṇḍapo, idaṃ uposathāgāraṃ, esā aggisālā, ayaṃ caṅkamo tayā kārito. Ime rukkhe ropāpetvā tayā nandanavanābhirāmo vihāro kārito’’ti. ‘‘Āma, bhante’’ti, vadati.
傍晚,他前往长老的侍者处,顶礼后问道:“尊者,诸位为何而来?”“贤友,我们是为带你同行而来——先于某长老座下学习法义,再于某长老座下修习业处,而后在某座森林中和合共修沙门法。我们正是为此而来。”“善哉,尊者,诸位竟为我的利益而来。我在此地久住,也心生厌倦了,我愿同行。尊者,我现在就去取衣钵。”“贤友,沙弥们旅途劳顿,今日便在此安住,明日午后我们再启程。”“善哉,尊者。”第二天,他与他们一同入村乞食。村民们心想:“我们的圣尊带来了许多客比丘。”于是他们铺设座位,供养粥品,欢喜地聆听说法开示后,又供养了饭食。长老们说:“贤友,你做完随喜后便出来,我们找个有水、舒适的地方用斋。”说完便先出去了。显示巴利原文
So sāyaṃ therupaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā vanditvā pucchati – ‘‘kasmā, bhante, āgatatthā’’ti? ‘‘Āvuso, taṃ ādāya gantvā, asukattherassa santike dhammaṃ uggaṇhitvā, asukattherassa santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ, asukasmiṃ nāma araññe samaggā samaṇadhammaṃ karissāmāti iminā kāraṇena āgatamhā’’ti. Sādhu, bhante, tumhe nāma mayhaṃ atthāya āgatā, ahampi ciranivāsena idha ukkaṇṭhito gacchāmi, pattacīvaraṃ gaṇhāmi, bhanteti. Āvuso, sāmaṇeradaharā maggakilantā, ajja vasitvā sve pacchābhattaṃ gamissāmāti. Sādhu, bhanteti punadivase tehi saddhiṃ piṇḍāya pavisati. Gāmavāsino ‘‘amhākaṃ ayyo bahū āgantuke bhikkhū gahetvā āgato’’ti āsanāni paññāpetvā yāguṃ pāyetvā sukhanisinnakathaṃ sutvā bhattaṃ adaṃsu. Therā ‘‘tvaṃ, āvuso, anumodanaṃ katvā nikkhama, mayaṃ udakaphāsukaṭṭhāne bhattakiccaṃ karissāmā’’ti nikkhantā.
村民们听了回向祝福后,便问道:“尊者,这些长老是从哪里来的?”年轻比丘回答:“他们是我的亲教师、依止师,是与我同一亲教师、同一依止师的同门,是我的见交与知友。”“他们为何而来?”“他们是想带我离开。”“那么,您也想离开吗?”“是的,贤友们。”“尊者,您这是在说什么呢?我们为谁建造了这座布萨堂?为谁建造了这座斋堂?为谁建造了这火堂等各项设施?每逢喜庆或不幸之事,我们又该去找谁呢?”那位在家的大近事女也坐在那里,泪流不止。年轻的比丘心想:“令你们如此痛苦,我即便走了又能成就什么呢?我还是把长老们送走吧。”于是他返回了寺院。显示巴利原文
Gāmavāsino anumodanaṃ sutvā pucchiṃsu, ‘‘kuto, bhante, therā āgatā’’ti? Ete amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyā samānupajjhāyā sandiṭṭhā sambhattāti. Kasmā āgatāti? Maṃ gahetvā gantukāmatāyāti. Tumhe pana gantukāmāti? Āmāvusoti. Kiṃ vadetha, bhante, amhehi kassa uposathāgāraṃ kāritaṃ, kassa bhojanasālā, kassa aggisālādayo kāritā, mayaṃ maṅgalāmaṅgalesu kassa santikaṃ gamissāmāti? Mahāupāsikāyopi tattheva nisīditvā assūni pavattayiṃsu. Daharo ‘‘tumhesu evaṃ dukkhitesu ahaṃ gantvā kiṃ karissāmi? There uyyojessāmī’’ti vihāraṃ gato.
长老们也已经用完餐,手持钵与衣而坐。一见到他,便说:“贤友,你为何耽误这么久?天快黑了,我们走吧。”他回答:“是的,尊者,您们轻松无事。但某某家的砖基工程还那样搁着,某某家等处的彩绘装修等活儿也还在进行。即使离开了,我的心也会散乱牵挂。请尊者们先走,到某某寺院去作浣衣、染色等准备工作,我随后就到。”他们明白他心生退缩、不愿离去,便说:“那你就晚些再跟上来吧。”随即启程。显示巴利原文
Therāpi katabhattakiccā pattacīvarāni gahetvā nisinnā taṃ disvāva, ‘‘kiṃ, āvuso, cirāyasi, divā hoti, gacchāmā’’ti āhaṃsu. Āma, bhante, tumhe sukhitā, asukagehassa iṭṭhakāmūlaṃ ṭhitasaṇṭhāneneva ṭhitaṃ, asukagehādīnaṃ cittakammamūlādīni atthi, gatassāpi me cittavikkhepo bhavissati, tumhe purato gantvā asukavihāre cīvaradhovanarajanādīni karotha, ahaṃ tattha sampāpuṇissāmīti. Te tassa osakkitukāmataṃ ñatvā tvaṃ pacchā āgaccheyyāsīti pakkamiṃsu.
他送走长老们,转身独自回到寺院。他环顾斋堂等处,见寺院如此令人赏心悦目,便心想:“太好了,我真没走。假如我走了,天哪,若有一位说法师来,用言辞打动所有人的心,把这寺院变成他自己部派的领地,那我以后再回来,岂不是只能跟在他后头乞讨残食过活?”显示巴利原文
So there anugantvā nivatto vihārameva āgantvā bhojanasālādīni olokento vihāraṃ rāmaṇeyyakaṃ disvā cintesi – ‘‘sādhu vatamhi na gato. Sace agamissaṃ, koci, deva, dhammakathiko āgantvā , sabbesaṃ manaṃ bhinditvā, vihāraṃ attano nikāyasantakaṃ kareyya, atha mayā pacchā āgantvā etassa pacchato laddhapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjantena caritabbaṃ bhavissatī’’ti.
后来,他听说:“那些比丘到了所去之处,学了一部派、两部派的佛语,乃至一藏、两藏的佛语,成了注释导师,成了持律者,带着上百、上千的随从游化。而那些去那里修习沙门法的人,精进努力,有的证得入流,有的一来、不来,有的成了阿拉汉,于大恭敬中般涅槃。”他便想:“假如我也去了,这些成就我也都能拥有。但我放不下这个地方,损失太大了,太可惜了。”这种人因为性情柔软,执着于那地方,无法进入圣道,无法安住于殊胜的定,无法到达涅槃之海。显示巴利原文
So aparena samayena suṇāti, ‘‘te kira bhikkhū gataṭṭhāne ekanikāyadvenikāyaekapiṭakadvepiṭakādivasena buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhitvā aṭṭhakathācariyā jātā vinayadharā jātā sataparivārāpi sahassaparivārāpi caranti. Ye panettha samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ gatā, te ghaṭentā vāyamantā sotāpannā jātā, sakadāgāmino anāgāmino arahanto jātā, mahāsakkārena parinibbutā’’ti . So cintesi – ‘‘sace ahampi agamissaṃ, mayhampesā sampatti abhavissa, imaṃ pana ṭhānaṃ muñcituṃ asakkonto ativiya parihīnamhī’’ti. Ayaṃ puggalo attano mudutāya taṃ ṭhānaṃ amuñcanto ariyamaggaṃ otaritvā samādhikulle nisinno nibbānasāgaraṃ pāpuṇituṃ na sakkoti.
应当知道,有一种人,如同横在恒河中央的沙洲,因被沙覆盖而成了连接两岸的桥,又像一棵长起来后成为许多人依靠的树。这类人在《车乘经》《大圣种经》《月亮譬喻经》等所教导的修行方法中,学了其中一种修行并安住其中,却是懈怠退堕的。他学好那种依修行而立的法以后,凭着自己天生美妙的嗓音,前往心峰山之类的大寺院,做打扫塔院等义务。等到听法集会时,新来的年轻比丘们便对他说:‘请您说法吧。’他就把正确学来的法依其修行之道阐明,讲给大众听。那时,无论是穿粪扫衣的、行乞食的,还是所有长老、中年、新学的比丘,都满心欢喜,赞叹说:‘啊,真是一位善士!’显示巴利原文
Gaṅgāya nadiyā tiriyaṃ patitvā, vālikāya otthaṭabhāvena antarasetu viya hutvā, bahūnaṃ paccayo jātarukkho viya rathavinītamahāariyavaṃsacandopamādipaṭipadāsu aññataraṃ paṭipadaṃ uggahetvā ṭhito olīnavuttiko puggalo veditabbo. So hi taṃ paṭipattinissitaṃ dhammaṃ uggahetvā pakatiyā mañjussaro cittalapabbatādisadisaṃ mahantaṃ ṭhānaṃ gantvā cetiyaṅgaṇavattādīni karoti. Atha naṃ dhammassavanaggaṃ pattaṃ āgantukā daharā ‘‘dhammaṃ kathehī’’ti vadanti. So sammā uggahitaṃ dhammaṃ paṭipadaṃ dīpetvā katheti. Athassa paṃsukūlikapiṇḍapātikādayo sabbe theranavamajjhimā bhikkhū ‘‘aho sappuriso’’ti attamanā bhavanti.
他有时为某人提示一点因缘,有时提示半首偈颂,有时提示一整首偈颂,就像用铁箍绑紧一样,把年轻沙弥们拉拢聚在一起。然后他去拜访大长老们,问道:‘尊者,这里有座古寺,那里有什么收入吗?’长老们回答:‘你说什么,贤友?那里有两万四千迦利沙面积的收入呢。’‘尊者,您虽然这样说,可灶上连火都生不起来呀。’‘贤友,大寺僧众所得的东西,就这么被糟蹋掉了,没人能把它再恢复起来。’‘尊者,这是古时候国王们布施、诸漏尽者所接受的东西,他们为什么要把它糟蹋掉呢?’‘贤友,要是能有那么一位说法师的话,或许还能再得到吧。’‘尊者,请不要这样说。我们就是专门阐明修行的说法师。您是打算把我当成“僧团的管库、寺院的护持者”来使唤吧。’‘贤友,这难道不是不如法的事吗?不过,要是由像您这样的人去讲,我们或许能有收入吧?’‘既然这样,尊者,等寺院的净人来了以后,请你们替我们担起责任,我们会为他们开示一条如法的途径。’显示巴利原文
So kassaci nidānamattaṃ, kassaci upaḍḍhagāthaṃ, kassaci gāthaṃ upaṭṭhāpento ayapaṭṭakena ābandhanto viya daharasāmaṇere saṅgaṇhitvā mahāthere upasaṅkamitvā, ‘‘bhante, ayaṃ porāṇakavihāro atthi, ettha koci tatruppādo’’ti?, Pucchati. Therā – ‘‘kiṃ vadesi, āvuso, catuvīsati karīsasahassāni tatruppādo’’ti. Bhante, tumhe evaṃ vadetha, uddhane pana aggipi na jalatīti. Āvuso, mahāvihāravāsīhi laddhā nāma evameva nassanti, na koci saṇṭhapetīti. Bhante, porāṇakarājūhi dinnaṃ khīṇāsavehi paṭiggahitaṃ kasmā ete nāsentīti? Āvuso, tādisena dhammakathikena sakkā bhaveyya laddhunti. Bhante, mā evaṃ vadetha, amhe paṭipattidīpakadhammakathikā nāma, tumhe maṃ ‘‘saṅghakuṭumbiko vihārupaṭṭhāko’’ti maññamānā kātukāmāti. Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, akappiyametaṃ, tumhādisehi pana kathite amhākaṃ uppajjeyyāti? Tena hi, bhante, ārāmikesu āgatesu amhākaṃ bhāraṃ karotha, ekaṃ kappiyadvāraṃ kathessāmāti.
他一大早便去,站在集会堂里。等到净人们来了,他就说:‘优婆塞们,某块田的那份收成在哪里?某块田的那枚咖哈巴那在哪里?’诸如此类。他就这样,拿了这人的田地,交给另一个人。如此依次阻挡一些人,又给予另一些人,结果弄成这般情形:端着粥的、端着糕点的、端着饭食的、端着油、蜜、糖浆、酥油等的人,全都聚到他跟前。整座寺院乱作一团,那些行为端正的比丘们感到厌离,全都走了。显示巴利原文
So pātova gantvā, sannipātasālāyaṃ ṭhatvā, ārāmikesu āgatesu ‘‘upāsakā asukakhette bhāgo kuhiṃ, asukakhette kahāpaṇaṃ kuhi’’ntiādīni vatvā, aññassa khettaṃ gahetvā, aññassa deti. Evaṃ anukkamena taṃ taṃ paṭisedhento tassa tassa dento tathā akāsi , yathā yāguhatthā pūvahatthā bhattahatthā telamadhuphāṇitaghatādihatthā ca attanova santikaṃ āgacchanti. Sakalavihāro ekakolāhalo hoti, pesalā bhikkhū nibbijja apakkamiṃsu.
他还为许多被亲教师与依止师所摈弃、难以教导的人充当依止师,将寺院塞得满满当当。客比丘来到寺院门口,问道:“这里住的是些什么比丘?”一听说是“某类比丘”,便干脆从寺院外边绕道离去。此人横亘于教法之中,虽成为大众资具的依凭,却无法契入圣道,不能安住定之高处,不能抵达涅槃之海。显示巴利原文
Sopi ācariyupajjhāyehi vissaṭṭhakānaṃ bahūnaṃ dubbacapuggalānaṃ upajjhaṃ dento vihāraṃ pūreti. Āgantukā bhikkhū vihāradvāre ṭhatvāva ‘‘vihāre ke vasantī’’ti, pucchitvā, ‘‘evarūpā nāma bhikkhū’’ti sutvā bāhireneva pakkamanti. Ayaṃ puggalo sāsane tiriyaṃ nipannatāya mahājanassa paccayabhāvaṃ upagato ariyamaggaṃ otaritvā samādhikulle nisinno nibbānasāgaraṃ pāpuṇituṃ na sakkoti.
“他对世尊这样说”,是指那位比丘了知以“倾向涅槃”为结语的法说后,因善于贯通,便提出了“尊者,这是何故?”等问话。如来坐于众中,知道:“这里有位比丘善巧连贯,他会向我发问。”正是为给他发问的机会,世尊才在此处结束这段说法。显示巴利原文
Bhagavantaṃ etadavocāti ‘‘nibbānapabbhārā’’ti padena osāpitaṃ dhammadesanaṃ ñatvā anusandhikusalatāya etaṃ ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, bhante’’tiādivacanaṃ avoca. Tathāgatopi hi imissaṃ parisati nisinno ‘‘anusandhikusalo bhikkhu atthi, so maṃ pañhaṃ pucchissatī’’ti tasseva okāsakaraṇatthāya imasmiṃ ṭhāne desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesi.
现在,当以「此岸」等方法来说明时,对于内六处等的亲近与不亲近,应该这样理解。如果一个人以「我的眼净色是清明的,哪怕微小的色所缘我也能穿透」这样的想法而喜欢眼,或者因为翳障、风等受损的眼净色,想:「我的眼不可意,连巨大的色所缘都不能显现」,从而生起忧愁,这就称为「亲近眼处」。而依据无常、苦、无我三相来观察的人,则称为「不亲近」。对于耳等也是同样的道理。显示巴利原文
Idāni orimaṃ tīrantiādinā nayena vuttesu ajjhattikāyatanādīsu evaṃ upagamanānupagamanādīni veditabbāni. ‘‘Mayhaṃ cakkhu-pasannaṃ, ahaṃ appamattakampi rūpārammaṇaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ sakkomī’’ti etaṃ nissāya cakkhuṃ assādentopi timirakavātādīhi upahatapasādo ‘‘amanāpaṃ mayhaṃ cakkhu, mahantampi rūpārammaṇaṃ vibhāvetuṃ na sakkomī’’ti domanassaṃ āpajjantopi cakkhāyatanaṃ upagacchati nāma. Aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattāti tiṇṇaṃ lakkhaṇānaṃ vasena vipassanto pana na upagacchati nāma. Sotādīsupi eseva nayo.
对于意处,若有人心想‘我的意真令人悦意!它从不取左,只取右’而以此自喜,或想‘我用意所想的,没有不成办之事’而以此自喜,又或对于‘我的意对不善之思总取不吉’生起忧恼,即称为亲近意处。又,对可意之色生起贪,对不可意之色生起嗔,即称为亲近色处。声处等也是如此。显示巴利原文
Manāyatane pana ‘‘manāpaṃ vata me mano, kiñci vāmato aggahetvā sabbaṃ dakkhiṇatova gaṇhātī’’ti vā ‘‘manena me cintitacintitassa alābho nāma natthī’’ti vā evaṃ assādentopi, ‘‘ducintitacintitassa me mano appadakkhiṇaggāhī’’ti evaṃ domanassaṃ uppādentopi manāyatanaṃ upagacchati nāma. Iṭṭhe pana rūpe rāgaṃ, aniṭṭhe paṭighaṃ uppādento rūpāyatanaṃ upagacchati nāma. Saddāyatanādīsupi eseva nayo.
这便是‘喜贪’一词的涵义。犹如一根木头在河中沉没,随后漂至岸边,被细沙与粗沙覆盖,再也抬不起头来;同样,被喜贪所系缚的人,堕入四恶趣的大苦之中,为大苦所覆,纵使经过数千年也无法抬起头来。因此说为‘喜贪’。显示巴利原文
Nandīrāgassetaṃ adhivacananti yathā hi majjhe saṃsīditvā thalaṃ pattaṃ dārukkhandhaṃ saṇhathūlavālikā pidahati, so puna sīsaṃ ukkhipituṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ nandīrāgena ābaddho puggalo catūsu mahāapāyesu patito mahādukkhena pidhīyati, so anekehipi vassasahassehi puna sīsaṃ ukkhipituṃ na sakkoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘nandīrāgassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti.
这便是‘我慢’一词的涵义。正如一根被冲上高地的木头,下面被恒河水浸泡,上面被雨水淋湿,渐渐地被苔藓完全包裹,变得让人不禁说‘这是石头还是树桩?’;同样,被我慢抬高的人,到粪扫衣者中就成了粪扫衣者,到说法者中就成了说法者,到争吵者中就成了争吵者,到医师中就成了医师,到离间语者中就成了离间语者。他从事种种不正当的活命方式,被这种种罪过所缠缚,变得让人不禁说‘这人心里到底还有一点戒呢,还是一点也无?’。因此说为‘我慢’。显示巴利原文
Asmimānassetaṃ adhivacananti yathā hi thale āruḷho dārukkhandho heṭṭhā gaṅgodakena ceva upari vassena ca temento anukkamena sevālapariyonaddho ‘‘pāsāṇo nu kho esa khāṇuko’’ti vattabbataṃ āpajjati, evameva asmimānena unnato puggalo paṃsukūlikaṭṭhāne paṃsukūliko hoti, dhammakathikaṭṭhāne dhammakathiko, bhaṇḍanakārakaṭṭhāne bhaṇḍanakārako, vejjaṭṭhāne vejjo, pisuṇaṭṭhāne pisuṇo. So nānappakāraṃ anesanaṃ āpajjanto tāhi tāhi āpattīhi paliveṭhito ‘‘atthi nu kho assa abbhantare kiñci sīlaṃ, udāhu natthī’’ti vattabbataṃ āpajjati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘asmimānassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti.
这是对“五欲”这一说法的解说。正如陷入漩涡的木头,在漩涡中被岩石等不断撞击,破裂碎为粉末;同样,陷入五欲漩涡的人,在四恶趣中被业报、饥渴等苦不断撞击,长劫之中碎为粉末。因此说“五欲这一用语”。显示巴利原文
Pañcannetaṃkāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacananti yathā hi āvaṭṭe patitadārukhandho antoyeva pāsāṇādīsu āhatasamabbhāhato bhijjitvā cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ hoti, evaṃ pañcakāmaguṇāvaṭṭe patitapuggalo catūsu apāyesu kammakāraṇakhuppipāsādidukkhehi āhatasamabbhāhato dīgharattaṃ cuṇṇavicuṇṇataṃ āpajjati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pañcannetaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacana’’nti.
“恶戒者”即无戒之人。“恶法者”即具足低劣法之人。“不净者”即不清净之人。“有疑行迹者”指其行为会被他人疑心而忆念:“这大概是他做的事,这大概是他做的事”。或者因其自身对他人行为常以疑心揣度,故称“有疑行迹者”。事实上,当他看见两三个人在交谈,便想“他们可能在说我的过失”,于是心生怀疑,追索其行迹,所以是有疑行迹者。显示巴利原文
Dussīloti nissīlo. Pāpadhammoti lāmakadhammo. Asucīti na suci. Saṅkassarasamācāroti ‘‘imassa maññe imassa maññe idaṃ kamma’’nti evaṃ parehi saṅkāya saritabbasamācāro. Saṅkāya vā paresaṃ samācāraṃ saratītipi saṅkassarasamācāro. Tassa hi dve tayo jane kathente disvā, ‘‘mama dosaṃ maññe kathentī’’ti tesaṃ samācāraṃ saṅkassarati dhāvatīti saṅkassarasamācāro.
“沙门自称者”:在分发筹签等活动中,当开始统计“寺院中沙门有几位”时,他便宣称“我也是沙门,我也是沙门”,并去领取筹签等物。“梵行自称者”:在布萨、自恣等活动中,宣称“我也是梵行者”,从而参与这些僧团事务。“内里腐败者”:并非其肾脏、心脏等内脏腐烂,而是其功德已败坏,故称内里腐败。“漏泄者”即被贪欲所浸透之人。“生于污物者”即由贪等烦恼所生的污秽之人。显示巴利原文
Samaṇapaṭiññoti salākaggahaṇādīsu ‘‘kittakā vihāre samaṇā’’ti gaṇanāya āraddhāya ‘‘ahampi samaṇo, ahampi samaṇo’’ti paṭiññaṃ deti, salākaggahaṇādīni karoti. Brahmacāripaṭiññoti uposathapavāraṇādīsu ‘‘ahampi brahmacārī’’ti paṭiññāya tāni kammāni pavisati . Antopūtīti vakkahadayādīsu apūtikassapi guṇānaṃ pūtibhāvena, antopūti. Avassutoti rāgena tinto. Kasambujātoti rāgādīhi kilesehi kacavarajāto.
“说此言已”:他将牛群引向恒河岸边,立于众人外围,从头至尾听闻导师说法后,心想:“导师以不执取此岸等方法,开示能圆满修行之道。若确能圆满,我出家后便去圆满它。”如此思惟后,便说了“尊者,我……”这番话。显示巴利原文
Etadavocāti gogaṇaṃ gaṅgātīrābhimukhaṃ katvā parisapariyante ṭhito ādito paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānā satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā, ‘‘satthā orimatīrādīnaṃ anupagacchantādivasena sakkā paṭipattiṃ pūretunti vadati. Yadi evaṃ pūretuṃ sakkā, ahaṃ pabbajitvā pūressāmī’’ti cintetvā etaṃ ‘‘ahaṃ kho, bhante’’tiādivacanaṃ avoca.
“由于贪着小牛”:因那些母牛贪恋小牛,乳房淌着乳汁,由对小牛的爱恋,它们自会走回去。“已交付”:即已经交付。若母牛未交付,牛主们便会前来追问:“少了一头母牛,少了一头公牛,少了一头小牛”,跟在你后面追查,令你不得安宁。出家一事,宜无债务者,有债务者不宜,无债务而出家乃为佛陀等所赞叹。为说明此义,他才这样说。“已交付”即已交付。此经中,既说流转轮回,亦说还灭涅槃。显示巴利原文
Vacchagiddhiniyoti vacchesu sasnehā thanehi khīraṃ paggharantehi vacchakasnehena sayameva gamissantīti. Niyyātehevāti niyyātehiyeva. Gāvīsu hi aniyyātitāsu gosāmikā āgantvā, ‘‘ekā gāvī na dissati, eko goṇo, eko vacchako na dissatī’’ti tuyhaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito vicarissanti, iti te aphāsukaṃ bhavissati. Pabbajjā ca nāmesā saiṇassa na ruhati, aṇaṇā pabbajjā ca buddhādīhi saṃvaṇṇitāti dassanatthaṃ evamāha. Niyyātāti niyyātitā. Imasmiṃ sutte vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ.
第五 第二木段譬喻经注释显示巴利原文
5. Dutiyadārukkhandhopamasuttavaṇṇanā
242 第五项,“咖弥喇”:指名为咖弥喇的城市。“染污”:从覆藏时起,便没有所谓“未染污”的罪,即指如此染污之罪。“出罪不被知道”:通过别住、敬悦及出罪而恢复清净的情形,便不可见。显示巴利原文
242. Pañcame kimilāyanti kimilānāmake nagare. Saṃkiliṭṭhanti paṭicchannakālato paṭṭhāya asaṃkiliṭṭhā nāma āpatti natthi, evarūpaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ āpattiṃ. Na vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyatīti parivāsamānattaabbhānehi vuṭṭhānaṃ na dissati.
《漏泄经》的注疏显示巴利原文
6. Avassutapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanā
243 第六项,“新的集会堂”:指新近建成的集会堂,意思是作为一座大讲堂。因为在出征等场合,国王们会站在那里,像这样进行安排并划定界限:“这些人往前走,这些人走在后面,这些人在两旁走,这些人骑象,这些人骑马,这些人站在车上。”因此那个地方就称为“集会堂”。而且从出发处回来后,直到派人把家中用湿牛粪涂抹地面等事办妥,那两三天里国王们都在那里铺排布置,所以也叫“集会堂”。对于那些国王而言,那里也是一起商议政务的地方,所以也叫“集会堂”。因为他们是共和制的王族,所出现的事务不能由一个人单独裁定,必须征得所有人的同意方可,因此大家都会聚集在那里共同商议,所以说“也是一起商议政务的地方”。又因为他们聚集在那里,用“这时适宜耕种,这时适宜播种”之类的说法共同商议种种在家的生计,所以他们也在那里经营料理充满残缺的居家生活,所以也叫“集会堂”。它是新近建成的:即通过砌砖、抹灰、彩绘等工巧装饰一新,如同天宫一般,刚刚竣工。其中,“由沙门或”:因为在家的宅基落成时,天神们就已占据了他们各自的住处。显示巴利原文
243. Chaṭṭhe navaṃ santhāgāranti adhunā kāritaṃ santhāgāraṃ, ekā mahāsālāti attho. Uyyogakālādīsu hi rājāno tattha ṭhatvā, ‘‘ettakā purato gacchantu, ettakā pacchā, ettakā ubhohi passehi, ettakā hatthī abhiruhantu, ettakā asse, ettakā rathesu tiṭṭhantū’’ti evaṃ santhaṃ karonti, mariyādaṃ bandhanti, tasmā taṃ ṭhānaṃ santhāgāranti vuccati. Uyyogaṭṭhānato ca āgantvā yāva gehesu allagomayaparibhaṇḍādīni kārenti, tāva dve tīṇi divasāni te rājāno tattha santharantītipi santhāgāraṃ. Tesaṃ rājūnaṃ saha atthānusāsanaṃ agārantipi santhāgāraṃ. Gaṇarājāno hi te, tasmā uppannaṃ kiccaṃ ekassa vasena na chijjati, sabbesaṃ chandopi laddhuṃ vaṭṭati, tasmā sabbe tattha sannipatitvā anusāsanti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘saha atthānusāsanaṃ agārantipi santhāgāra’’nti. Yasmā pana te tattha sannipatitvā, ‘‘imasmiṃ kāle kasituṃ vaṭṭati, imasmiṃ kāle vapitu’’nti evamādinā nayena gharāvāsakiccāni sammantayanti, tasmā chiddāvachiddaṃ gharāvāsaṃ tattha santharantītipi, santhāgāraṃ. Acirakāritaṃ hotīti iṭṭhakakammasudhākammacittakammādivasena susajjitaṃ devavimānaṃ viya adhunā niṭṭhāpitaṃ. Samaṇena vāti ettha yasmā gharavatthupariggahaṇakāleyeva devatā attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gaṇhanti, tasmā ‘‘devena vā’’ti avatvā, ‘‘samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtenā’’ti vuttaṃ.
“他们便前往世尊那里”:据说,他们听说“集会堂建好了”,便说“我们去看看吧”,于是前去从门楼开始仔细察看整座建筑,心想:“这座集会堂极其赏心悦目、庄严辉煌。由谁最先受用,才能为我们带来长远的利益和安乐呢?”随即做出决定:“即使先把它献给我们的尊贵亲戚,也只有导师才最合适;若从应供者的角度来看,也只有导师才最合适。所以,我们请导师最先受用,并安排比丘僧团前来。比丘僧团一到,三藏佛语也就随之而来。我们请导师通宵为我们宣说法语。这样一来,由三宝受用之后我们再受用,就能为我们带来长远的利益和安乐了。”这样决定后,他们便前去世尊那里。显示巴利原文
Yenabhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti santhāgāraṃ niṭṭhitanti sutvā ‘‘gacchāma naṃ passissāmā’’ti gantvā dvārakoṭṭhakato paṭṭhāya sabbaṃ oloketvā ‘‘idaṃ santhāgāraṃ ativiya manoramaṃ sassirikaṃ. Kena paṭhamaṃ paribhuttaṃ amhākaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya assā’’ti cintetvā – ‘‘amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭhassa paṭhamaṃ diyyamānepi satthunova anucchavikaṃ, dakkhiṇeyyavasena diyyamānepi satthunova anucchavikaṃ, tasmā satthāraṃ paṭhamaṃ paribhuñjāpessāma, bhikkhusaṅghassa ca āgamanaṃ karissāma, bhikkhusaṅghe āgate tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ āgatameva bhavissati, satthāraṃ tiyāmarattiṃ amhākaṃ dhammakathaṃ kathāpessāma, iti tīhi ratanehi paribhuttaṃ pacchā mayaṃ paribhuñjissāma, evaṃ no dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissatī’’ti sanniṭṭhānaṃ katvā upasaṅkamiṃsu.
“他们朝着新集会堂所在之处前去”:据说,当天集会堂为了供王族们参观,虽然已经像天宫一样被庄严装饰、妥善打理,但为了佛陀,却还没有铺设座席。因为诸佛性喜林野,乐于住在林野,可能住在村落里,也可能不住,所以他们心想:“先了解世尊的心意后我们再铺设。”于是他们便先去世尊那里。如今既已得知世尊的意向,他们便想去铺设,于是朝着集会堂所在之处前去。显示巴利原文
Yena navaṃ santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti taṃdivasaṃ kira santhāgāraṃ kiñcāpi rājakulānaṃ dassanatthāya devavimānaṃ viya susajjitaṃ hoti supaṭijaggitaṃ, buddhārahaṃ pana katvā apaññattaṃ. Buddhā hi nāma araññajjhāsayā araññārāmā antogāme vaseyyuṃ vā no vā, tasmā ‘‘bhagavato manaṃ jānitvāva, paññāpessāmā’’ti cintetvā, te bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu, idāni pana manaṃ labhitvā paññāpetukāmā yena santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu.
「把集会堂里一切该铺的都铺好」:意思是使其整座殿堂都铺设铺垫。首先,他们心想“据说牛粪在一切吉祥事中都适用”,便让人先在已用石灰处理过的地面上洒上湿牛粪;待地面完全干透后,又用四种生香涂抹,使得踩踏之处能显出脚印;再在上面撒上各种颜色的细沙;接着,从大木椅、绒毛毯开始,依次铺设手毯、马毯、狮子皮毯、老虎皮毯、月光毯、日光毯、彩绘布等种种色泽的毯子,将应铺设之处皆铺得满满当当。故说「把集会堂里一切该铺的都铺好」。显示巴利原文
Sabbasanthariṃ santhāgāraṃ santharitvāti yathā sabbameva santhataṃ hoti, evaṃ taṃ santharāpetvā. Sabbapaṭhamaṃ tāva ‘‘gomayaṃ nāma sabbamaṅgalesu vaṭṭatī’’ti sudhāparikammakatampi bhūmiṃ allagomayena opuñjāpetvā, parisukkhabhāvaṃ ñatvā, yathā akkantaṭṭhāne padaṃ paññāyati, evaṃ catujjātiyagandhehi limpāpetvā upari nānāvaṇṇakaṭasārake santharitvā tesaṃ upari mahāpiṭṭhikakojave ādiṃ katvā hatthattharaassattharasīhattharabyagghattharacandattharakasūriyattharakacittattharakādīhi nānāvaṇṇehi attharakehi santharitabbayuttakaṃ sabbokāsaṃ santharāpesuṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sabbasanthariṃ santhāgāraṃ santharitvā’’ti.
「铺设座位」:首先,在大厅中央靠吉祥柱处,铺设了极为珍贵的佛座;各处凡是柔软悦目的坐垫,都一一敷设;座位两侧放置了悦目的红色靠枕;上方悬挂着由金、银制成的星宿图案华盖;并以香鬘、花鬘、叶鬘等加以装饰;在四周约十二肘处,安置了花网;令人用布幔围出约三十肘的范围;靠西墙,为比丘僧团铺设了结跏趺座、靠背椅和圆凳,上面再敷设白色坐垫;靠东墙,王族们为自己铺设了大木椅、绒毛毯,并摆放了填满鹅绒等柔软舒适的靠枕,心想:“这样我们彻夜听法就不会疲惫了。”正是针对这些而说「铺设座位」。显示巴利原文
Āsanāni paññāpetvāti majjhaṭṭhāne tāva maṅgalathambhaṃ nissāya mahārahaṃ buddhāsanaṃ paññāpetvā, tattha tattha yaṃ yaṃ mudukañca manoramañca paccattharaṇaṃ , taṃ taṃ paccattharitvā ubhatolohitakaṃ manuññadassanaṃ upadhānaṃ upadahitvā upari suvaṇṇarajatatārakavicittavitānaṃ bandhitvā gandhadāmapupphadāmapattadāmādīhi alaṅkaritvā samantā dvādasahatthe ṭhāne pupphajālaṃ kāretvā, tiṃsahatthamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭasāṇiyā parikkhipāpetvā pacchimabhittiṃ nissāya bhikkhusaṅghassa pallaṅkapīṭhaapassayapīṭhamuṇḍapīṭhāni paññāpetvā upari setapaccattharaṇehi paccattharāpetvā pācīnabhittiṃ nissāya attano attano mahāpiṭṭhikakojave paññāpetvā manoramāni haṃsalomādipūritāni upadhānāni ṭhapāpesuṃ ‘‘evaṃ akilamamānā sabbarattiṃ dhammaṃ suṇissāmā’’ti. Idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘āsanāni paññāpetvā’’ti.
「放好水罐」:放好了大腹水罐,心想:“这样一来,世尊与比丘僧众便可随其所欲,洗手、洗足或漱口。”在各处,他们盛满了色泽如宝珠般的水,为使水散发芬芳,还放入种种鲜花和浸水香粉,用芭蕉叶覆盖妥当。因此说「放好水罐」。显示巴利原文
Udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvāti mahākucchikaṃ udakacāṭiṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā ‘‘evaṃ bhagavā ca bhikkhusaṅgho ca yathāruciyā hatthe vā dhovissanti pāde vā, mukhaṃ vā vikkhālessantī’’ti tesu tesu ṭhānesu maṇivaṇṇassa udakassa pūrāpetvā vāsatthāya nānāpupphāni ceva udakavāsacuṇṇāni ca pakkhipitvā kadalipaṇṇehi pidahitvā patiṭṭhāpesuṃ. Idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā’’ti.
「点燃油灯」:即点亮以金银等制成的灯柱上的灯盏,以及安放在鬼子母像、金翅鸟像等手中的金银等灯碗里的油灯。「他们朝着世尊所在的地方前往」:在此,那些释迦国王们并非仅仅准备了集会堂而已,他们还命人将周围一由旬的迦毗罗卫城中的街道清扫干净,竖起幢幡,于各户门前安置满瓶与芭蕉树,并用灯明等将整座城装饰得如同繁星散布一般;又遣人击鼓巡回公告:「尚在哺乳的婴儿就让他们继续喝奶,年幼的男童速速喂饭后去安睡,不得大声喧哗。今夜导师将住于此城,佛陀喜静,不乐高声。」随后,他们便手持灯杖,朝世尊所在之处行去。显示巴利原文
Telappadīpaṃ āropetvāti rajatasuvaṇṇādimayadaṇḍadīpikāsu yonakarūpakirātarūpakādīnaṃ hatthe ṭhapitasuvaṇṇarajatādimayakapallikāsu ca telappadīpaṃ jālāpetvāti attho. Yenabhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti ettha pana te sakyarājāno na kevalaṃ santhāgārameva, atha kho yojanāvaṭṭe kapilavatthusmiṃ nagaravīthiyopi sammajjāpetvā dhaje ussāpetvā gehadvāresu puṇṇaghaṭe ca kadaliyo ca ṭhapāpetevā sakalanagaraṃ dīpamālādīhi vippakiṇṇatārakaṃ viya katvā ‘‘khīrūpage dārake khīraṃ pāyetha, dahare kumāre lahuṃ lahuṃ bhojetvā sayāpetha, uccāsaddaṃ mā karittha, ajja ekarattiṃ satthā antogāme vasissati, buddhā nāma appasaddakāmā hontī’’ti bheriṃ carāpetvā sayaṃ daṇḍadīpikā ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu.
那时,世尊穿好下衣,持钵与衣,与比丘僧团一同朝着新建的集会堂走去。据说,当有人禀报「尊者,此刻正是世尊您认为合宜之时」后,世尊便穿好下衣——那下衣如同被虫胶与紫胶染透的黑檀花般殷红,他如以剪刀裁红莲般,将下衣叠作三层覆身;系上腰带——那腰带闪耀着闪电般的光泽,犹如用金带束住一束莲花;然后披上那件色泽如榕树嫩叶的红色殊胜粪扫衣——此景象犹如用红毛毯裹住象颊,又如往百宝所成的高大金烛台上抛撒珊瑚网,如给金塔罩上红色毛毯,如用红色云彩遮住了满月,如在金山顶上倾注炼好的虫胶汁,又如以闪电环饰心峰山顶。就这样,他震荡了从大地至铁围山、须弥山、持地山的一切处,然后从香室门出,犹如雄狮出于金山洞,又如满月从日出山巅升起;出已,立于香室之前。显示巴利原文
Athakho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena navaṃ santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamīti ‘‘yassa dāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti evaṃ kira kāle ārocite bhagavā lākhārasatintarattakoviḷārapupphavaṇṇaṃ rattadupaṭṭaṃ kattariyā padumaṃ kantento viya, saṃvidhāya timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādento nivāsetvā suvaṇṇapāmaṅgena padumakalāpaṃ parikkhipanto viya, vijjulatāsassirikaṃ kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā rattakambalena gajakumbhaṃ pariyonandhanto viya, ratanasatubbedhe suvaṇṇagghike pavāḷajālaṃ khipamāno viya suvaṇṇacetiye rattakambalakañcukaṃ paṭimuñcanto viya, gacchantaṃ puṇṇacandaṃ rattavaṇṇavalāhakena paṭicchādayamāno viya, kañcanapabbatamatthake supakkalākhārasaṃ parisiñcanto viya, cittakūṭapabbatamatthakaṃ vijjulatāya parikkhipanto viya ca sacakkavāḷasineruyugandharaṃ mahāpathaviṃ sañcāletvā gahitaṃ nigrodhapallavasamānavaṇṇaṃ rattavarapaṃsukūlaṃ pārupitvā, gandhakuṭidvārato nikkhami kañcanaguhato sīho viya udayapabbatakūṭato puṇṇacando viya ca. Nikkhamitvā pana gandhakuṭipamukhe aṭṭhāsi.
那时,世尊身放光明,犹如云隙迸射的电光簇,将园林中的树木映照得如同金液浇灌,枝叶花果悉呈金色。与此同时,大比丘僧众各自持其钵衣,围聚在世尊周围。那些环立四旁的比丘众,正具足如此之德:少欲、知足、远离、不染世间、精进努力、善于说法、能忍讥责、常自省过、呵斥一切恶行;戒具足、定具足、慧具足、解脱具足、解脱知见具足。被如此比丘众所围绕的世尊,辉煌灿烂,犹如红毯围绕的金柱,宛若红莲丛中的金船,又如珊瑚栏杆环绕的金殿。舍利弗、目犍连等大长老们,披着云灰色的粪扫衣,犹如身披宝石铠甲的巨象般环护于侧;他们皆已离欲、断尽烦恼、解开缠结、断除种种结缚,于家族或团体更无丝毫执著。显示巴利原文
Athassa kāyato meghamukhehi vijjukalāpā viya rasmiyo nikkhamitvā suvaṇṇarasadhārāparisekapiñjarapattapupphaphalaviṭape viya ārāmarukkhe kariṃsu. Tāvadeva ca attano attano pattacīvaramādāya mahābhikkhusaṅgho bhagavantaṃ parivāresi. Te pana parivāretvā ṭhitā bhikkhū evarūpā ahesuṃ – appicchā santuṭṭhā pavivittā asaṃsaṭṭhā āraddhavīriyā vattāro vacanakkhamā codakā pāpagarahino sīlasampannā samādhisampannā paññāvimuttivimuttiñāṇadassanasampannā. Tehi parivārito bhagavā rattakambalaparikkhitto viya suvaṇṇakkhandho, rattapadumasaṇḍamajjhagatā viya suvaṇṇanāvā, pavāḷavedikāparikkhitto viya suvaṇṇapāsādo virocittha. Sāriputtamoggallānādayo mahātherāpi naṃ meghavaṇṇaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ pārupitvā maṇivammavammikā viya mahānāgā parivārayiṃsu vantarāgā bhinnakilesā vijaṭitajaṭā chinnabandhanā kule vā gaṇe vā alaggā.
就这样,世尊自己离欲,又被离欲者围绕;自己离嗔,又被离嗔者围绕;自己离痴,又被离痴者围绕;自己无渴爱,又被无渴爱者围绕;自己无烦恼,又被无烦恼者围绕;自己觉悟,又被多闻的觉悟者围绕。那景象,犹如被花瓣环绕的花蕊,犹如被花蕊环绕的莲台顶饰,犹如被八千头大象簇拥的六牙象王,犹如被九万只天鹅簇拥的持国天鹅王,犹如被军队众兵簇拥的转轮王,犹如被众天簇拥的帝释天王,犹如被梵众簇拥的常童大梵天,犹如被群星簇拥的满月。世尊便以这般无与伦比的佛陀相好与无量威仪,踏上了前往迦毗罗卫城的道路。显示巴利原文
Iti bhagavā sayaṃ vītarāgo vītarāgehi, vītadoso vītadosehi, vītamoho vītamohehi , nittaṇho nittaṇhehi, nikkileso nikkilesehi, sayaṃ buddho bahussutabuddhehi parivārito pattaparivāritaṃ viya kesaraṃ, kesaraparivāritā viya kaṇṇikā, aṭṭhanāgasahassaparivārito viya chaddanto nāgarājā, navutihaṃsasahassaparivārito viya dhataraṭṭho haṃsarājā, senaṅgaparivārito viya cakkavattirājā, marugaṇaparivārito viya sakko devarājā, brahmagaṇaparivārito viya hāritamahābrahmā, tārāgaṇaparivārito viya puṇṇacando asamena buddhavesena aparimāṇena buddhavilāsena kapilavatthugāmimaggaṃ paṭipajji.
那时,从世尊的前身放射出金色光芒,照彻八十肘方圆;从后身、右手、左手同样放射出金色光芒,各照彻八十肘方圆。向上,从发际开始,每一发旋都放出如孔雀颈色的光芒,升至空中,照彻八十肘方圆。向下,从脚掌升起珊瑚色光芒,穿透大地,深达八十肘。如此,四面八方八十肘之内,六彩的佛陀光芒闪耀跃动,如同从金柄火炬中喷射而出的火焰窜向空中,又如从四洲的大雨云中劈出的闪电。每一个方向都绚烂光明,仿佛金色瞻波花正纷纷洒落,仿佛从金瓶倾出的金液不断浇灌,仿佛铺展开的金色布料缭绕于四周,仿佛旋风吹起的吉利花与迦尼迦罗花粉弥漫于空中。显示巴利原文
Athassa puratthimakāyato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā asītihatthaṭṭhānaṃ aggahesi pacchima-kāyato, dakkhiṇahatthato, vāmahatthato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā asītihatthaṭṭhānaṃ aggahesi. Upari kesantato paṭṭhāya sabbakesāvaṭṭehi moragīvavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā gaganatale asītihatthaṭṭhānaṃ aggahesi. Heṭṭhā pādatalehi pavāḷavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā ghanapathaviṃ asītihatthaṭṭhānaṃ aggahesi. Evaṃ samantā asītihatthaṭṭhānaṃ chabbaṇṇā buddharasmiyo vijjotamānā vipphandamānā kañcanadaṇḍadīpikāhi niccharitvā ākāsaṃ pakkhandajālā viya cātuddīpikamahāmeghato nikkhantavijjulatā viya vidhāviṃsu. Sabbadisābhāgā suvaṇṇacampakapupphehi vikiriyamānā viya, suvaṇṇaghaṭato nikkhantasuvaṇṇarasadhārāhi siñcamānā viya, pasāritasuvaṇṇapaṭaparikkhittā viya, verambhavātasamuṭṭhitakiṃsukakaṇikārapupphacuṇṇasamokiṇṇā viya vippabhāsiṃsu.
世尊的身躯具足八十随形好、一寻身光与三十二殊胜相,光明灿烂,宛如星罗棋布的天空,宛如盛开的莲花林,又如百由旬的波利质多罗树繁花满枝。它如同依次排开的三十二轮圆月、三十二个太阳、三十二位转轮王、三十二位天王、三十二位大梵天,而其光辉却更胜于彼。这端庄正是由十波罗蜜、十近波罗蜜、十究竟波罗蜜——即圆成的三十波罗蜜——所庄严的果报。在百劫与四阿僧祇劫之中,所行的布施、所持的戒律、所造的一切善业,仿佛在此生汇聚一处,因无处可容而壅塞,犹如把千艘船的货物装上一艘船,把千车的货物装上一辆车,又如二十五条恒河的洪流在河口汇为一聚。显示巴利原文
Bhagavatopi asītianubyañjanabyāmappabhādvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇasamujjalasarīraṃ samuggatatārakaṃ viya gaganatalaṃ, vikasitamiva padumavanaṃ, sabbapāliphullo viya yojanasatiko pāricchattako, paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitānaṃ dvattiṃsacandānaṃ dvattiṃsasūriyānaṃ dvattiṃsacakkavattīnaṃ dvattiṃsadevarājānaṃ dvattiṃsamahābrahmānaṃ siriyā siriṃ abhibhavamānaṃ viya virocittha, yathā taṃ dasahi pāramīhi dasahi upapāramīhi dasahi paramatthapāramīhi sammadeva pūritāhi samatiṃsapāramitāhi alaṅkataṃ. Kappasatasahassādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni dinnadānaṃ rakkhitasīlaṃ katakalyāṇakammaṃ ekasmiṃ attabhāve otaritvā vipākaṃ dātuṃ ṭhānaṃ alabhamānaṃ sambādhapattaṃ viya ahosi. Nāvāsahassabhaṇḍaṃ ekanāvaṃ āropanakālo viya, sakaṭasahassabhaṇḍaṃ ekasakaṭaṃ āropanakālo viya, pañcavīsatiyā gaṅgānaṃ oghassa sambhijja mukhadvāre ekato rāsibhūtakālo viya ahosi.
世尊为这佛陀祥光所照耀时,众人在他前方、后方、左侧、右侧举起了无数千把火炬。素馨、瞻波、林茉莉、夜花、红睡莲、青莲花、巴库拉、辛度瓦拉等鲜花,与蓝、黄等各色芬芳香粉,如同从四大洲云中降下的雨一般纷纷撒落。五种乐器的音声与赞叹佛、法、僧功德的歌咏,响彻十方。天人、人、龙、金翅鸟、乾闼婆、夜叉等众生的眼眸,都如同品尝了甘露一般。此时,纵以千首偈颂也难以尽述行走的庄严,此处仅略举一斑:显示巴利原文
Imāya buddhasiriyā obhāsamānassāpi ca bhagavato purato anekāni daṇḍadīpikāsahassāni ukkhipiṃsu, tathā pacchato, vāmapasse, dakkhiṇapasse. Jātisumanacampakavanamallikārattuppala-nīluppala-bakulasinduvārapupphāni ceva nīlapītādivaṇṇasugandhagandhacuṇṇāni ca cātuddīpikameghavissaṭṭhā udakavuṭṭhiyo viya vippakiriyiṃsu. Pañcaṅgikatūriyanigghosā ceva buddhadhammasaṅghaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttā thutighosā ca sabbā disā pūrayiṃsu. Devamanussanāgasupaṇṇagandhabbayakkhādīnaṃ akkhīni amatapānaṃ viya labhiṃsu. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ṭhatvā padasahassena gamanavaṇṇaṃ vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Tatridaṃ mukhamattaṃ –
如是,诸相圆满,震动大地之时,
不伤害众生,世间导师向前行进。
胜者佛陀举步之时,足下之跖柔软微妙;
他的双足平稳地接触大地,却不被尘垢所染着。
当世间导师行走时,低洼之处便隆起;
高凸之处也变得平坦,而大地却是无意识的。
岩石、沙砾、碎石、树桩与荆棘,
当世间导师举足时,道路上所有障碍皆自然避让。
举足不过远,落足亦不过近;
他行走时,双膝与双踝互不摩擦碰撞。
戒行圆满的牟尼不行走过快,
也不缓慢而行,行走时心意安住于定。
上方、下方、横向,以及四方与四隅;
他不四处张望而行,只注视前方约一轭的距离。
他具足龙象般的威仪步态,行走时胜者辉耀庄严;
世间最上者优雅而行,令诸天世人欢喜。
如月王照耀,又如四足狮王;
令众多有情欢喜,前往最胜城邑。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evaṃ sabbaṅgasampanno, kampayanto vasundharaṃ; Aheṭhayanto pāṇāni, yāti lokavināyako. ‘‘Dakkhiṇaṃ paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ, uddharanto narāsabho Gacchanto sirisampanno, sobhate dvipaduttamo. ‘‘Gacchato buddhaseṭṭhassa, heṭṭhāpādatalaṃ mudu; Samaṃ samphusate bhūmiṃ, rajasā nupalippati. ‘‘Ninnaṭṭhānaṃ unnamati, gacchante lokanāyake; Unnatañca samaṃ hoti, pathavī ca acetanā. ‘‘Pāsāṇā sakkharā ceva, kathalā khāṇukaṇṭakā; Sabbe maggā vivajjanti, gacchante lokanāyake. ‘‘Nātidūre uddharati, naccāsanne ca nikkhipaṃ; Aghaṭṭayanto niyyāti, ubho jāṇū ca gopphake. ‘‘Nātisīghaṃ pakkamati, sampannacaraṇo muni; Na cāpi saṇikaṃ yāti, gacchamāno samāhito. ‘‘Uddhaṃ adho ca tiriyañca, disañca vidisaṃ tathā; Na pekkhamāno so yāti, yugamattañhi pekkhati. ‘‘Nāgavikkantacāro so, gamane sobhate jino; Cāruṃ gacchati lokaggo, hāsayanto sadevake. ‘‘Uḷurājāva sobhanto, catucārīva kesarī; Tosayanto bahū satte, puraṃ seṭṭhaṃ upāgamī’’ti.
据说,这叫作“称颂之时”:在这样的时刻,无论是描述佛陀的身相还是功德,说法者的能力便是衡量的标准。不论用散文句还是用偈颂来表达,能说多少就说多少,不应说“讲得不好”。因为诸佛的功德不可限量,即便是诸佛也无法穷尽地称说功德,何况其他众生。世尊以如此庄严的威仪,行入布置庄严的释迦族宅邸,受到具足净信的众人以香、熏香、涂香、粉末等恭敬供养,随后进入集会堂。因此,经中说:“那时,世尊着下衣,持钵与袈裟,与比丘僧众一同前往那新建的集会堂。”显示巴利原文
Vaṇṇakālo nāma kiresa, evaṃvidhesu kālesu buddhassa sarīravaṇṇe vā guṇavaṇṇe vā dhammakathikassa thāmoyeva pamāṇaṃ. Cuṇṇiyapadehi vā gāthābandhena vā yattakaṃ sakkoti, tattakaṃ vattabbaṃ. Dukkathitanti na vattabbaṃ. Appamāṇavaṇṇā hi buddhā. Tesaṃ buddhāpi anavasesato vaṇṇaṃ vattuṃ asamatthā, pageva itarā pajāti. Iminā sirivilāsena alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ sakyarājakulaṃ pavisitvā bhagavā pasannacittena janena gandhadhūmavāsacuṇṇādīhi pūjiyamāno santhāgāraṃ pāvisi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena navaṃ santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamī’’ti.
“以世尊为上首”是指奉世尊于前导。在那儿,世尊坐于比丘与近事男众的中间,犹如一尊纯金佛像:先以香水沐浴,用细布拭干,再以天然朱砂涂抹,然后安放在缠裹着红毛毯的座具之上,极其闪耀。这是古德的赞颂方式——显示巴利原文
Bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvāti bhagavantaṃ purato katvā. Tattha bhagavā bhikkhūnañceva upāsakānañca majjhe nisinno gandhodakena nhāpetvā dukūlacumbaṭakena vodakaṃ katvā jātihiṅgulakena majjitvā rattakambalapaliveṭhite pīṭhe ṭhapitarattasuvaṇṇaghanapaṭimā viya ativirocittha. Ayaṃ panettha porāṇānaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanamaggo –
以龙象般威仪的步伐,步入集会堂;
世间最上者,光辉照耀,安坐于最殊胜座。
那里,调御丈夫已端坐,
天中天,具足百福相;
于佛座中央,熠熠生辉。
项链如阎浮金,安放在淡黄色毛毯上;
无垢者光辉闪耀,犹如摩尼宝珠之光。
如同盛开的大娑罗树,又如庄严的须弥山王;
如黄金之柱,如莲花与红莲。
犹如燃烧的灯树,犹如山巅的火焰;
犹如天界的波利质多树,满树繁花,闪耀光辉。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Gantvāna maṇḍalamāḷaṃ, nāgavikkantacāraṇo; Obhāsayanto lokaggo, nisīdi varamāsane. ‘‘Tahiṃ nisinno naradammasārathi, Devātidevo satapuññalakkhaṇo; Buddhāsane majjhagato virocati, Suvaṇṇanekkhaṃ viya paṇḍukambale. ‘‘Nekkhaṃ jambonadasseva, nikkhittaṃ paṇḍukambale; Virocati vītamalo, maṇiverocano yathā. ‘‘Mahāsālova samphullo, nerurājāva’laṅkato; Suvaṇṇayūpasaṅkāso, padumo kokanado yathā. ‘‘Jalanto dīparukkhova, pabbatagge yathā sikhī; Devānaṃ pāricchattova, sabbaphullo virocatī’’ti.
在迦毗罗卫的释迦族人中,于许多夜晚开示法谈——此处的法谈应理解为与会堂随喜相关的种种开示。那时,世尊犹如倾降天河之水,犹如汲取大地之乳,犹如抓住大阎浮树的树顶摇动,犹如转动榨轮压榨方圆一由旬的蜜器来饮蜜一般,为迦毗罗卫城的释迦族居民们宣说了能带来利益与安乐的种种法谈。他说:‘大王,这住所的布施实在极为巨大。您的住所既被我受用,也被比丘僧团受用;而且,由我和比丘僧团受用之后,又被法宝受用,因此可说是被三宝所共享了。因为布施住所时,便等同于布施了一切。即便是地上的草棚或树枝搭的棚舍,其功德也无法计量。凭借住所布施的威力,即便生生世世受生,也不会住于逼仄的胎胞;母亲的子宫会像十二肘宽的宽敞内室,毫无狭窄。’就这样,他以种种方式宣说了众多法谈之后——显示巴利原文
Kāpilavatthave sakye bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāyāti ettha dhammakathā nāma santhāgārānumodanāpaṭisaṃyuttā pakiṇṇakakathā veditabbā. Tadā hi bhagavā ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viya pathavojaṃ ākaḍḍhanto viya mahājambuṃ matthake gahetvā cālento viya yojanikaṃ madhubhaṇḍaṃ cakkayantena pīḷetvā madhupānaṃ pāyamāno viya kapilavatthuvāsīnaṃ sakyānaṃ hitasukhāvahaṃ pakiṇṇakakathaṃ kathesi. ‘‘Āvāsadānaṃ nāmetaṃ, mahārāja, mahantaṃ, tumhākaṃ āvāso mayā paribhutto, bhikkhusaṅghena ca paribhutto , mayā ca bhikkhusaṅghena ca paribhutto pana dhammaratanena paribhuttoyevāti tīhi ratanehi paribhutto nāma hoti. Āvāsadānasmiñhi dinne sabbadānaṃ dinnameva hoti. Bhummaṭṭhakapaṇṇasālāya vā sākhāmaṇḍapassa vāpi ānisaṃso nāma paricchindituṃ na sakkā. Āvāsadānānubhāvena hi bhave bhave nibbattassāpi sambādhitagabbhavāso na hoti, dvādasahattho ovarako viya mātukucchi asambādhova hotī’’ti. Evaṃ nānānayavicittaṃ bahuṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ kathetvā –
能遮挡寒冷与炎热,也能防御凶猛的野兽;
能防避蛇虫与蚊蚋,也能挡住寒冬的降雨。
由此生起的酷烈风热,也能被遮止;
为作庇护,为作安乐,为修禅那,为修内观。
布施精舍予僧伽,佛陀赞为最上;
因此,智者观见自己的利益。
应建造悦意精舍,令多闻者安住其中;
他们的饮食、衣物与坐卧具。
应以净信心,布施正直者;
他们为他开示那能除一切苦的法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sītaṃ uṇhaṃ paṭihanti, tato vāḷamigāni ca; Sirīsape ca makase, sisire cāpi vuṭṭhiyo. ‘‘Tato vātātapo ghoro, sañjāto paṭihaññati; Leṇatthañca sukhatthañca, jhāyituñca vipassituṃ. ‘‘Vihāradānaṃ saṅghassa, aggaṃ buddhena vaṇṇitaṃ; Tasmā hi paṇḍito poso, sampassaṃ atthamattano. ‘‘Vihāre kāraye ramme, vāsayettha bahussute; Tesaṃ annañca pānañca, vatthasenāsanāni ca. ‘‘Dadeyya ujubhūtesu, vippasannena cetasā; Te tassa dhammaṃ desenti, sabbadukkhāpanūdanaṃ; Yaṃ so dhammaṃ idhaññāya, parinibbāti anāsavo’’ti. (cūḷava. 295) –
就这样,他用整整一夜乃至超过一个半时,都在讲说住处的功德:“这是住处的功德,这也是住处的功德。”其中,仅有这些偈颂被收录于结集,杂法的开示则未收录。至于“开示”等,意义如前所述。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ‘‘ayampi āvāse ānisaṃso, ayampi āvāse ānisaṃso’’ti bahudeva rattiṃ atirekataraṃ diyaḍḍhayāmaṃ āvāsānisaṃsakathaṃ kathesi. Tattha imā tāva gāthāva saṅgahaṃ āruḷhā, pakiṇṇakadhammadesanā pana saṅgahaṃ nārohati. Sandassetvātiādīni vuttatthāneva.
“已过”是指已经过去,两个时分已逝。“若汝等今知时”的意思是:你们若认为是离去的时候了,那就是离去之时,你们可以离去了。世尊为何遣散他们呢?出于慈悯。因为他们身体纤弱,若整夜坐着度过三时,身体可能会生病。况且比丘僧团人数众多,需要为他们腾出站立和坐下的空间。出于这两种慈悯,世尊才遣散了他们。显示巴利原文
Abhikkantāti atikkantā dve yāmā gatā. Yassa dāni kālaṃ maññathāti yassa tumhe gamanassa kālaṃ maññatha, gamanakālo tumhākaṃ, gacchathāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kasmā pana bhagavā te uyyojesīti? Anukampāya. Sukhumālā hi te, tiyāmarattiṃ nisīditvā vītināmentānaṃ sarīre ābādho uppajjeyya. Bhikkhusaṅghopi mahā, tassa ṭhānanisajjānaṃ okāso laddhuṃ vaṭṭatīti ubhayānukampāya uyyojesi.
“离惛沉睡眠”:据说当时比丘们在两个时分里,无论站着还是坐着,皆毫不动摇。到了后夜,食物消化了,因此比丘僧团得以远离惛沉睡眠——但这并非真正的原因。因为听闻佛陀说法的人,身心不会生起疲劳,身轻安、心轻安等会生起。因此,他们在两个时分里无论站着还是坐着听法,惛沉睡眠便已消失;到了后夜时分,它也同样消失了。所以称为“离惛沉睡眠”。显示巴利原文
Vigatathinamiddhoti tatra kira bhikkhū yāmadvayaṃ ṭhitāpi nisinnāpi acālayiṃsu, pacchimayāme pana āhāro pariṇamati, tassa pariṇatattā bhikkhusaṅgho vigatathinamiddho jātoti akāraṇametaṃ. Buddhānañhi kathaṃ suṇantassa kāyikacetasikadarathā na honti, kāyacittalahutādayo uppajjanti, tena tesaṃ dve yāme ṭhitānampi nisinnānampi dhammaṃ suṇantānaṃ thinamiddhaṃ vigataṃ, pacchimayāmepi sampatte tathā vigatameva jātaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘vigatathinamiddho’’ti.
“我脊背痛”——为何会痛?世尊在六年精勤修行期间,曾受极大身苦。后来到了年老之时,便患上了背风。然而,这并非痛的原因。事实上,世尊完全有能力镇伏所生的感受,以结跏趺坐安住一日、二日乃至七日。只是当时他心想,要以四种威仪来受用这座集会堂。在那里,他从洗脚处步行至法座,在这段路上,便成就了行走的威仪;到达法座旁,稍站片刻方才坐下,此时便成就了站立的威仪;在法座上坐了两个时分,便成就了坐的威仪。接着,他想略向右侧卧片刻,好让卧的威仪也得以成就。如此,他出于想以四种威仪受用的心。再说,这由业所生的身体,本不可能毫无不适,所以他借由久坐而生的那一点小小的不适,才说出了这样的话。显示巴利原文
Piṭṭhime āgilāyatīti kasmā āgilāyati? Bhagavato hi chabbassāni mahāpadhānaṃ padahantassa mahantaṃ kāyadukkhaṃ ahosi, athassa aparabhāge mahallakakāle piṭṭhivāto uppajjīti. Akāraṇaṃ vā etaṃ. Pahoti hi bhagavā uppannaṃ vedanaṃ vikkhambhetvā ekampi dvepi sattāhāni ekapallaṅkena nisīdituṃ. Santhāgārasālaṃ pana catūhi iriyāpathehi paribhuñjitukāmo ahosi. Tattha pādadhovanaṭṭhānato yāva dhammāsanā agamāsi, ettake ṭhāne gamanaṃ nipphannaṃ. Dhammāsanaṃ pattaṃ thokaṃ ṭhatvā nisīdi, ettake ṭhāne ṭhānaṃ nipphannaṃ. Dveyāmaṃ dhammāsane nisīdi, ettake ṭhāne nisajjā nipphannā. Idāni dakkhiṇena passena thokaṃ nipanne sayanaṃ nipphajjissatīti evaṃ catūhi iriyāpathehi paribhuñjitukāmo ahosi. Upādinnakasarīrañca nāma ‘‘no āgilāyatī’’ti na vattabbaṃ, tasmā ciranisajjāya sañjātaṃ appakampi āgilāyanaṃ gahetvā evamāha.
“敷设僧伽帝”一语:据说,当时那些国王在集会堂的一侧,令人围起布幔,铺设了如法的床座,铺上如法的垫褥,并在上方悬挂起以金星星鬘和香花鬘等装饰的天盖,点燃了香油灯。他们心想:“或许导师从法座起身后,会想要稍作休息,在此躺卧片刻。若能如此,这座集会堂便能因世尊以四种威仪所受用,而在长夜中为我们带来利益与安乐。”导师也正是因此缘由,才在那里敷设僧伽帝而卧下。所谓“将起身想置于心”,意思是:“过了此时,我便起身”——他将此起身的念头安放心中,实际上并未入睡,而是一直在听长老说法。显示巴利原文
Saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpetvāti santhāgārassa kira ekapasse te rājāno paṭasāṇiṃ parikkhipāpetvā kappiyamañcakaṃ paññāpetvā kappiyapaccattharaṇena attharitvā upari suvaṇṇatārakagandhamālādidāmapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ vitānaṃ bandhitvā gandhatelappadīpaṃ āropayiṃsu, ‘‘appeva nāma satthā dhammāsanato vuṭṭhāya thokaṃ vissamanto idha nipajjeyya, evaṃ no imaṃ santhāgāraṃ bhagavatā catūhi iriyāpathehi paribhuttaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissatī’’ti. Satthāpi tadeva sandhāya tattha saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpetvā nipajji. Uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvāti ‘‘ettakaṃ kālaṃ atikkamitvā vuṭṭhahissāmī’’ti vuṭṭhānasaññaṃ citte ṭhapetvā, tañca kho aniddāyantova therassa dhammakathaṃ suṇamāno.
“漏泄门”:指漏泄的途径,即漏泄的原因,这是它的含义。“贪着”:指因烦恼的执取而贪着,成为渴求的状态。“嗔恨”:指因嗔恚之心而内心污秽败坏。“眼之故”:即由于眼处的这种状态。“魔”:指烦恼魔与天子魔。“入口”:指空隙、破绽。“所缘”:即条件、原因。因为那些可被受用的处所,如同草屋或茅屋;能引发烦恼的所缘,则如同火把;当所缘现前时烦恼便生起,如同火把碰触之处都会燃起红炭。因此说“魔得入口”。显示巴利原文
Avassutapariyāyanti avassutassa pariyāyaṃ, avassutassa kāraṇanti attho. Adhimuccatīti kilesādhimuccanena adhimuccati, giddho hoti. Byāpajjatīti byāpādavasena pūticitto hoti. Cakkhutoti cakkhubhāvena. Māroti kilesamāropi devaputtamāropi. Otāranti vivaraṃ. Ārammaṇanti paccayaṃ. Naḷāgāratiṇāgāraṃ viya hi savisevanāni āyatanāni, tiṇukkā viya kilesuppattirahaṃ ārammaṇaṃ, tiṇukkāya ṭhapitaṭhapitaṭṭhāne aṅgārassujjalanaṃ viya ārammaṇe āpāthamāgate kilesānaṃ uppatti. Tena vuttaṃ labhetha māro otāranti.
在善法方面,那些不被受用的处所,如同涂了厚泥的尖顶阁;所说的那种所缘则如同火把;当所缘现前时,那些不被受用的处所并不生起烦恼的灼烧,如同火把触及的每一处,其火焰都被熄灭。因此说“魔不得入口”。显示巴利原文
Sukkapakkhe bahalamattikapiṇḍāvalepanaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ viya nibbisevanāni āyatanāni, tiṇukkā viya vuttapakārārammaṇaṃ, tiṇukkāya ṭhapitaṭhapitaṭṭhāne nibbāpanaṃ viya nibbisevanānaṃ āyatanānaṃ ārammaṇe āpāthamāgate kilesapariḷāhassa anuppatti. Tena vuttaṃ neva labhetha māro otāranti.
第七 苦法经注显示巴利原文
7. Dukkhadhammasuttavaṇṇanā
244 第七项中,「苦法」是指能令苦生起的法。因为当有五蕴存在时,被砍截、杀害、捆绑等种种苦便会生起,所以这些法由于是苦的生起因,即称为「苦法」。「依彼如是」:即依着那种方式。「如见欲时」:是指他以那种方式见欲时。「如随行」:是指他以那种方式随行于行处与住处而住。「欲即见如炭坑」:这是依于“寻求为根本的苦”和“结生为根本的苦”这两类苦,而将欲视为如大火坑一般,具有极大的炽热。因为对于寻求诸欲的人来说,乘船入海、涉险途、行于羊肠小道、冲入两军混战等,这些都属于“寻求为根本的苦”;对于受用诸欲的人来说,由于受用欲的思心所导致在四恶趣中结生,这则是“结生为根本的苦”,会生起极大炽热的苦。如此,依这两种苦,诸欲便如同燃烧着极大炽热的大火坑一样被看到了。显示巴利原文
244. Sattame dukkhadhammānanti dukkhasambhavadhammānaṃ. Pañcasu hi khandhesu sati chedanavadhabandhanādibhedaṃ dukkhaṃ sambhavati, tasmā te dukkhasambhavadhammattā dukkhadhammāti vuccanti. Tathā kho panassāti tenākārenassa. Yathāssa kāme passatoti yenākārenassa kāme passantassa. Yathā carantanti yenākārena cārañca vihārañca anubandhitvā carantaṃ. Aṅgārakāsūpamākāmā diṭṭhā hontīti pariyeṭṭhimūlakassa ceva paṭisandhimūlakassa ca dukkhassa vasena aṅgārakāsu viya mahāpariḷāhāti diṭṭhā honti. Kāme pariyesantānañhi nāvāya mahāsamuddogāhanaajapathasaṅkupathapaṭipajjanaubhatobyūḷhasaṅgāmapakkhandanādivasena pariyeṭṭhimūlakampi, kāme paribhuñjantānaṃ kāmaparibhogacetanāya catūsu apāyesu dinnapaṭisandhimūlakampi mahāpariḷāhadukkhaṃ uppajjati. Evametassa duvidhassāpi dukkhassa vasena aṅgārakāsu viya mahāpariḷāhāti diṭṭhā honti.
「他们进入密林」。「前方也有刺」:意思是就像有人想从前面刺过来,那刺就紧靠在近处。对于「后方」等词,也可依此类推。至于「下方」,是指在脚踩踏处的附近有刺,而并非就在被踩踏的地方。这样一来,他就像进入了一个布满刺的巢穴。「莫令我,刺!」:也就是“别让刺刺中我”,他小心地防护着,不被刺扎到。显示巴利原文
Dāyanti aṭaviṃ. Puratopi kaṇṭakoti purimapasse vijjhitukāmo viya āsannaṭṭhāneyeva ṭhitakaṇṭako. Pacchatotiādīsupi eseva nayo. Heṭṭhā pana pādehi akkantaṭṭhānassa santike, na akkantaṭṭhāneyeva. Evaṃ so kaṇṭakagabbhaṃ paviṭṭho viya bhaveyya. Mā maṃ kaṇṭakoti mā maṃ kaṇṭako vijjhīti kaṇṭakavedhaṃ rakkhamāno.
「比丘们,念的生起是缓慢的」:意思是念的生起本身确实是缓慢的,但只要它一生起,任何烦恼便会被它压制,无法站稳。因为在眼门中,当贪等烦恼生起时,他会在第二速行心的那一刻了知“烦恼在我心中生起了”,到了第三速行心,念就只作为能防护的速行心而运行。对于一个观照修行者来说,能在第三速行心便压制住烦恼,并不是什么不寻常的事。当眼门出现可意所缘时,在有分心转向之后,在转向等心生起、确定心紧接着生起时,他便能扭转已到来的烦恼速行,只让善心生起。对于已勤修观照的人来说,这正是在修行对治中安住的一种功德。显示巴利原文
Dandho, bhikkhave, satuppādoti satiyā uppādoyeva dandho, uppannamattāya pana tāya kāci kilesā niggahitāva honti, na saṇṭhātuṃ sakkonti. Cakkhudvārasmiñhi rāgādīsu uppannesu dutiyajavanavārena ‘‘kilesā me uppannā’’ti ñatvā tatiye javanavāre saṃvarajavanaṃyeva javati. Anacchariyañcetaṃ, yaṃ vipassako tatiyajavanavāre kilese niggaṇheyya. Cakkhudvāre pana iṭṭhārammaṇe āpāthagate bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭetvā āvajjanādīsu uppannesu voṭṭhabbanānantaraṃ sampattakilesajavanavāraṃ nivattetvā kusalameva uppādeti. Āraddhavipassakānañhi ayamānisaṃso bhāvanāpaṭisaṅkhāne patiṭṭhitabhāvassa.
「或以带来而邀请」意思是指,就像对苏定那长老或善男子赖吒和罗那样,有人亲自带着七宝过来,或者口头说“从我的财富中你想要多少,就拿多少”这样来邀请。「燃烧」意思是因为衣物缠绕身体而生起炽热之苦,所以称为燃烧;也有汗水产生后粘附在身体上、随之而流动的意思。「诸比丘,那种心」这句话,是因为当心不转向时,对那个人来说,所谓的转向根本不存在。因为那种状态的心就是不转向的,所以世尊才这样说。这样,在这部经中,所阐明的就是观的力量。显示巴利原文
Abhihaṭṭhuṃpavāreyyunti sudinnattherassa viya raṭṭhapālakulaputtassa viya ca kāyena vā satta ratanāni abhiharitvā vācāya vā ‘‘amhākaṃ dhanato yattakaṃ icchasi, tattakaṃ gaṇhā’’ti vadantā pavāreyyuṃ. Anudahantīti sarīre paliveṭhitattā uṇhapariḷāhaṃ janetvā anudahanti. Sañjātasede vā sarīre laggantā anusentītipi attho. Yañhi taṃ, bhikkhave, cittanti idaṃ yasmā citte anāvaṭṭante puggalassa āvaṭṭanaṃ nāma natthi. Evarūpañhi cittaṃ anāvaṭṭanti, tasmā vuttaṃ. Iti imasmiṃ sutte vipassanābalameva dīpitaṃ.
8. 甄叔迦树譬喻经注(Kiṃsukopamasuttavaṇṇanā)显示巴利原文
8. Kiṃsukopamasuttavaṇṇanā
245 “见”,这是初道的同义词。因为初道在完成断除烦恼的作用时,首次现见涅槃,所以称为“见”。种姓智虽然比道更早见到涅槃,但由于见到之后,没有“应断烦恼”这一应作之事,故不称为“见”。再者,四道也都是见。为什么呢?因为先前诸比丘曾这样开示:“在入流道刹那,见得清净;在果刹那,见是清净的。在一来者、不来者、阿拉汉的道刹那,见得清净;在果刹那,见是清净的。”那位比丘听闻之后,心想:“我也要令见清净,安住于阿拉汉果,证得具足见清净的涅槃而住。”于是他便往诣那位比丘,如此提问。那位以触处为业处的比丘,由六触处把握了色法与非色法,证得阿拉汉果。在此,前五处是色法,意处是非色法。这样,他正是开示了自己所证得的道。显示巴利原文
245. Aṭṭhame dassananti paṭhamamaggassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Paṭhamamaggo hi kilesapahānakiccaṃ sādhento paṭhamaṃ nibbānaṃ passati, tasmā dassananti vuccati. Gotrabhuñāṇaṃ pana kiñcāpi maggato paṭhamataraṃ passati, passitvā pana kattabbakiccassa kilesapahānassa abhāvena na dassananti vuccati. Apica cattāropi maggā dassanameva. Kasmā? Sotāpattimaggakkhaṇe dassanaṃ visujjhati, phalakkhaṇe visuddhaṃ. Sakadāgāmianāgāmiarahattamaggakkhaṇe visujjhati, phalakkhaṇe visuddhanti evaṃ kathentānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sutvā so bhikkhu ‘‘ahampi dassanaṃ visodhetvā arahattaphale patiṭṭhito dassanavisuddhikaṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikatvā viharissāmī’’ti taṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ pucchi. So phassāyatanakammaṭṭhāniko channaṃ phassāyatanānaṃ vasena rūpārūpadhamme pariggahetvā arahattaṃ patto. Ettha hi purimāni pañca āyatanāni rūpaṃ, manāyatanaṃ arūpaṃ. Iti so attanā adhigatamaggameva kathesi.
“不满足”,由于那位比丘是依于部分行来讲述的,所以这位比丘不满足。他心中思惟:“他是依于部分行而讲的。依于部分行,可能证得具见清净的涅槃吗?”于是便问那人:“贤友,只有您知道这具见清净的涅槃,还是也有其他知道的人?”对方回答:“有的,贤友,在某处寺院,有位名叫某某的长老。”他便前往那位长老那里询问。又以同样的方式,他又去见了另外一位又一位。显示巴利原文
Asantuṭṭhoti padesasaṅkhāresu ṭhatvā kathitattā asantuṭṭho. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ padesasaṅkhāresu ṭhatvā kathesi. Sakkā nu kho padesasaṅkhāresu ṭhatvā dassanavisuddhikaṃ nibbānaṃ pāpuṇitu’’nti? Tato naṃ pucchi – ‘‘āvuso, tvaṃyeva nu kho idaṃ dassanavisuddhikaṃ nibbānaṃ jānāsi, udāhu aññepi jānantā atthī’’ti. Atthāvuso, asukavihāre asukatthero nāmāti. So tampi upasaṅkamitvā pucchi. Etenupāyena aññampi aññampīti.
这里,第二位比丘是以五蕴为业处者。他依色蕴确定色,依其余诸蕴确定名,如此安立名色,次第证得阿拉汉果。因此,他也只是开示了自己所证得的道。而这位求法比丘心想:“这些说法互不一致!第一位是基于有分说之行而说,这一位是基于无分说之行而说。”于是他心不满足,同样地问了那位比丘之后便离开了。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca dutiyo pañcakkhandhakammaṭṭhāniko rūpakkhandhavasena rūpaṃ, sesakkhandhavasena nāmanti nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapetvā anukkamena arahattaṃ patto. Tasmā sopi attanā adhigatamaggameva kathesi. Ayaṃ pana ‘‘imesaṃ aññamaññaṃ na sameti, paṭhamena sappadesasaṅkhāresu ṭhatvāva kathitaṃ, iminā nippadesesū’’ti asantuṭṭho hutvā tatheva taṃ pucchitvā pakkāmi.
第三位比丘是以大种为业处者,他或简或详地把握四界,证得阿拉汉果。因此,他也只是开示了自己所证得的道。而这位求法比丘心想:“这些说法互不一致!第一位是基于有分说之行而说,第二位是基于无分说之行,第三位是基于极有分说之行。”于是他心不满足,同样地问了那位比丘之后便离开了。显示巴利原文
Tatiyo mahābhūtakammaṭṭhāniko cattāri mahābhūtāni saṅkhepato ca vitthārato ca pariggahetvā arahattaṃ patto, tasmā ayampi attanā adhigatamaggameva kathesi. Ayaṃ pana ‘‘imesaṃ aññamaññaṃ na sameti, paṭhamena sappadesasaṅkhāresu ṭhatvā kathitaṃ, dutiyena nippadesesu, tatiyena atisappadesesū’’ti asantuṭṭho hutvā tatheva taṃ pucchitvā pakkāmi.
第四位比丘是以三界法为业处者。据说他的诸界运转均衡,身体调顺,体力充沛,一切业处于他皆悉适宜。无论过去、未来还是现在的行,无论欲界、色界还是无色界的行,对他全都适宜。没有不适宜的业处;在时间上,无论午前、午后还是初夜等时分,也没有不适宜的时候。正如一头进入觅食地的大象,能用鼻子卷取的就用鼻子卷取,需用脚踢了再拿的就用脚踢了再拿;同样,他将整个三界法整类把握,反复观察,证得了阿拉汉果。因此,他也只是开示了自己所证得的道。这位求法比丘又想:‘这些说法互不一致!第一位是基于有分说之行,第二位是基于无分说之行,第三位又是基于有分说之行,第四位则全部基于无分说之行。’他心不满足,便问道:‘贤友,这具足见清净的涅槃,是你们各自依对法性的领悟而自知,还是有人为你们宣说的?’他们回答:‘贤友,我们知道什么呢?然而,在这个有天、有人的世间,确实有一位正自觉者,我们是依于他而知道的。’他想:‘这些比丘不能领会我的心意来为我开示。我要去问那位全知的佛陀。’显示巴利原文
Catuttho tebhūmakakammaṭṭhāniko. Tassa kira samappavattā dhātuyo ahesuṃ, kallasarīraṃ balapattaṃ, kammaṭṭhānānipissa sabbāneva sappāyāni, atītā vā saṅkhārā hontu anāgatā vā paccuppannā vā kāmāvacarā vā rūpāvacarā vā arūpāvacarā vā, sabbepi sappāyāva. Asappāyakammaṭṭhānaṃ nāma natthi. Kālesupi purebhattaṃ vā hotu pacchābhattaṃ vā paṭhamayāmādayo vā, asappāyo kālo nāma natthi. Yathā nāma cāribhūmiṃ otiṇṇo mahāhatthī hatthena gahetabbaṃ hattheneva luñcitvā gaṇhāti, pādehi paharitvā gahetabbaṃ pādehi paharitvā gaṇhāti, evameva sakale tebhūmakadhamme kalāpaggāhena gahetvā sammasanto arahattaṃ patto, tasmā esopi attanā adhigatamaggameva kathesi. Ayaṃ pana ‘‘imesaṃ aññamaññaṃ na sameti. Paṭhamena sappadesasaṅkhāresu ṭhatvā kathitaṃ, dutiyena nippadesesu, puna tatiyena sappadesesu, catutthena nippadesesuyevā’’ti asantuṭṭho hutvā taṃ pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, idaṃ dassanavisuddhikaṃ nibbānaṃ tumhehi attanova dhammatāya ñātaṃ, udāhu kenaci vo akkhāta’’nti? Āvuso, mayaṃ kiṃ jānāma? Atthi pana sadevake loke sammāsambuddho, taṃ nissāyetaṃ amhehi ñātanti. So cintesi – ‘‘ime bhikkhū mayhaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ gahetvā kathetuṃ na sakkonti, ahaṃ sabbaññubuddhameva pucchitvā nikkaṅkho bhavissāmī’’ti yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami.
世尊听了他的话后,并未这般区分对待:“为你答疑的这四人都已是漏尽者,他们解说得很善巧,只因你自身愚钝,才未能领会。”世尊洞悉他的根性,心想:“此人是在寻求义理,我便通过说法令他觉悟。”于是举出了甄叔迦树的譬喻。在此,应当依据真实的事例来阐明其义:据说,某大城中住着一位博通诸典的、聪慧的婆罗门医师。那时,有位住在城东门外村落、身患黄疸病的人来到他跟前,向他顶礼后站在一旁。那位聪慧的医师与他寒暄后问道:“善来,你是为何事而来?”他答道:“尊者,我正为疾病所苦,请您为我说药吧!”医师说:“既如此,你去砍一株甄叔迦树,晒干、焚烧,取其灰汁,和上这样那样的药,制成阿梨咤药后喝下。如此,你的病便会痊愈。”那人依言照做之后,变得无病、强健且容光焕发。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā tassa vacanaṃ sutvā ‘‘yehi te pañho kathito, te cattāropi khīṇāsavā, sukathitaṃ tehi, tvaṃ pana attano andhabālatāya taṃ na sallakkhesī’’ti na evaṃ vihesesi. Kārakabhāvaṃ panassa ñatvā ‘‘atthagavesako esa, dhammadesanāya eva naṃ bujjhāpessāmī’’ti kiṃsukopamaṃ āhari. Tattha bhūtaṃ vatthuṃ katvā evamattho vibhāvetabbo – ekasmiṃ kira mahānagare eko sabbaganthadharo brāhmaṇavejjo paṇḍito paṭivasati. Atheko nagarassa pācīnadvāragāmavāsī paṇḍurogapuriso tassa santikaṃ āgantvā taṃ vanditvā aṭṭhāsi. Vejjapaṇḍito tena saddhiṃ sammoditvā ‘‘kenatthena āgatosi bhadramukhā’’ti, pucchi. Rogenamhi, ayya, upadduto, bhesajjaṃ me kathehīti. Tena hi, bho, gaccha, kiṃsukarukkhaṃ chinditvā, sosetvā jhāpetvā, tassa khārodakaṃ gahetvā iminā ciminā ca bhesajjena yojetvā, ariṭṭhaṃ katvā piva, tena te phāsukaṃ bhavissatīti. So tathā katvā nirogo balavā pāsādiko jāto.
后来,另一位住在南门村的人也染上了同样的疾病。他听说“某人依方合药后便已康复”,便找到那人问道:“朋友,你是怎样康复的?”那人回答:“用那名为甄叔迦阿梨咤的药,你也去照着做吧。”他同样依言照做,便也如前人一般康复了。显示巴利原文
Athañño dakkhiṇadvāragāmavāsī puriso teneva rogena āturo ‘‘asuko kira bhesajjaṃ katvā arogo jāto’’ti sutvā taṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchi – ‘‘kena te, samma, phāsukaṃ jāta’’nti. Kiṃsukāriṭṭhena nāma, gaccha tvampi karohīti. Sopi tathā katvā tādisova jāto.
继而又有一位住在西门村的人……乃至一位住在北门村的人,也患上了同样的疾病。他们听说“某人依方合药后便已康复”,就找到那人问道:“朋友,你是怎样康复的?”那人回答:“用那名为甄叔迦阿梨咤的药,你也去照着做吧。”他们同样依言照做,便都如前人一般康复了。显示巴利原文
Athañño pacchimadvāragāmavāsī…pe… uttaradvāragāmavāsī puriso teneva rogena āturo ‘‘asuko kira bhesajjaṃ katvā arogo jāto’’ti taṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchi ‘‘kena te, samma, phāsukaṃ jāta’’nti? Kiṃsukāriṭṭhena nāma, gaccha tvampi karohīti. Sopi tathā katvā tādisova jāto.
另有一位住在边远地区的人,从未见过甄叔迦树。他也患了同样的病,长期试过各种药物,病却不见好转。他听闻“据说大城东门村有个人,服了一剂药便康复了”,于是心想:“我也去,照他那样配药。”便拄着拐杖,辗转来到那人跟前,问道:“朋友,你是怎么康复的?”那人答:“朋友,用的是甄叔迦阿梨咤。”他又问:“那甄叔迦树是什么样子?”那人说:“就像被烧毁的村庄里竖着的烧焦柱子一样。”原来,那人见到甄叔迦树时,树已落尽叶子,只剩树桩的模样,便按照自己所见的这般描述。显示巴利原文
Athañño paccantavāsī adiṭṭhapubbakiṃsuko eko puriso teneva rogena āturo ciraṃ tāni tāni bhesajjāni katvā roge avūpasamamāne ‘‘asuko kira nagarassa pācīnadvāragāmavāsī puriso bhesajjaṃ katvā arogo jāto’’ti sutvā ‘‘gacchāmahampi, tena katabhesajjaṃ karissāmī’’ti daṇḍamolubbha anupubbena tassa santikaṃ gantvā, ‘‘kena te, samma, phāsukaṃ jāta’’nti pucchi. Kiṃsukāriṭṭhena sammāti. Kīdiso pana so kiṃsukoti. Jhāpitagāme ṭhitajhāmathūṇo viyāti. Iti so puriso attanā diṭṭhākārenava kiṃsukaṃ ācikkhi. Tena hi diṭṭhakāle kiṃsuko patitapatto khāṇukakāle diṭṭhattā tādisova hoti.
然而,那人相信吉兆,心中思忖:“他说‘像烧毁村庄中的烧焦柱子’,这不吉利。即便用这个为我配了药,病也好不了。”因此对这人的说法并不满意,便问道:“尊者,难道只有你一人认得甄叔迦树吗?还是另有他人也认得?”答:“尊者,南门村还有某某人认得。”他便去拜访那人,也问了同样的问题。那人在甄叔迦树开花时见过,便依照自己所见描述道:“甄叔迦树是红色的。”他心想:“这人的说法跟前一个截然相反,黑色和红色差得太远了!”于是对这人的说法也不满意,又问道:“尊者,还有没有其他见过甄叔迦树的人?”得知“西门村有某某人”后,他又去拜访那人询问。那人在结果时见过,便依照自己所见描述道:“树皮像挂着的破布条一样垂下来,豆荚裂开着。”确实,结果时的甄叔迦树,树皮纤维悬垂,如同低着头一般;果实挂着,犹如握着的剑鞘,也像阔荚合欢树那样。他心想:“这人的说法也跟前两人相反,不可采信。”于是又不满意,再问道:“尊者,还有没有其他见过甄叔迦树的人?”得知“北门村有某某人”后,他又前去询问。显示巴利原文
So pana puriso sutamaṅgalikattā ‘‘ayaṃ ‘jhāpitagāme jhāmathūṇo viyā’ti āha, amaṅgalametaṃ . Etasmiñhi me bhesajje katepi rogo na vūpasamissatī’’ti tassa veyyākaraṇena asantuṭṭho taṃ pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, bho, tvaññeva kiṃsukaṃ jānāsi, udāhu aññopi atthī’’ti. Atthi, bho, dakkhiṇadvāragāme asuko nāmāti. So taṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchi, svāssa pupphitakāle diṭṭhattā attano dassanānurūpena ‘‘lohitako kiṃsuko’’ti āha. So ‘‘ayaṃ purimena viruddhaṃ āha, kāḷako lohitakato suvidūradūre’’ti tassapi veyyākaraṇena asantuṭṭho ‘‘atthi pana, bho, aññopi koci kiṃsukadassāvī, yena kiṃsuko diṭṭhapubbo’’ti? Pucchitvā, ‘‘atthi pacchimadvāragāme asuko nāmā’’ti vutte tampi upasaṅkamitvā pucchi. Svāssa phalitakāle diṭṭhattā attano dassanānurūpena ‘‘ocirakajāto ādinnasipāṭiko’’ti āha. Phalitakālasmiñhi kiṃsuko olambamānacīrako viya adhomukhaṃ katvā gahitaasikoso viya ca sirīsarukkho viya ca lambamānaphalo hoti. So ‘‘ayaṃ purimehi viruddhaṃ āha, na sakkā imassa vacanaṃ gahetu’’nti tassapi veyyākaraṇena asantuṭṭho ‘‘atthi pana, bho, aññopi koci kiṃsukadassāvī, yena kiṃsuko diṭṭhapubbo’’ti? Pucchitvā, ‘‘atthi uttaradvāragāme asuko nāmā’’ti vutte tampi upasaṅkamitvā pucchi. So assa sañchannapattakāle diṭṭhattā attano dassanānurūpena ‘‘bahalapattapalāso sandacchāyo’’ti āha. Sandacchāyo nāma saṃsanditvā ṭhitacchāyo.
他对这人的说法也不满意,心想:“这也跟前几个人相反,不足为信。”于是便问:“尊者,你们是凭自己的认知了解甄叔迦树的,还是有人告诉你们的?”答:“尊者,我们哪能自己知道呢?我们是仰赖住在城中一位良医——我们的老师,方才得知的。”他听后心想:“那么,我也该去见那位老师,这样便能消除疑惑了。”于是便去到那位老师那里,顶礼后站在一旁。良医与他寒暄后,问道:“善来,你为何事而来?”答:“尊者,我正为疾病所苦,请您为我配一剂药。”良医说:“那么,你去砍下甄叔迦树,晒干,烧成灰,取出灰汁,再配上这样那样的药,制成药酒喝下。如此,你便会康复。”他依言照做,果然变得无病、强壮且庄严。显示巴利原文
So ‘‘ayampi purimehi viruddhaṃ āha, na sakkā imassa vacanaṃ gahetu’’nti tassapi veyyākaraṇena asantuṭṭho taṃ āha, ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, bho, tumhe attanova dhammatāya kiṃsukaṃ jānātha, udāhu kenaci vo akkhāto’’ti? Kiṃ, bho, mayaṃ jānāma? Atthi pana mahānagarassa majjhe amhākaṃ ācariyo vejjapaṇḍito, taṃ nissāya amhehi ñātanti. ‘‘Tena hi ahampi ācariyameva upasaṅkamitvā nikkaṅkho bhavissāmī’’ti tassa santikaṃ upasaṅkamitvā taṃ vanditvā aṭṭhāsi. Vejjapaṇḍito tena saddhiṃ sammoditvā, ‘‘kenatthena āgatosi bhadramukhā’’ti pucchi. Rogenamhi, ayya, upadduto, bhesajjaṃ me kathethāti. Tena hi, bho, gaccha, kiṃsukarukkhaṃ chinditvā sosetvā jhāpetvā tassa khārodakaṃ gahetvā iminā ciminā ca bhesajjena yojetvā ariṭṭhaṃ katvā piva, etena te phāsukaṃ bhavissatīti. So tathā katvā nirogo balavā pāsādiko jāto.
在这里,大城应当视为涅槃城。良医喻指正自觉者。正如世尊所说:“善星!如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者,便被称为‘医师、外科医生’。”(《中部·善星经》)四门村中的四位医徒,比喻四位证得见清净的漏尽者。那位边远之人,比喻那位提问的比丘。边远之人对四位医徒的解说并不满意,便直接去请问老师;同样地,这位比丘对四位证得见清净的漏尽者的解说也不满意,因而去向导师请问。显示巴利原文
Tattha mahānagaraṃ viya nibbānanagaraṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vejjapaṇḍito viya sammāsambuddho. Vuttampi ce taṃ ‘‘bhisakko sallakattoti kho, sunakkhatta, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.65) catūsu dvāragāmesu cattāro vejjantevāsikā viya cattāro dassanavisuddhipattā khīṇāsavā. Paccantavāsī paṭhamapuriso viya pañhapucchako bhikkhu. Paccantavāsino catunnaṃ vejjantevāsikānaṃ kathāya asantuṭṭhassa ācariyameva upasaṅkamitvā pucchanakālo viya imassa bhikkhuno catunnaṃ dassanavisuddhipattānaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ kathāya asantuṭṭhassa satthāraṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchanakālo.
“如其所倾向的”:随其各自倾向的方式。“见为极清净”:对于涅槃的见解极为清净。“那些善士便那样那样地作了解说”:也就是那些善士,依各自相应的方式,为你作了那样的解说。正如有人说“黑色的紫矿树”时,他并没有说别的,只是依据自己亲见的方式来描述紫矿树;同样地,那些依六触处而证得见清净的漏尽者,在解说此问题时,也没有说别的,只是依据自己所证得的道路,讲说能带来见清净的涅槃而已。显示巴利原文
Yathā yathā adhimuttānanti yena yenākārena adhimuttānaṃ. Dassanaṃ suvisuddhanti nibbānadassanaṃ suṭṭhu visuddhaṃ. Tathā tathā kho tehi sappurisehi byākatanti tena tenevākārena tuyhaṃ tehi sappurisehi kathitaṃ. Yathā hi ‘‘kāḷako kiṃsuko’’ti kathento na aññaṃ kathesi, attanā diṭṭhanayena kiṃsukameva kathesi, evameva chaphassāyatanānaṃ vasena dassanavisuddhipattakhīṇāsavopi imaṃ pañhaṃ kathento na aññaṃ kathesi, attanā adhigatamaggena dassanavisuddhikaṃ nibbānameva kathesi.
又如同有人描述“红色的紫矿树”“树皮下垂的”“叶子浓密的”时,他们也没有说别的,只是依自己亲见的方式来讲述紫矿树;同样地,那些依五取蕴、依四大种、依三界法而证得见清净的漏尽者,在解说此问题时,也没有说别的,只是依照各自所证得的道路,来讲说能令人获得见清净的涅槃。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca ‘‘lohitako ocirakajāto bahalapattapalāso kiṃsuko’’ti kathentopi na aññaṃ kathesi, attanā diṭṭhanayena kiṃsukameva kathesi, evameva pañcupādānakkhandhavasena catumahābhūtavasena tebhūmakadhammavasena dassanavisuddhipattakhīṇāsavopi imaṃ pañhaṃ kathento na aññaṃ kathesi, attanā adhigatamaggena dassanavisuddhikaṃ nibbānameva kathesi.
在此,犹如于黑色时节见紫矿树者,其所见真实、如实,未见其余,唯见紫矿树;同样地,依六触处而证得见清净的阿拉汉,其见真实、如实,未说其余,唯依自所证得之道,说彼能令见清净的涅槃。又如于红色时节、树皮垂坠时节、枝叶茂密时节见紫矿树者,其所见真实、如实,未见其余,唯见紫矿树;同样地,依五取蕴、依四大种、依三界法而证得见清净的阿拉汉,其见亦真实、如实,未说其余,唯依自所证得之道,说彼能令见清净的涅槃。显示巴利原文
Tattha yathā kāḷakakāle kiṃsukadassāvinopi taṃ dassanaṃ bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ na tena aññaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, kiṃsukova diṭṭho, evameva chaphassāyatanavasena dassanavisuddhipattassāpi khīṇāsavassa dassanaṃ bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ, na tena aññaṃ kathitaṃ, attanā adhigatamaggena dassanavisuddhikaṃ nibbānameva kathitaṃ. Yathā ca lohitakāle ocirakajātakāle bahalapattapalāsakāle kiṃsukadassāvinopi taṃ dassanaṃ bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ, na tena aññaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, kiṃsukova diṭṭho, evameva pañcupādānakkhandhavasena catumahābhūtavasena tebhūmakadhammavasena dassanavisuddhipattassāpi khīṇāsavassa dassanaṃ bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ, na tena aññaṃ kathitaṃ, attanā adhigatamaggena dassanavisuddhikaṃ nibbānameva kathitaṃ.
“比丘,犹如国王的边境城”一语,是何因缘而说起的呢?若那位比丘已领会其义,则为说法而说;若尚未领会,则为以城喻阐明、开显其义而说。其中,由于中部地区的城墙等无论坚固、脆弱,乃至全无,盗贼皆不足为患,故此处不举中部之城,而说“边境城”。“坚固的壁垒”:指坚固的城墙。“坚固的城墙与城门”:即坚固的城墙和坚固的城门。所谓“城门”,有建至一人高者,用以庄严都城;亦确有防御盗贼之用。另有一说,“torana”为城墙垛口之名,意为坚固的城墙垛口。“六门”:城门可为一、二、百乃至千数,然此处导师为展示六门之城而作是说。“智者”:指具足智慧者。“敏锐者”:指具足敏锐特质、智识清澈者。“有智慧者”:指具足名为“于适当处能生起”之智慧者。显示巴利原文
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhu rañño paccantimaṃ nagaranti idaṃ kasmā āraddhaṃ? Sace tena bhikkhunā taṃ sallakkhitaṃ, athassa dhammadesanatthaṃ āraddhaṃ. Sace na sallakkhitaṃ, athassa iminā nagaropamena tassevatthassa dīpanatthāya āvibhāvanatthāya āraddhaṃ. Tattha yasmā majjhimapadese nagarassa pākārādīni thirāni vā hontu dubbalāni vā, sabbaso vā mā hontu, corāsaṅkā na honti, tasmā taṃ aggahetvā ‘‘paccantimaṃ nagara’’nti āha. Daḷhuddhāpanti thirapākāraṃ. Daḷhapākāratoraṇanti thirapākārañceva thiratoraṇañca. Toraṇāni nāma hi purisubbedhāni nagarassa alaṅkāratthaṃ karīyanti, coranivāraṇatthānipi hontiyeva. Atha vā toraṇanti piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassetaṃ nāmaṃ, thirapiṭṭhasaṅghāṭantipi attho. Chadvāranti nagaradvāraṃ nāma ekampi hoti dvepi satampi sahassampi, idha pana satthā chadvārikanagaraṃ dassento evamāha. Paṇḍitoti paṇḍiccena samannāgato. Byattoti veyyattiyena samannāgato visadañāṇo. Medhāvīti ṭhānuppattikapaññāsaṅkhātāya medhāya samannāgato.
于“东方”等句中,应取其义趣而了知:据说,在一座富庶的大城中,有一位具足七宝的转轮王统理国政。其治下有一边境城,城中并无国王派遣的官员。于是,有人前来禀告:“大王,我等城中无管理者,请赐一位管理者予我等。”国王便赐予一位王子,吩咐道:“你们带他前去,为他在彼处灌顶,设立裁决处等,然后安居下来。”众人依教而行。那位王子因亲近恶友,不数日便沦为嗜酒之人,荒废了一切裁决处等施设,在城中心为恶徒所环绕,耽湎于饮酒、歌舞等欲乐。其后,有人来到国王跟前,禀报了此事。显示巴利原文
Puratthimāya disāyātiādimhi bhūtamatthaṃ katvā evamattho veditabbo – samiddhe kira mahānagare sattaratanasampanno rājā cakkavatti rajjaṃ anusāsati, tassetaṃ paccantanagaraṃ rājāyuttavirahitaṃ , atha purisā āgantvā ‘‘amhākaṃ, deva, nagare āyuttako natthi, dehi no kiñci āyuttaka’’nti āhaṃsu. Rājā ekaṃ puttaṃ datvā ‘‘gacchatha, etaṃ ādāya tattha abhisiñcitvā vinicchayaṭṭhānādīni katvā vasathā’’ti. Te tathā akaṃsu. Rājaputto pāpamittasaṃsaggena katipāheyeva surāsoṇḍo hutvā, sabbāni vinicchayaṭṭhānādīni hāretvā, nagaramajjhe dhuttehi parivārito suraṃ pivanto naccagītādiratiyā vītināmeti. Atha rañño āgantvā ārocayiṃsu.
国王命令一位贤能的大臣:“你去教导王子,重建裁决处等,再为他灌顶,然后回来。”大臣回禀:“陛下,我无法教导王子。王子性情暴戾,恐会杀我。”于是,国王又命令一位力大的勇士:“你与他同去,如果他不听从教导,就砍下他的头。”那位大臣与勇士——这对急行使者——到达那里后,询问守门人:“这座城的主人王子在何处?”守门人回答:“他正在城中心的十字路口,被一群恶徒围着饮酒,享受歌舞等娱乐。”于是两位使者走上前去。大臣先对王子说:“主人,请您先重建裁决处等,妥善治理国家吧。”王子坐着,佯装未闻。这时,勇士抓住王子的头,拔出剑说:“你若遵行王命,便如是行之;若不遵行,我即刻在此砍下你的头!”那些随从的恶徒立刻四散奔逃。王子心生恐惧,接受了命令。于是,他们就在那里当场为他举行了灌顶,撑起白伞,并转达了国王所说的如实语——“妥善治理国家!”——之后,便沿原路返回。为阐明此义,世尊说出“于东方……”这番话。显示巴利原文
Rājā ekaṃ paṇḍitaṃ amaccaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘gaccha kumāraṃ ovaditvā, vinicchayaṭṭhānādīni kāretvā, puna abhisekaṃ katvā, ehī’’ti. Na sakkā, deva, kumāraṃ ovadituṃ, caṇḍo kumāro ghāteyyāpi manti. Athekaṃ balasampannaṃ yodhaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘tvaṃ iminā saddhiṃ gantvā sace so ovāde na tiṭṭhati, sīsamassa chindāhī’’ti. Iti so amacco yodho cāti idaṃ sīghaṃ dūtayugaṃ tattha gantvā dovārikaṃ pucchi – ‘‘kahaṃ, bho, nagarassa sāmi kumāro’’ti. Esa majjhesiṅghāṭake suraṃ pivanto dhuttaparivārito gītādiratiṃ anubhonto nisinnoti. Atha taṃ dūtayugaṃ gantvā amacco tāvettha, ‘‘sāmi, vinicchayaṭṭhānādīni kira kāretvā sādhukaṃ rajjaṃ anusāsā’’ti āha. Kumāro asuṇanto viya nisīdi. Atha naṃ yodho sīse gahetvā, ‘‘sace rañño āṇaṃ karosi, kara, no ce, ettheva te sīsaṃ pātessāmī’’ti khaggaṃ abbāhi. Paricārakā dhuttā tāvadeva disāsu palāyiṃsu. Kumāro bhīto sāsanaṃ sampaṭicchi. Athassa te tattheva abhisekaṃ katvā setacchattaṃ ussāpetvā ‘‘sammā rajjaṃ anusāsāhī’’ti raññā vuttaṃ yathābhūtavacanaṃ niyyātetvā yathāgatamaggameva paṭipajjiṃsu. Imamatthaṃ āvikaronto bhagavā ‘‘puratthimāya disāyā’’ti āha.
于此,应作如下的譬喻对应:富庶的大城,应视为涅槃城;具足七宝的转轮王,如同具足七觉支宝的法王、正自觉者;边境城,如同自身所执的身城;城中的恶王子,如同这位比丘所生的恶念;恶王子被恶徒围绕之时,如同这位比丘具足五盖之时;那两位急使,如同止业处与观业处;被大力勇士抓住头的时刻,如同以初禅定力令心不动摇、将心把握住的时刻;当勇士抓住头时,恶徒四散远离,如同初禅生起时,诸盖障远离;在接受了“我将遵从王命”的那一刻,心获得释放,如同从禅那出起的时刻;大臣传达王命之时,如同以定力调练心使其适合作业后,进而增长观业处的时刻;就在那里由那两位使者为他灌顶、撑起白伞,如同那些依止止观业处而证得阿拉汉果者,撑起了解脱的白伞。显示巴利原文
Tatridaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ – samiddhamahānagaraṃ viya hi nibbānanagaraṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, sattaratanasamannāgato rājā cakkavatti viya sattabojjhaṅgaratanasamannāgato dhammarājā sammāsambuddho, paccantimanagaraṃ viya sakkāyanagaraṃ, tasmiṃ nagare kūṭarājaputto viya imassa bhikkhuno kūṭacittuppādo, kūṭarājaputtassa dhuttehi parivāritakālo viya imassa bhikkhuno pañcahi nīvaraṇehi samaṅgikālo, dve sīghadūtā viya samathakammaṭṭhānañca vipassanākammaṭṭhānañca, mahāyodhena sīse gahitakālo viya uppannapaṭhamajjhānasamādhinā niccalaṃ katvā cittaggahitakālo, yodhena sīse gahitamatte dhuttānaṃ disāsu palāyitvā dūrībhāvo viya paṭhamajjhānamhi uppannamatte nīvaraṇānaṃ dūrībhāvo, ‘‘karissāmi rañño sāsana’’nti sampaṭicchitamatte vissaṭṭhakālo viya jhānato vuṭṭhitakālo, amaccena rañño sāsanaṃ ārocitakālo viya samādhinā cittaṃ kammaniyaṃ katvā vipassanākammaṭṭhānassa vaḍḍhitakālo, tatthevassa tehi dvīhi dūtehi katābhisekassa setacchattaussāpanaṃ viya samathavipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ nissāya arahattappattassa vimuttisetacchattussāpanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
然而,在“比丘,所谓‘城’,即是此四大种所造之身的同义词”等句中,“四大种所造”等词的意义,前文已详细解释。唯因身为识王子的住处,故于此称为“城”;因六根为身城的门户,故称为“门”;因念恒常稳固安住于诸门,故称为“守门人”;因止与观由那位开示业处、名为法王的如来所派遣,故称为“急行双使”。其中,大力勇士应理解为如止,贤明大臣应理解为如观。显示巴利原文
Nagaranti kho bhikkhu imassetaṃ cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa adhivacanantiādīsu pana cātumahābhūtikassātiādīnaṃ padānaṃ attho heṭṭhā vitthāritova. Kevalaṃ pana viññāṇarājaputtassa nivāsaṭṭhānattā ettha kāyo ‘‘nagara’’nti vutto, tasseva dvārabhūtattā cha āyatanāni ‘‘dvārānī’’ti, tesu dvāresu niccaṃ suppatiṭṭhitattā sati ‘‘dovāriko’’ti, kammaṭṭhānaṃ ācikkhantena dhammarājena pesitattā samathavipassanā ‘‘sīghaṃ dūtayuga’’nti. Ettha mahāyodho viya samatho, paṇḍitāmacco viya vipassanā veditabbā.
「在中心的十字路口」指城中心的十字路口。「诸大种」:指作为心所依处色之依靠的四大种。这里举出四大种,只是为说明所依色的缘。而在城中心十字路口的那位王子,便如同安坐于身体中心——心脏色十字路口——的那位名为‘观智之识’的王子;他应被止观二使者以阿罗汉灌顶而灌顶,应如此看待。而涅槃,因具足如实的自性、不动摇、是增上者,故称「如实的语」。圣道则因无论前行阶段的观道如何,此道亦因具足八支而与彼相同,故称「所来之道」。以上是就说法之义所引譬喻的对应说明。显示巴利原文
Majjhe siṅghāṭakoti nagaramajjhe siṅghāṭako. Mahābhūtānanti hadayavatthussa nissayabhūtānaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ . Vatthurūpassa hi paccayadassanatthamevetaṃ catumahābhūtaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. Nagaramajjhe pana so rājakumāro viya sarīramajjhe hadayarūpasiṅghāṭake nisinno samathavipassanādūtehi arahattābhisekena abhisiñcitabbo vipassanāviññāṇarājaputto daṭṭhabbo. Nibbānaṃ pana yathābhūtasabhāvaṃ akuppaṃ adhikārīti katvā yathābhūtaṃ vacananti vuttaṃ. Ariyamaggo pana yādisova pubbabhāgavipassanāmaggo, ayampi aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatattā tādisoyevāti katvā yathāgatamaggoti vutto. Idaṃ tāvettha dhammadesanatthaṃ ābhatāya upamāya saṃsandanaṃ.
然而,为阐明此义,在所引段落中还有如下对应:在此,为开示依六触处而证见清净的漏尽者,引用了「六门」的譬喻;为开示依五蕴而证见清净的漏尽者,引用了「城主」的譬喻;为开示依四大种而证见清净的漏尽者,引用了「十字路口」的譬喻;为开示依三界诸法而证见清净的漏尽者,引用了「城」的譬喻。简而言之,此经所说的正是四圣谛。以整座城的一切资具,所说即是苦谛;以「如实的语」,所说即是灭谛;以「所来之道」,所说即是道谛;而能生众苦的渴爱,则是集谛。说法结束时,那位提问的比丘安住于入流果。显示巴利原文
Tassevatthassa pākaṭīkaraṇatthaṃ ābhatapakkhe pana idaṃ saṃsandanaṃ – ettha hi chadvārūpamā chaphassāyatanavasena dassanavisuddhipattaṃ khīṇāsavaṃ dassetuṃ ābhatā, nagarasāmiupamā pañcakkhandhavasena, siṅghāṭakūpamā catumahābhūtavasena, nagarūpamā tebhūmakadhammavasena dassanavisuddhipattaṃ khīṇāsavaṃ dassetuṃ ābhatā. Saṅkhepato panimasmiṃ sutte catusaccameva kathitaṃ. Sakalenapi hi nagarasambhārena dukkhasaccameva kathitaṃ, yathābhūtavacanena nirodhasaccaṃ, yathāgatamaggena maggasaccaṃ, dukkhassa pana pabhāvikā taṇhā samudayasaccaṃ. Desanāpariyosāne pañhapucchako bhikkhu sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhitoti.
第九、《琴喻经》注疏显示巴利原文
9. Vīṇopamasuttavaṇṇanā
246 第九经中,「比丘们,若任何比丘或比丘尼」这一句:导师(Satthā)的做法,如同一位大富豪完成了大面积耕作,庄稼成熟后,在家门口搭起帐篷,向两众僧团施设布施。虽然这布施是特意为两众僧团而设,但两众既得满足,其余众人也同样得到了满足。同样地,世尊在圆满成就了超过四不可数劫的波罗蜜后,在菩提树下证得一切知智,转起无上法轮,随后安坐于祇园大寺,为比丘众与比丘尼众作大法施,开演《琴喻经》。虽然此经是为那两众而发起,但对四众弟子全无遮障。因此,所有人都应当听闻、信受,并通过深入抉择来品尝其中的义理之味。显示巴利原文
246. Navame yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vāti idaṃ satthā yathā nāma mahākuṭumbiko mahantaṃ kasikammaṃ katvā, nipphannasasso gharadvāre maṇḍapaṃ katvā, ubhatosaṅghassa dānaṃ pavatteyya. Kiñcāpi tena ubhatosaṅghassa dānaṃ paṭṭhapitaṃ, dvīsu pana parisāsu santappitāsu sesajanampi santappetiyeva, evameva bhagavā samadhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni pāramiyo pūretvā bodhimaṇḍe sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ adhigantvā pavattitavaradhammacakko jetavanamahāvihāre nisinno bhikkhuparisāya ceva bhikkhuniparisāya ca mahādhammayāgaṃ yajanto vīṇopamasuttaṃ ārabhi. Taṃ penetaṃ kiñcāpi dve parisā sandhāya āraddhaṃ, catunnampi pana parisānaṃ avāritaṃ. Tasmā sabbehipi sotabbañceva saddhātabbañca, pariyogāhitvā cassa attharaso vinditabboti.
其中,关于「欲」等词:「欲」指先前生起的微弱渴爱,尚不能令人染着;而随后一再生起的强盛渴爱,则称为「贪」,它能令人染着。「嗔」指先前生起的微弱愤怒,尚无力导致执杖等行为;而随后一再生起、能够导致那些行为的强盛愤怒,则称为「恚」。「痴」则是以迷乱、昏昧为特征而生起的无知。如此,以此五词包含了三种不善根。当这三种不善根被含摄时,所有以它们为根本的烦恼也都被含摄了。由「欲、贪」二词,包含了八个与贪俱起的心;由「嗔、恚」二词,包含了两个与忧俱起的心;由「痴」一词,包含了不伴随贪与嗔的两个与掉举、疑俱起的心。这样,十二种不善心便都显示出来了。显示巴利原文
Tattha chandotiādīsu chando nāma pubbuppattikā dubbalataṇhā, so rañjetuṃ na sakkoti . Aparāparaṃ uppajjamānā pana balavataṇhā rāgo nāma, so rañjetuṃ sakkoti. Daṇḍādānādīni kātuṃ asamattho pubbuppattiko dubbalakodho doso nāma. Tāni kātuṃ samattho aparāparuppattiko balavakodho paṭighaṃ nāma. Moho pana mohanasammohanavasena uppannaṃ aññāṇaṃ. Evamettha pañcahipi padehi tīṇi akusalamūlāni gahitāni. Tesu gahitesu sabbepi tammūlakā kilesā gahitāva honti. ‘‘Chando rāgo’’ti vā padadvayena aṭṭhalobhasahagatacittuppādā, ‘‘doso paṭigha’’nti padadvayena dve domanassasahagatacittuppādā, mohapadena lobhadosarahitā dve uddhaccavicikicchāsahagatacittuppādā gahitāti. Evaṃ sabbepi dvādasa cittuppādā dassitāva honti.
「有怖」:因为是烦恼盗贼的栖息地,故为有怖。「有畏」:因为是杀害、捆绑等事的原因,故为有畏。「有刺」:因为有贪等刺,故为有刺。「有丛」:因为有贪等丛,故为有丛。「邪道」:对于前往天界、人界或涅槃的人而言,这是非道。「恶道」:如同那条通往恶臭、可厌之地的单边小道,因为它通往恶趣,故为恶道。「险途」:此处,「ihiti」是指行路。在那条道上,行路是痛苦的,所以是险途。因为在那条道上,没有根、果等可吃可喝的东西,行路艰难,无法沿着它走到想去的地方。同样地,走上烦恼道后,无法到达成就之有,所以烦恼道被称为「险途」。也有读作「Dvīhitika」的,义理相同。「非善人所亲近者」:就是被像拘迦利迦等比丘那样的非善人所亲近的。显示巴利原文
Sabhayoti kilesacorānaṃ nivāsaṭṭhānattā sabhayo. Sappaṭibhayoti vadhabandhanādīnaṃ kāraṇattā sappaṭibhayo. Sakaṇṭakoti rāgādīhi kaṇṭakehi sakaṇṭako. Sagahanoti rāgagahanādīhi sagahano. Ummaggoti devalokaṃ vā manussalokaṃ vā nibbānaṃ vā gacchantassa amaggo. Kummaggoti kucchitajegucchibhūtaṭṭhānagamanaekapadikamaggo viya apāyasampāpakattā kummaggo. Duhitikoti ettha ihitīti iriyanā, dukkhā ihiti etthāti, duhitiko. Yasmiñhi magge mūlaphalādikhādanīyaṃ vā sāyanīyaṃ vā natthi, tasmiṃ iriyanā dukkhā hoti, na sakkā taṃ paṭipajjitvā icchitaṭṭhānaṃ gantuṃ. Kilesamaggampi paṭipajjitvā na sakkā sampattibhavaṃ gantunti kilesamaggo duhitikoti vutto. Dvīhitikotipi pāṭho, esevattho. Asappurisasevitoti kokālikādīhi asappurisehi sevito.
由此防护其心:对于那些眼所识的色,应以不净作意等方法,防护那以欲等方式转起的心。在眼门中,当面对可爱所缘而生起贪时,若作意不净,心便会回转;当面对不可爱所缘而生起嗔时,若作意慈心,心便会回转;当面对中舍所缘而生起痴时,若作意诵习、遍问、亲近尊宿,心便会回转。如果这样还不能做到,那就应当作意大师的功德、法的善说、僧的善行。因为观察大师的功德,或者观察法的善说、僧的善行,心同样会回转。因此说「应以不净作意等方法防护」。显示巴利原文
Tato cittaṃ nivārayeti tehi cakkhuviññeyyehi rūpehi taṃ chandādivasena pavattacittaṃ asubhāvajjanādīhi upāyehi nivāraye. Cakkhudvārasmiñhi iṭṭhārammaṇe rāge uppanne asubhato āvajjantassa cittaṃ nivattati, aniṭṭhārammaṇe dose uppanne mettato āvajjantassa cittaṃ nivattati, majjhattārammaṇe mohe uppanne uddesaparipucchaṃ garuvāsaṃ āvajjantassa cittaṃ nivattati. Evaṃ asakkontena pana satthumahattataṃ dhammassa svākkhātatā saṅghassa suppaṭipatti ca āvajjitabbā. Satthumahattataṃ paccavekkhatopi hi dhammassa svākkhātataṃ saṅghassa suppaṭipattiṃ paccavekkhatopi cittaṃ nivattati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘asubhāvajjanādīhi upāyehi nivāraye’’ti.
“谷物”指生长在田地里的庄稼。“具足”即圆满成熟。“食谷者”即吃庄稼的牛。同样地,应当如此了知:成熟的谷物如五种欲乐,食谷的牛如诡诈的心,守护谷物者放逸之时如比丘在六根门中舍弃正念而游走之时。守护者由于放逸,让牛吃掉了存放在谷仓中的谷物,致使谷物主人得不到谷实;同样,比丘因为失去守护六门的正念,以耽著五种欲乐的心毁坏了善法之蕴,因此不能证得沙门果。显示巴利原文
Kiṭṭhanti kiṭṭhaṭṭhāne uppannasassaṃ. Sampannanti paripuṇṇaṃ sunipphannaṃ. Kiṭṭhādoti sassakhādako . Evameva khoti ettha sampannakiṭṭhaṃ viya pañca kāmaguṇā daṭṭhabbā, kiṭṭhādo goṇo viya kūṭacittaṃ, kiṭṭhārakkhassa pamādakālo viya bhikkhuno chasu dvāresu satiṃ pahāya vicaraṇakālo, kiṭṭhārakkhassa pamādamāgamma goṇena gahitagabbhassa kiṭṭhassa khāditattā sassasāmino sassaphalānadhigamo viya chadvārarakkhikāya satiyā vippavāsamāgamma pañcakāmaguṇaṃ assādentena cittena kusalapakkhassa nāsitattā bhikkhuno sāmaññaphalādhigamābhāvo veditabbo.
“两角之间”指两只角中间的部位。“善加抑制而抑制”指在已安放于鼻梁的鼻绳处,妥善地制伏并加以控制。“以棍”即用类似木杵的粗大棍棒。比丘们!那头牛——守谷者由于放逸,每当想要潜入谷物时,就这样被制伏、敲打并驱赶,最终被调伏到不再前来骚扰的状态。显示巴利原文
Uparighaṭāyanti dvinnaṃ siṅgānaṃ antare. Suniggahitaṃ niggaṇheyyāti ghaṭāyaṃ patiṭṭhite nāsārajjuke suṭṭhu niggahitaṃ katvā niggaṇheyya. Daṇḍenāti muggarasadisena thūladaṇḍakena. Evañhi so bhikkhave goṇoti evaṃ so kiṭṭhārakkhassa pamādamanvāya yasmiṃ yasmiṃ khaṇe kiṭṭhaṃ otaritukāmo hoti, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ khaṇe evaṃ niggaṇhitvā tāḷetvā osajjanena nibbisevanabhāvaṃ upanīto goṇo.
同样地,应当如此了知:成熟的谷物如五种欲乐,食谷的牛如诡诈的心,守护谷物者的不放逸如此比丘在六根门中不舍正念,棍棒如经典。当牛朝向谷物时以棍棒敲打,同样地,当心转向外在种种所缘时,则应忆念与无始、天使、燃烧的宅、毒蛇、譬喻、未来诸怖畏等相应的经典,使心从种种所缘中回转,引归根本业处。因此古人说:显示巴利原文
Evameva khoti idhāpi sampannakiṭṭhamiva pañca kāmaguṇā daṭṭhabbā, kiṭṭhādo viya kūṭacittaṃ, kiṭṭhārakkhassa appamādo viya imassa bhikkhuno chasu dvāresu satiyā avissajjanaṃ, daṇḍo viya suttanto, goṇassa kiṭṭhābhimukhakāle daṇḍena tāḷanaṃ viya cittassa bahiddhā puthuttārammaṇābhimukhakāle anamataggiyadevadūtaādittaāsīvisūpamaanāgatabhayādīsu taṃ taṃ suttaṃ āvajjetvā cittuppādassa puthuttārammaṇato nivāretvā mūlakammaṭṭhāne otāraṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tenāhu porāṇā –
听闻善说已,心便生起净信;
调伏此心,即得喜与乐;
心便安住于所缘。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Subhāsitaṃ sutvā mano pasīdati, Dameti naṃ pītisukhañca vindati; Tadassa ārammaṇe tiṭṭhate mano, Goṇova kiṭṭhādako daṇḍatajjito’’ti.
「Udujita」意为被呵责。「Sudujita」意为善被呵责,亦有「已善呵责」之义。而「udu」「sudū」仅为不变词。「内」指行境内。于「住立」等词中:依初禅而住立,依第二禅而沉入,依第三禅而成一境,依第四禅而入定。或者,这一切皆可依初禅来理解。至此,正自觉者宣说了名为「守护止的根律仪戒」。显示巴利原文
Udujitanti tajjitaṃ. Sudujitanti sutajjitaṃ, sujitantipi attho. Udu, sudūti idaṃ pana nipātamattameva. Ajjhattanti gocarajjhattaṃ. Santiṭṭhatītiādīsu paṭhamajjhānavasena santiṭṭhati, dutiyajjhānavasena sannisīdati, tatiyajjhānavasena ekodi hoti, catutthajjhānavasena samādhiyati. Sabbampi vā etaṃ paṭhamajjhānavasena veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā hi sammāsambuddhena samathānurakkhaṇaindriyasaṃvarasīlaṃ nāma kathitaṃ.
「或国王」指某一边地国王。「听到声音」指清晨醒来时,听到善巧琴师弹奏的美妙声音。于「可染」等处:因能令心染着,故称「可染」;因可被欲求,故称「可欲」;因能令心沉醉,故称「可醉」;因能令心如同昏闷,故称「可闷」;因能如系缚般地执取,故称「可缚」。他心生厌足而说:「够了,我已见到这尊贵琴的构造,不想要它了。」「覆盖」指缠束。「角」指四方的坚硬琴杆。显示巴利原文
Rañño vāti kassacideva paccantarañño vā. Saddaṃ suṇeyyāti paccūsakāle pabuddho kusalena vīṇāvādakena vādiyamānāya madhurasaddaṃ suṇeyya. Rajanīyotiādīsu cittaṃ rañjetīti rajanīyo. Kāmetabbatāya kamanīyo. Cittaṃ madayatīti madanīyo. Cittaṃ mucchitaṃ viya karaṇato mucchiyatīti mucchanīyo. Ābandhitvā viya gahaṇato bandhatīti bandhanīyo. Alaṃ me, bhoti vīṇāya saṇṭhānaṃ disvā taṃ anicchanto evamāha. Upadhāraṇeti veṭṭhake. Koṇanti caturassaṃ sāradaṇḍakaṃ.
那位国王说:“把琴拿来,我要听听它的声音。”取来琴后,所谓“劈成十份”等方法:他先试着将琴劈成十份,不见声音,便劈成百份;仍不见,则碎为细片;依然不见,他想:“这些碎片烧尽时,声音就会跑出来逃走,那时我就能见到它。”于是用火焚烧。仍不见时,又想:“细灰被风吹散,声音会像筛出的谷粒那样落在脚下,那时我就能见到它。”于是放在大风中簸扬。仍不见时,又想:“灰粉随水漂流,声音则会如渡向彼岸的人那样跃出水面,那时我就能见到它。”于是用湍急的河水冲走。显示巴利原文
So taṃ vīṇanti so rājā ‘‘āharatha naṃ vīṇaṃ, ahamassā saddaṃ pasissāmī’’ti taṃ vīṇaṃ gahetvā. Dasadhā vātiādīsu paṭhamaṃ tāva dasadhā phāleyya, athassā saddaṃ apassanto satadhā phāleyya, tathāpi apassanto sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ kareyya, tathāpi apassanto ‘‘sakalikā jhāyissanti, saddo pana nikkhamitvā palāyissati, tadā naṃ passissāmī’’ti agginā ḍaheyya. Tathāpi apassanto ‘‘sallahukāni masicuṇṇāni vātena bhassissanti, saddo sāradhaññaṃ viya pādamūle patissati, tadā naṃ passissāmī’’ti mahāvāte vā ophuneyya. Tathāpi apassanto ‘‘masicuṇṇāni yathodakaṃ gamissanti, saddo pana pāraṃ gacchanto puriso viya nikkhamitvā tarissati, tadā naṃ passissāmī’’ti nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya.
他会这样说:用尽这一切方法都寻不见声音后,他便对那些人这样说。所谓“asatī kira ayaṃ vīṇā”,意思是“这把琴真是不实”,“asatī”意指低劣、不实,是低劣之物的同义语。正如所说:——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vadeyyāti sabbehipimehi upāyehi apassanto te manusse evaṃ vadeyya. Asatī kirāyanti asatī kira ayaṃ vīṇā, lāmikāti attho. Asatīti lāmakādhivacanametaṃ. Yathāha –
世间女人,名为不实,她们无有节制;
她们贪著而又放纵,犹如吞噬一切的火焰。(本生经1.1.61)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Asā lokitthiyo nāma, velā tāsaṃ na vijjati; Sārattā ca pagabbhā ca, sikhī sabbaghaso yathā’’ti. (jā. 1.1.61);
所谓“凡名为琴者”:并非只有琴才是低劣的,正如这所谓的琴,任何其他弦乐器也全都是低劣的,这是它的涵义。同样地,在此:应把琴视为五蕴,国王视为瑜伽行者。如同那位国王从将琴破为十片开始搜寻,因不见声音而对琴不再感兴趣;同样,瑜伽行者观照五蕴时,由于不见其中有任何可执为“我”或“我所”者,便对诸蕴不再感兴趣。因此,为了向他开示对蕴这样的观照,而说“他遍求色,乃至色的归趣”等。显示巴利原文
Yathevaṃ yaṃkiñci vīṇā nāmāti na kevalañca vīṇāyeva lāmikā, yatheva pana ayaṃ vīṇā nāma, evaṃ yaṃkiñci aññampi tantibaddhaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ lāmakamevāti attho. Evameva khoti ettha vīṇā viya pañcakkhandhā daṭṭhabbā, rājā viya yogāvacaro. Yathā so rājā taṃ vīṇaṃ dasadhā phālanato paṭṭhāya vicinanto saddaṃ adisvā vīṇāya anatthiko hoti, evaṃ yogāvacaro pañcakkhandhe sammasanto ahanti vā mamanti vā gahetabbaṃ apassanto khandhehi anatthiko hoti. Tenassa taṃ khandhasammasanaṃ dassento rūpaṃ samanvesati yāvatā rūpassa gatītiādimāha.
其中,“遍求”是寻找的意思。“乃至色的归趣”:指色的种种归趣。这里所说的“归趣”有五种:趣向归趣、生起归趣、自相归趣、非有归趣、坏灭归趣。其中,所谓色,下至无间地狱为界,上至阿迦腻吒梵天为限,在这两者之间生死流转,这称为它的趣向归趣。显示巴利原文
Tattha samanvesatīti pariyesati. Yāvatā rūpassa gatīti yattakā rūpassa gati. Tattha gatīti gatigati, sañjātigati, salakkhaṇagati, vibhavagati, bhedagatīti pañcavidhā honti. Tattha idaṃ rūpaṃ nāma heṭṭhā avīcipariyantaṃ katvā upari akaniṭṭhabrahmalokaṃ anto katvā etthantare saṃsarati vattati, ayamassa gatigati nāma.
然而,这个身体既不是在莲花苞中生起,也不是在红莲、青莲等中生起;而是在胃与熟脏之间,于极其浓重的黑暗中、恶臭之风飘荡之所——那最为可厌之处,如同腐烂的死鱼等中生出的蛆虫一般生起。这便是色的生起归趣。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana kāyo neva padumagabbhe, na puṇḍarīkanīluppalādīsu sañjāyati, āmāsayapakkāsayānaṃ pana antare bahalandhakāre duggandhapavanavicarite paramajegucche okāse pūtimacchādīsu kimi viya sañjāyati , ayaṃ rūpassa sañjātigati nāma.
色的相有两种:即‘诸比丘,因为被破坏,所以称为色’(相应部3.79)这样所说的、名为破坏的自相;以及以无常等为差别的共相。这便称为它的自相归趣。显示巴利原文
Duvidhaṃ pana rūpassa lakkhaṇaṃ, ‘‘ruppatīti kho, bhikkhave, tasmā rūpa’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.79) evaṃ vutta ruppanasaṅkhātaṃ paccattalakkhaṇañca aniccādibhedaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇañca, ayamassa salakkhaṇagati nāma.
「林野是诸兽的归趣,虚空是诸鸟的归趣;
非有是诸法的归趣,涅槃是阿拉汉的归趣。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Gati migānaṃ pavanaṃ, ākāso pakkhinaṃ gati; Vibhavo gati dhammānaṃ, nibbānaṃ arahato gatī’’ti. (pari. 339) –
当这样说时,色的非有便称为‘非有归趣’;而色的坏灭,则称为‘坏灭归趣’。对于受等诸蕴,道理也是如此。只是在此,从最下之处乃至有顶,它们的‘生起归趣’与‘自相归趣’,应理解为:依感受、认知、造作、识知的作用而成为各自的特相。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vutto rūpassa abhāvo vibhavagati nāma. Yo panassa bhedo, ayaṃ bhedagati nāma. Vedanādīsupi eseva nayo. Kevalañhettha upari yāva bhavaggā tesaṃ sañjātigati, salakkhaṇagatiyañca vedayitasañjānanaabhisaṅkharaṇavijānanavasena paccattalakkhaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ.
‘彼亦不成为他的’这句话的意思是:于色等诸蕴上,以‘我’、‘我的’、‘我是’等方式所标示的见、渴爱、慢三种执取,对于漏尽者而言,都不会成为他的。这是随顺经文的脉络而衔接的。因此在《大注疏》中说:显示巴利原文
Tampi tassa na hotīti yadetaṃ rūpādīsu ahanti vā mamanti vā asmīti vā evaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhitaṇhāmānaggāhattayaṃ, tampi tassa khīṇāsavassa na hotīti yathānusandhināva suttāgataṃ. Tena vuttaṃ mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ –
‘‘Ādimhi sīlaṃ kathitaṃ, majjhe samādhibhāvanā; Pariyosāne ca nibbānaṃ, esā vīṇopamā kathā’’ti.
第十、六生物譬喻经注释显示巴利原文
10. Chappāṇakopamasuttavaṇṇanā
247 247. 第十经中,“有疮身”指具疮伤之身。因诸疮化脓成熟,故成“疮熟身”。“芦苇丛”即箭草丛。如是,有疮身的男子当知为恶戒的补特伽罗。犹如有人被茅草痛刺,又被刃如刀剑的芦苇叶割裂身体,苦痛忧恼倍加剧烈;同此,这位恶戒者在各处被同梵行者指称:“即是此人,作这些他们事”,由此所生的痛苦,应当如是知解。显示巴利原文
247. Dasame arugattoti vaṇasarīro. Tesaṃyeva arūnaṃ pakkattā pakkagatto. Saravananti kaṇḍavanaṃ. Evameva khoti arugatto puriso viya dussīlapuggalo veditabbo. Tassa kusakaṇṭakehi viddhassa sarapattehi ca asidhārūpamehi vilikhitagattassa bhiyyosomattāya dukkhadomanassaṃ viya tattha tattha sabrahmacārīhi ‘‘ayaṃ so imesañca imesañca kammānaṃ kārako’’ti vuccamānassa uppajjanadukkhaṃ veditabbaṃ.
“得到诉说者”是指受到指责的人。“如是作者”指从事这类医师、信使等工作的人。“如是行者”指以接近寡妇等方式为行境,具足如是行境的人。“不净村刺”:因不净之义而称为“不净”,因刺伤村民之义而称为“刺”,故称“村刺”。显示巴利原文
Labhati vattāranti labhati codakaṃ. Evaṃkārīti evarūpānaṃ vejjakammadūtakammādīnaṃ kārako. Evaṃsamācāroti vidhavā gocarādivasena evarūpagocaro. Asucigāmakaṇṭakoti asuddhaṭṭhena asuci, gāmavāsīnaṃ vijjhanaṭṭhena kaṇṭakoti gāmakaṇṭako.
“飞禽”指象鼻鸟。“释放”就是放开。“拉扯”就是拖拽。“我将进入”就是我将走进去。“我将飞向天空”就是我将飞上天空。显示巴利原文
Pakkhinti hatthisoṇḍasakuṇaṃ. Ossajjeyyāti vissajjeyya. Āviñcheyyunti ākaḍḍheyyuṃ. Pavekkhāmīti pavisissāmi. Ākāsaṃ ḍessāmīti ākāsaṃ uppatissāmi.
在这些动物当中,蛇想要进入蚁冢,心里想着:“我要盘作轮状,好好地睡一觉。”鳄鱼想要进入水中,心里想着:“我要钻入远方的洞穴,躺卧其中。”飞禽想要飞上天空,心里想着:“我要在无遮无碍的虚空中,自在地翱翔。”狗想要进入村庄,心里想着:“我要在灶边扒开灰,吸取暖气,躺下来。”豺想要进入尸林,心里想着:“我要吃过人肉,舒舒服服地躺下,伸开脊背歇一歇。”猴子想要进入森林,心里想着:“我要爬上高树,向四面八方跳跃。”显示巴利原文
Etesu pana ahi ‘‘bhogehi maṇḍalaṃ bandhitvā supissāmī’’ti vammikaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti. Susumāro ‘‘dūre bilaṃ pavisitvā nipajjissāmī’’ti udakaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti. Pakkhī ‘‘ajaṭākāse sukhaṃ vicarissāmī’’ti ākāsaṃ ḍetukāmo hoti. Kukkuro ‘‘uddhanaṭṭhāne chārikaṃ byūhitvā usumaṃ gaṇhanto nipajjissāmī’’ti gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti. Siṅgālo ‘‘manussamaṃsaṃ khāditvā piṭṭhiṃ pasāretvā sayissāmī’’ti āmakasusānaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti. Makkaṭo ‘‘ucce rukkhe abhiruhitvā disādisaṃ pakkhandissāmī’’ti vanaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti.
“随从而行”的意思是跟从,也有读作“anuvidhiyeyyuṃ”的,意思是随顺从事。也就是说:他去哪里,他们就跟着去哪里。同样地,在这譬喻中,应当把六种动物看为六处,把坚绳看为渴爱,把中间的结看为无明。在某个根门,当所缘变得强而有力时,心就会被拉向该所缘。显示巴利原文
Anuvidhāyeyyunti anugaccheyyuṃ, anuvidhiyeyyuntipi pāṭho, anuvidhānaṃ āpajjeyyunti attho. Yattha so yāti, tattheva gaccheyyunti vuttaṃ hoti. Evamevāti ettha cha pāṇakā viya chāyatanāni daṭṭhabbāni, daḷharajju viya taṇhā, majjhe gaṇṭhi viya avijjā. Yasmiṃ yasmiṃ dvāre ārammaṇaṃ balavaṃ hoti, taṃ taṃ āyatanaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ārammaṇe āviñchati.
然而,世尊宣说这个譬喻,或是用相似的事物作比,或是为了显示六处的种种差别。就相似譬喻而言,这里并未离开经文另行安立作用,它在经中便已成立。而就显示六处的差别来说,有这样的安立:所谓的蛇,不喜欢停留在外面涂抹得光滑平整的地方,只喜欢钻进垃圾堆、草丛、叶丛和蚁冢之中。当它躺卧在那里,才感到满足,心也变得专一。同样,眼这个感官也有不平坦的喜好,它不喜欢光滑的金墙等物,连看都不想看,只喜欢投向色彩、心、花、藤蔓等种种美妙的事物。因为在那样的事物上,如果眼还没有得到满足,它甚至就像张着嘴一样想要去看。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ pana upamaṃ bhagavā sarikkhakena vā āhareyya āyatanānaṃ vā nānattadassanavasena. Tattha sarikkhakena tāva visuṃ appanākiccaṃ natthi, pāḷiyaṃyeva appitā. Āyatanānaṃ nānattadassanena pana ayaṃ appanā – ahi nāmesa bahi sittasammaṭṭhe ṭhāne nābhiramati, saṅkāraṭṭhānatiṇapaṇṇagahanavammikāniyeva pana pavisitvā nipannakāle abhiramati, ekaggataṃ āpajjati. Evameva cakkhupetaṃ visamajjhāsayaṃ, maṭṭhāsu suvaṇṇabhittiādīsu nābhiramati, oloketumpi na icchati, rūpacittapupphalatādivicittesuyeva pana abhiramati. Tādisesu hi ṭhānesu cakkhumhi appahonte mukhampi vivaritvā oloketukāmo hoti.
鳄鱼从水里出来后,在外面也看不到什么可抓取的东西,只是闭着眼睛游动。然而,当它潜进约一寻深的水中,钻进洞穴躺下时,心便变得专一,安稳快乐地睡眠。同样,耳这个感官也喜好洞穴般的依处,依于虚空,只喜欢安住在耳孔之中。耳孔内的虚空就是它听闻声音的缘。实际上,无遮蔽的虚空也同样适用。因为在茅屋内诵经时,声音并不会冲破茅屋顶传到外面,而是从门窗的缝隙传出,再通过诸界相续的撞击一路传来,最终撞击耳净色。那时,坐在茅屋顶上的人也能了知:“某某人正在诵经。”显示巴利原文
Susumāropi bahi nikkhanto gahetabbaṃ na passati, akkhiṃ nimīletvā carati. Yadā pana byāmasatamattaṃ udakaṃ ogāhitvā bilaṃ pavisitvā nipanno hoti, tadā tassa cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti, sukhaṃ supati. Evameva sotampetaṃ bilajjhāsayaṃ ākāsasannissitaṃ, kaṇṇacchiddakūpakeyeva ajjhāsayaṃ karoti, kaṇṇacchiddākāsoyeva tassa saddasavane paccayo hoti. Ajaṭākāsopi vaṭṭatiyeva. Antoleṇasmiñhi sajjhāye kayiramāne na leṇacchadanaṃ bhinditvā saddo bahi nikkhamati, dvāravātapānachiddehi pana nikkhamitvā dhātuparamparā ghaṭṭento āgantvā sotapasādaṃ ghaṭṭeti. Atha tasmiṃ kāle ‘‘asukaṃ nāma sajjhāyatī’’ti leṇapiṭṭhe nisinnā jānanti.
如此,耳根便成了到达境,但这果真能算作到达境吗?是的,算是到达境。若是这样,远处响起鼓声等时,便不应有“这是远处的声音”的认知了。并非没有这种认知。因为当耳净色受到撞击时,自然会生起“远声、近声、对岸、此岸”等不同认知,这是法尔如是的规律。为何会有这种规律呢?因为声音是从有孔窍之处被听到的,正如见到日月等一样,因此耳根其实仍属未达境。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sante sampattagocaratā hoti, kiṃ panetaṃ sampattagocaranti? Āma sampattagocaraṃ. Yadi evaṃ dūre bheriādīsu vajjamānesu ‘‘dūre saddo’’ti jānanaṃ na bhaveyyāti. No na bhavati. Sotapasādasmiñhi ghaṭṭite ‘‘dūre saddo, āsanne saddo, paratīre orimatīre’’ti tathā tathā jānanākāro hoti, dhammatā esāti. Kiṃ etāya dhammatāya? Yato yato chiddaṃ, tato tato savanaṃ hoti candimasūriyādīnaṃ dassanaṃ viyāti asampattagocaramevetaṃ.
鸟并不喜欢停落在树上或地面。但当它越过一两个土块的距离,纵身飞入无碍的虚空时,心便达至专一。同样,鼻根也喜好虚空,以风为依处,以香为境。例如,牛在刚下过雨时,反复嗅闻地面,然后面向虚空吸风。手持香团来闻时,若不吸气,也是嗅不到它的香味的。显示巴利原文
Pakkhīpi rukkhe vā bhūmiyaṃ vā na ramati. Yadā pana ekaṃ vā dve vā leḍḍupāte atikkamma ajaṭākāsaṃ pakkhando hoti, tadā ekaggacittataṃ āpajjati. Evameva ghānampi ākāsajjhāsayaṃ vātūpanissayagandhagocaraṃ. Tathā hi gāvo navavuṭṭhe deve bhūmiṃ ghāyitvā ghāyitvā ākāsābhimukho hutvā vātaṃ ākaḍḍhanti. Aṅgulīhi gandhapiṇḍaṃ gahetvāpi ca upasiṅghanakāle vātaṃ anākaḍḍhanto neva tassa gandhaṃ jānāti.
狗在外游荡时,找不到安稳处,还会被土块、棍棒等打得窘迫。但当它进入村庄,在灶边扒开灰烬躺下,便感舒适。同样,舌根也喜好村落,以水为依处,以味为境。正因如此,即使是通宵修习沙门法,清晨仍须持钵与衣进入村庄。而对于干硬的食物,若不靠唾液润湿,是尝不出味道来的。显示巴利原文
Kukkuropi bahi caranto khemaṭṭhānaṃ na passati, leḍḍudaṇḍādīhi upadduto hoti. Antogāmaṃ pavisitvā uddhanaṭṭhāne chārikaṃ byūhitvā nipannassa panassa phāsu hoti. Evameva jivhāpi gāmajjhāsayā āposannissitarasārammaṇā. Tathā hi tiyāmarattiṃ samaṇadhammaṃ katvāpi pātova pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ pavisitabbaṃ hoti. Sukkhakhādanīyassa ca na sakkā kheḷena atemitassa rasaṃ jānituṃ.
豺在外游荡时找不到乐趣,唯独在尸林中吃了人肉躺下来,才感到安稳。同样,身根也偏爱执受,依于地界,以触为所缘。正因为如此,众生若得不到其他可执受之物,便用手掌作枕而卧。对于他,在觉知触时,内在与外在的地界都是缘。纵然是铺好被褥的床,若人不坐上去按压,便无法知道下面木板的软硬;所以,内在与外在的地界,就是他觉知触的缘。显示巴利原文
Siṅgālopi bahi caranto ratiṃ na vindati, āmakasusāne manussamaṃsaṃ khāditvā nipannasseva panassa phāsu hoti. Evameva kāyopi upādiṇṇakajjhāsayo pathavīsannissitaphoṭṭhabbārammaṇo. Tathā hi aññaṃ upādiṇṇakaṃ alabhamānā sattā attanova hatthatale sīsaṃ katvā nipajjanti. Ajjhattikabāhirā cassa pathavī ārammaṇaggahaṇe paccayo hoti. Susanthatassāpi hi sayanassa heṭṭhāṭhitānampi vā phalakānaṃ na sakkā anisīdantena vā anuppīḷantena vā thaddhamudubhāvo jānitunti ajjhattikabāhirā pathavī etassa phoṭṭhabbajānane paccayo hoti.
就像猴子在地上四处奔走,不得安住;而当它爬上一棵高达百手的树,坐于枝头远眺四面八方,才感到舒适。同样地,心也有种种意欲,有分是它的缘;即使先前见过种种所缘,心仍然生起对种种所缘的意欲。不过,其根本有分才是真正的缘。以上是此处的概要,至于“处”的种种差别,在《清净道论》“处分别”中已经详细说过了。显示巴利原文
Makkaṭopi bhūmiyaṃ vicaranto nābhiramati, hatthasatubbedhaṃ panassa rukkhaṃ āruyha viṭapapiṭṭhe nisīditvā disāvidisā olokentasseva phāsuko hoti. Evaṃ manopi nānajjhāsayo bhavaṅgapaccayo, diṭṭhapubbepi nānārammaṇajjhāsayaṃ karotiyeva mūlabhavaṅgaṃ panassa paccayo hotīti ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthārena pana āyatanānaṃ nānattaṃ visuddhimagge āyatananiddese vuttameva.
“不牵引彼眼”:那些被贪欲绳索系缚于“处”的虫子,被拴在身至念的柱上,处于不复被侵扰的状态,因此不再拉拽。在这部经中,所说的正是前分观。显示巴利原文
Taṃ cakkhu nāviñchatīti taṇhārajjukānaṃ āyatanapāṇakānaṃ kāyagatāsatithambhe baddhānaṃ nibbisevanabhāvaṃ āpannattā nākaḍḍhatīti imasmiṃ sutte pubbabhāgavipassanāva kathitā.
第十一 大麦束经注显示巴利原文
11. Yavakalāpisuttavaṇṇanā
248 第十一部经中,“大麦束”指收割后堆放的大麦堆。“手持扁担者”指手持扁担的人。“以六根扁担打”指用六根粗大的扁担棒来捶打。“第七者”指那六人打完大麦、装入袋子离去后,又来了第七个人。“更被深打”:为了获取那里所剩的谷壳与麦秸等,这个人被打得更重。显示巴利原文
248. Ekādasame yavakalāpīti lāyitvā ṭhapitayavapuñjo. Byābhaṅgihatthāti kājahatthā. Chahi byābhaṅgīhi haneyyunti chahi puthulakājadaṇḍakehi potheyyuṃ. Sattamoti tesu chasu janesu yave pothetvā pasibbake pūretvā ādāya gatesu añño sattamo āgaccheyya. Suhatatarā assāti yaṃ tattha avasiṭṭhaṃ atthi bhusapalāpamattampi, tassa gahaṇatthaṃ suṭṭhutaraṃ hatā.
同样地,此中六处即如四衢街口,置于四衢街口的大麦束喻如众生,六根扁担棒犹如依可爱、不可爱、中舍而有的十八种所缘,第七根扁担棒则喻如对生存的希求这一烦恼。犹如置于四衢街口的大麦束被六根扁担棒捶打,这些众生也在六处中被十八所缘之棒捶打。又如同被第七棒打得更重,众生为对生存的希求烦恼所重击,从而承受以‘有’为根本的苦。显示巴利原文
Evameva khoti ettha catumahāpatho viya cha āyatanāni daṭṭhabbāni, catumahāpathe nikkhittayavakalāpī viya satto, cha byābhaṅgiyo viya iṭṭhāniṭṭhamajjhattavasena aṭṭhārasa ārammaṇāni, sattamā byābhaṅgī viya bhavapatthanā kilesā. Yathā catumahāpathe ṭhapitā yavakalāpī chahi byābhaṅgīhi haññati, evamime sattā aṭṭhārasahi ārammaṇadaṇḍakehi chasu āyatanesu haññanti. Yathā sattamena suhatatarā honti, evaṃ sattā bhavapatthanakilesehi suhatatarā honti bhavemūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ anubhavamānā.
现在,为了显示那种对生存的希求烦恼,佛陀说:“诸比丘,过去曾发生……”等等。其中,“于彼处”指善法堂,意为善法堂天众集会处的门口。“如法的天众”:这些天众是如法的,他们抓住像我这样的阿修罗王,却没有让我受到丝毫损伤,即此意。“不如法的天众”:那些天众不如法,他们抓住像我这样的阿修罗王,用五重绑缚把我像浑身沾满新粪的猪一样捆绑起来,让我坐下。“比丘们,韦巴吉帝的束缚就是如此微细”——据说,那种束缚犹如莲茎搓成的线、猴网搓成的线般微细,然既不能以刀砍断,也不能以斧劈开。然而,由于它是以心结缚、以心解脱,故称“韦巴吉帝缚”。显示巴利原文
Idāni nesaṃ taṃ bhavapatthanakilesaṃ dassetuṃ bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tatrāti sudhammāyaṃ bhummaṃ, sudhammāya devasabhāya dvāreti attho. Dhammikā kho devāti dhammikā ete devā nāma, yehi mādisaṃ asurādhipatiṃ gahetvā mayhaṃ bhedanamattampi na katanti sandhāya vadati. Adhammikā devāti adhammikā ete devā nāma, ye mādisaṃ asurādhipatiṃ navagūthasūkaraṃ viya kaṇṭhapañcamehi bandhanehi bandhitvā nisīdāpenti. Evaṃ sukhumaṃ kho, bhikkhave, vepacittibandhananti taṃ kira padumanāḷasuttaṃ viya makkaṭajālasuttaṃ viya ca sukhumaṃ hoti, chettuṃ pana neva vāsiyā na pharasunā sakkā. Yasmā pana citteneva bajjhati, cittena muccati, tasmā ‘‘vepacittibandhana’’nti vuttaṃ.
比那更微细的,是「魔罗的束缚」。然而,烦恼的束缚比它还要微细,既不会现前,也不会障碍威仪。被这种束缚绑住的众生,即使在地面或虚空中行走百由旬、千由旬,依然来去自如。但这种束缚要断除时,唯有依靠智慧才能将其断除,而非其他方式,因此也称为「以智为解脱之缚」。显示巴利原文
Tato sukhumataraṃ mārabandhananti kilesabandhanaṃ panesaṃ tatopi sukhumataraṃ, neva cakkhussa āpāthaṃ gacchati, na iriyāpathaṃ nivāreti. Tena hi baddhā sattā pathavitalepi ākāsepi yojanasatampi yojanasahassampi gacchantipi āgacchantipi. Chijjamānaṃ panetaṃ ñāṇeneva chijjati, na aññenāti ‘‘ñāṇamokkhaṃ bandhana’’ntipi vuccati.
「思量者」:指依于渴爱、邪见、慢而对诸蕴进行思量的人。「被魔罗所缚」:即被魔罗的束缚所绑住。或者,此处的属格表示行为的手段,意思是:被烦恼魔所绑住。「从邪恶者解脱」:即从魔罗的束缚中解脱。或者,此处的属格同样表示行为的手段,意思是:被邪恶者从烦恼束缚中解脱。显示巴利原文
Maññamānoti taṇhādiṭṭhimānānaṃ vasena khandhe maññanto. Baddho mārassāti mārabandhanena baddho. Karaṇatthe vā etaṃ sāmivacanaṃ, kilesamārena baddhoti attho. Mutto pāpimatoti mārassa bandhanena mutto. Karaṇattheyeva vā idaṃ sāmivacanaṃ, pāpimatā kilesabandhanena muttoti attho.
以「我是」一词,说的是被渴爱所施设的妄想。以「我即是此」一词,说的是被见所施设的妄想。以「我将是」一词,是依常见而说、被见所施设的妄想。以「我将不是」一词,则是依断见而说的。而「有色」等词语,是对常见所作进一步分类的说明。所说的「因此」,是因为这种妄想是一种病——它犹如从内部切割疮痈,所以它既是病、又是痈、也是刺。至于「悸动」等词,是因为众生被这些烦恼所驱使,变得摇动、颤动,陷入概念戏论,呈现出放逸的状态;为了显示这些烦恼的相状,才这么说的。显示巴利原文
Asmīti padena taṇhāmaññitaṃ vuttaṃ. Ayamahasmīti diṭṭhimaññitaṃ. Bhavissanti sassatavasena diṭṭhimaññitameva. Na bhavissanti ucchedavasena. Rūpītiādīni sassatasseva pabhedadīpanāni. Tasmāti yasmā maññitaṃ ābādhaṃ antodosanikantanavasena rogo ceva gaṇḍo ca sallañca, tasmā. Iñjitantiādīni yasmā imehi kilesehi sattā iñjanti ceva phandanti ca papañcitā ca honti pamattākārapattā, tasmā tesaṃ ākāradassanatthaṃ vuttāni.
在「慢行」这一节中,慢的“行”或“去处”即名「慢行」,也就是慢现起的方式。慢本身就是「慢行」,如同说「粪处」「尿处」一般。其中,「我是」一语是依与渴爱相应的慢而说,「我即是此」一语则依见而说。难道没有与见相应的慢吗?确实没有。然而,因为慢尚未断除,故也可称它为一种见。这是针对以慢为根的见而说的。其余各处,义甚浅显。显示巴利原文
Mānagatavāre pana mānassa gataṃ mānagataṃ, mānapavattīti attho. Mānoyeva mānagataṃ gūthagataṃ muttagataṃ viya. Tattha asmīti idaṃ taṇhāya sampayuttamānavasena vuttaṃ. Ayamahamasmīti diṭṭhivasena. Nanu ca diṭṭhisampayutto nāma māno natthīti? Āma natthi, mānassa pana appahīnattā diṭṭhi nāma hoti. Mānamūlakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.